User login
Are Hook Plates Advantageous Compared to Antiglide Plates for Vertical Shear Malleolar Fractures?
Supination-adduction (SAD)-type fractures of the ankle comprise approximately 5% to 20% of ankle fractures.1-3 As the name describes, this fracture is caused by forceful adduction of the supinated foot. There are 2 stages of the fracture pattern: the injury usually occurs first on the lateral side of the ankle with injury to the soft tissues or a low transverse fracture of the distal fibula. With continued force, in the second stage, the talus causes a shearing of the medial malleolus, creating the vertical shear fracture pattern.4-7 The vertical shear medial malleolus fracture pattern is the subject of this investigation.
Several techniques have been traditionally recommended for fixation of SAD-type ankle fracture, including: a 2-screw construct without plate fixation, oriented perpendicular to the fracture; and an AG plate construct with variable positioning and numbers of screws for fixation. There have been, however, only 2 published articles about the biomechanical properties of fixation of vertical shear medial malleolar fractures, which reported conflicting results.8,9 The most recent of these studies argued that one-third tubular plate fixation offers significant mechanical advantage over screw-only fixation, supporting the use of AG plates for fixation of SAD ankle fractures.8
An additional design for fixation of medial malleolus fractures has been introduced, consisting of a hook plate (HP) contoured for the medial malleolus. To our knowledge, no studies have investigated HP’s biomechanical properties. Thus, the objective of this study was to investigate and compare the biomechanical properties of 3 constructs for fixation of SAD-ankle fractures: an antiglide (AG) plate, an AG plate with an additional lag-screw across the fracture, and a precontoured HP.
Materials and Methods
Thirty 4th-generation–composite polyurethane models of the left tibia were obtained (Sawbones, Pacific Research Laboratories, Inc.). Largely, our methods accorded with the precedent set by other studies on these fracture types.8,9
Prior to creation of the fractures, each model was individually evaluated for pretest stiffness by using the slope of the linear portion of the load-displacement curve during offset-axial loading. This demonstrated the baseline elasticity of the models during loading. Assessing pretest stiffness was performed to reduce potential variables in the stiffness of individual models in the analysis of the testing data.
The models were numbered 1 through 30 on the shaft and on the medial malleolus. A custom jig was constructed with a table saw to create identical vertical shear medial malleolar fracture patterns in each model. The jig created the vertical shear SAD fracture described by Lauge-Hansen.7 All models were randomly assigned to 1 of 3 groups; each group consisted of 10 models (Figures 1A, 1B).
The 10 specimens in group 1 were fixed with a 5-hole, 3.5-mm, one-third tubular plate (Smith & Nephew) in a traditional AG fashion. The plates were placed at the same location on all tibiae. The proximal hole and the hole closest to the fracture line were filled with 3.5-mm cortical screws, which were long enough to achieve bicortical fixation. No lag screws were placed in this specimen group. In group 2, specimens were fixed with the same plate used in group 1 (Smith & Nephew). In this modified AG (MAG) construct, specimens were fixed identically to group 1 for plate placement and fixation of the 2 proximal screws. In this group, an additional screw was placed perpendicular to the fracture and parallel to the distal tibial articular surface. In both groups (AG and MAG), the plates were not bent before application.
Group 3 consisted of specimens fixed with a 5-hole, precontoured medial malleolar HP (Arthrex). This HP construct was fixed with two 3.5-mm cortical screws long enough to achieve bicortical fixation. The plate also engaged the bone at the tip of the medial malleolus by using 2 sharp prongs. The screws were placed in the most proximal hole and the hole just proximal to the fracture line. No lag screws were placed in the HP construct.
All models were tested in offset-axial loading to replicate a SAD moment similar to previous studies. To test offset-axial loading, a vice held each model identically with a 17º angle from the longitudinal axis (Figure 2). Loading was performed with a material testing system; a material testing system plunger was directed at the inferior articulating cartilage surface of the medial malleolus. The specimens were loaded at a rate of 1 mm/sec until 2 mm of displacement was reached (Figure 3) or catastrophic failure occurred. The raw data analyzed consisted of the initial stiffness of the construct and the overall load-to-failure. The slope of the linear portion of the load-displacement curve of stiffness determined stiffness of the construct.
One-way analysis of variance with post hoc Tukey HSD data analysis was performed to determine if there were statistical differences among the different fixation constructs during load-to-failure. To prevent skewing of results by different values of model elasticity, pretest stiffness was accounted for by calculating a ratio of construct stiffness as a function of pretest model stiffness. Total force-to-failure was the recorded maximum force (in N) to cause failure. A P value of < .05 was set for significance. All data were analyzed using SPSS software (SPSS Version 15.0; SPSS Inc.).
Results
Analysis of pretest stiffness showed no significant difference among models (P = .490). All models failed by a gap of 2 mm at the distal fracture site except for 3 models in the MAG group. These 3 models failed at a much higher load than the remainder of the models and failed by fracture of the models.
The MAG group demonstrated significantly superior stiffness to the 2 other models tested (Figure 4). On average, this group required 753.5 N of force before failure. This was 530 N higher than the HP (P < .05) and 638 N higher than the AG constructs, respectively (P < .05). The HP and AG groups required forces of 223.2 N and 115.5 N for failure, respectively. These numbers were not significant (P= .063).
The absolute construct stiffness and construct stiffness as a function of pretest stiffness of the MAG group was the highest of all groups, 271.7 N/mm and 57.2%, respectively (Figure 5). These numbers showed significance when compared with the values of the HP group (P < .05 for both) and the AG group (P < .05 for both). The average stiffness of the HP group was 159.7 N/mm, which was 36.8% of pretest stiffness.
The AG group had the lowest construct stiffness and percent of pretest stiffness (128.1 N/mm and 29.6%). The HP and AG groups were not statistically different in these comparisons, P = .350 for construct stiffness and P = .395 for percent of pretest stiffness.
Discussion
These results support the use of a one-third tubular plate and lag-screw construct for fixation of vertical shear medial malleolus fractures. This is clinically important because one-third tubular plates with 3.5-mm screws are readily available and cost significantly less than a precountoured anatomic-specific type of fixation. These results are based on the biomechanical properties of the constructs tested in this study.
The previous 2 studies8,9showed conflicting results about the most biomechanically sound fixation for SAD medial malleolar fractures. The study by Toolan and colleagues9 reported that 2 screws placed perpendicular to the fracture demonstrated the strongest overall construct. This study compared 3 separate types of 2-screw–only fixations and 2 plate-and-screw fixations. One construct was similar to the AG group in our study, and the other construct had a lag screw at the apex of the fracture. This previous study,9 however, did not investigate a similar construct to the MAG group that was tested in our study.
According to Dumigan and associates,8 a construct that consisted of a 4-hole plate with 2 screws proximal to the fracture and 2 lag screws showed the strongest fixation. This study, however, did not include a group like our study’s AG group, which is the traditional AG form of fixation.
In our study, we examined the biomechanic properties of a traditional fixation (AG construct), a commonly used fixation (MAG construct), and a newer construct (HP construct). The HP group is unique to this study and, to our knowledge, there is no literature on its use as fixation for this fracture. We did not include a 2-screw–only group, which is a limitation, because this fixation type is not common for the SAD fracture. This study also did not include an HP construct with an additional lag screw, which is an available option as well.
The current investigation used synthetic bone models constructed for biomechanical testing. The models were thought to provide a consistent model for fixation as opposed to using potentially osteopenic cadaveric bone. Each model was the same size and laterality. The stiffness as determined by pretest stiffness was not significantly different among models. Because all models were similar in composition and size, this allowed for more consistent osteotomies and similarly sized malleolar fragments. Theoretically, this allowed a more uniform comparison of all specimens and constructs.
Using models, however, is a limit of this study. While the models were of similar biomechanical quality, it is possible that a model may not reproduce the biology of a cavaderic specimen or the physiology of a construct in vivo. Of the 2 studies that investigated SAD fractures, the Dumigan study8 used cadaveric specimens. The fact that these models were all mildly osteoporotic and were embalmed specimens were study limits. The Toolan study9 used synthetic models. Although these models were consistent, they were models of bones and not intended for biomechanical studies, thereby increasing the potential for skewed results.
Our study investigated loading only in the offset-axial direction, a difference when compared to the Dumigan and colleagues8 and Toolan and colleagues9 studies. The offest transverse loading previously investigated would most likely represent an external rotation moment. While fixation in vivo could experience an external rotation moment, the specific fracture pattern of interest fails in offset-axial loading. In the original discription of the SAD fracture, Lauge-Hanson7 stated that the talus causes the vertically oriented medial malleolar fracture in the extreme of ankle supination with an adduction moment. Considering this, we investigated failure with a force in the direction that causes this type of fracture.
There are some additional limitations. This study demonstrated superiority of a one-third tubular plate with 2 screws proximally and 1 lag screw. While this was shown in the laboratory under pure offset-axial loading conditions, this may not reproduce daily forces experienced by the constructs. Additionally, this study examined load-to-failure of the constructs and did not investigate cyclic loading that a construct would experience in vivo. Because the testing is not recognizably consistent with day-to-day stresses of these constructs in vivo, this confounds the clinical application of our study.
The stiffness required for clinical healing is undetermined and, therefore, all 3 types of fixation could be adequate clinically. Patients are typically instructed to adhere to weight-bearing limitations on the affected extremity, and casts or splints are applied postoperatively for extended periods of time. Clinical studies would have significant benefit in the evaluation of fixation of vertical shear medial malleolar fractures.
Conclusion
AG plating technique with lag-screw placement is biomechanically superior to the other 2 constructs investigated. The clinical applications of these results are not known, and clinical trials are suggested to determine the best type of fixation for SAD-type medial malleolar fractures.
1. Hak DJ, Egol KA, Gardner MJ, Haskell A. The “not so simple” ankle fracture: avoiding problems and pitfalls to improve patient outcomes. Instr Course Lect. 2011;60:73-88.
2. Hamilton WC. Supination-adduction injuries. In: Hamilton WC, ed. Traumatic Disorders of the Ankle. 1st ed. New York, NY: Springer-Verlag; 1984:101-112.
3. McConnell T, Tornetta P. Marginal plafond impaction in association with supination-adduction ankle fractures: a report of eight cases. J Orthop Trauma. 2001;15(6):447-449.
4. Arimoto HK, Forrester DM. Classification of ankle fractures: an algorithm. AJR Am J Roentgenol. 1980;135(5):1057-1063.
5. Carr JB. Malleolar fractures and soft tissue injuries of the ankle. In: Browner BD, Jupiter JB, Levine AM, Trafton PG, Krettek C, eds. Skeletal Trauma: Basic Science, Management and Reconstruction. 4th ed. Philadelphia, PA: Saunders Elsevier; 2009:2515-2584.
6. Davidovitch RI, Egol KA. Ankle fractures. In: Bucholz RW HJ, Court-Brown CM, Tornetta P III, eds. Rockwood and Green’s Fractures in Adults. 7th ed. Philadelphia, PA: Lippincott, Williams, & Wilkins; 2010:1975-2021.
7. Lauge-Hansen N. Fractures of the ankle. II. Combined experimental-surgical and experimental-roentgenologic investigations. Arch Surg. 1950;60(5):957-985.
8. Dumigan RM, Bronson DG, Early JS. Analysis of fixation methods for vertical shear fractures of the medial malleolus. J Orthop Trauma. 2006;20(10):687-691.
9. Toolan BC, Koval KJ, Kummer FJ, Sanders R, Zuckerman JD. Vertical shear fractures of the medial malleolus: a biomechanical study of five internal fixation techniques. Foot Ankle Int. 1994;15(9):483-489.
Supination-adduction (SAD)-type fractures of the ankle comprise approximately 5% to 20% of ankle fractures.1-3 As the name describes, this fracture is caused by forceful adduction of the supinated foot. There are 2 stages of the fracture pattern: the injury usually occurs first on the lateral side of the ankle with injury to the soft tissues or a low transverse fracture of the distal fibula. With continued force, in the second stage, the talus causes a shearing of the medial malleolus, creating the vertical shear fracture pattern.4-7 The vertical shear medial malleolus fracture pattern is the subject of this investigation.
Several techniques have been traditionally recommended for fixation of SAD-type ankle fracture, including: a 2-screw construct without plate fixation, oriented perpendicular to the fracture; and an AG plate construct with variable positioning and numbers of screws for fixation. There have been, however, only 2 published articles about the biomechanical properties of fixation of vertical shear medial malleolar fractures, which reported conflicting results.8,9 The most recent of these studies argued that one-third tubular plate fixation offers significant mechanical advantage over screw-only fixation, supporting the use of AG plates for fixation of SAD ankle fractures.8
An additional design for fixation of medial malleolus fractures has been introduced, consisting of a hook plate (HP) contoured for the medial malleolus. To our knowledge, no studies have investigated HP’s biomechanical properties. Thus, the objective of this study was to investigate and compare the biomechanical properties of 3 constructs for fixation of SAD-ankle fractures: an antiglide (AG) plate, an AG plate with an additional lag-screw across the fracture, and a precontoured HP.
Materials and Methods
Thirty 4th-generation–composite polyurethane models of the left tibia were obtained (Sawbones, Pacific Research Laboratories, Inc.). Largely, our methods accorded with the precedent set by other studies on these fracture types.8,9
Prior to creation of the fractures, each model was individually evaluated for pretest stiffness by using the slope of the linear portion of the load-displacement curve during offset-axial loading. This demonstrated the baseline elasticity of the models during loading. Assessing pretest stiffness was performed to reduce potential variables in the stiffness of individual models in the analysis of the testing data.
The models were numbered 1 through 30 on the shaft and on the medial malleolus. A custom jig was constructed with a table saw to create identical vertical shear medial malleolar fracture patterns in each model. The jig created the vertical shear SAD fracture described by Lauge-Hansen.7 All models were randomly assigned to 1 of 3 groups; each group consisted of 10 models (Figures 1A, 1B).
The 10 specimens in group 1 were fixed with a 5-hole, 3.5-mm, one-third tubular plate (Smith & Nephew) in a traditional AG fashion. The plates were placed at the same location on all tibiae. The proximal hole and the hole closest to the fracture line were filled with 3.5-mm cortical screws, which were long enough to achieve bicortical fixation. No lag screws were placed in this specimen group. In group 2, specimens were fixed with the same plate used in group 1 (Smith & Nephew). In this modified AG (MAG) construct, specimens were fixed identically to group 1 for plate placement and fixation of the 2 proximal screws. In this group, an additional screw was placed perpendicular to the fracture and parallel to the distal tibial articular surface. In both groups (AG and MAG), the plates were not bent before application.
Group 3 consisted of specimens fixed with a 5-hole, precontoured medial malleolar HP (Arthrex). This HP construct was fixed with two 3.5-mm cortical screws long enough to achieve bicortical fixation. The plate also engaged the bone at the tip of the medial malleolus by using 2 sharp prongs. The screws were placed in the most proximal hole and the hole just proximal to the fracture line. No lag screws were placed in the HP construct.
All models were tested in offset-axial loading to replicate a SAD moment similar to previous studies. To test offset-axial loading, a vice held each model identically with a 17º angle from the longitudinal axis (Figure 2). Loading was performed with a material testing system; a material testing system plunger was directed at the inferior articulating cartilage surface of the medial malleolus. The specimens were loaded at a rate of 1 mm/sec until 2 mm of displacement was reached (Figure 3) or catastrophic failure occurred. The raw data analyzed consisted of the initial stiffness of the construct and the overall load-to-failure. The slope of the linear portion of the load-displacement curve of stiffness determined stiffness of the construct.
One-way analysis of variance with post hoc Tukey HSD data analysis was performed to determine if there were statistical differences among the different fixation constructs during load-to-failure. To prevent skewing of results by different values of model elasticity, pretest stiffness was accounted for by calculating a ratio of construct stiffness as a function of pretest model stiffness. Total force-to-failure was the recorded maximum force (in N) to cause failure. A P value of < .05 was set for significance. All data were analyzed using SPSS software (SPSS Version 15.0; SPSS Inc.).
Results
Analysis of pretest stiffness showed no significant difference among models (P = .490). All models failed by a gap of 2 mm at the distal fracture site except for 3 models in the MAG group. These 3 models failed at a much higher load than the remainder of the models and failed by fracture of the models.
The MAG group demonstrated significantly superior stiffness to the 2 other models tested (Figure 4). On average, this group required 753.5 N of force before failure. This was 530 N higher than the HP (P < .05) and 638 N higher than the AG constructs, respectively (P < .05). The HP and AG groups required forces of 223.2 N and 115.5 N for failure, respectively. These numbers were not significant (P= .063).
The absolute construct stiffness and construct stiffness as a function of pretest stiffness of the MAG group was the highest of all groups, 271.7 N/mm and 57.2%, respectively (Figure 5). These numbers showed significance when compared with the values of the HP group (P < .05 for both) and the AG group (P < .05 for both). The average stiffness of the HP group was 159.7 N/mm, which was 36.8% of pretest stiffness.
The AG group had the lowest construct stiffness and percent of pretest stiffness (128.1 N/mm and 29.6%). The HP and AG groups were not statistically different in these comparisons, P = .350 for construct stiffness and P = .395 for percent of pretest stiffness.
Discussion
These results support the use of a one-third tubular plate and lag-screw construct for fixation of vertical shear medial malleolus fractures. This is clinically important because one-third tubular plates with 3.5-mm screws are readily available and cost significantly less than a precountoured anatomic-specific type of fixation. These results are based on the biomechanical properties of the constructs tested in this study.
The previous 2 studies8,9showed conflicting results about the most biomechanically sound fixation for SAD medial malleolar fractures. The study by Toolan and colleagues9 reported that 2 screws placed perpendicular to the fracture demonstrated the strongest overall construct. This study compared 3 separate types of 2-screw–only fixations and 2 plate-and-screw fixations. One construct was similar to the AG group in our study, and the other construct had a lag screw at the apex of the fracture. This previous study,9 however, did not investigate a similar construct to the MAG group that was tested in our study.
According to Dumigan and associates,8 a construct that consisted of a 4-hole plate with 2 screws proximal to the fracture and 2 lag screws showed the strongest fixation. This study, however, did not include a group like our study’s AG group, which is the traditional AG form of fixation.
In our study, we examined the biomechanic properties of a traditional fixation (AG construct), a commonly used fixation (MAG construct), and a newer construct (HP construct). The HP group is unique to this study and, to our knowledge, there is no literature on its use as fixation for this fracture. We did not include a 2-screw–only group, which is a limitation, because this fixation type is not common for the SAD fracture. This study also did not include an HP construct with an additional lag screw, which is an available option as well.
The current investigation used synthetic bone models constructed for biomechanical testing. The models were thought to provide a consistent model for fixation as opposed to using potentially osteopenic cadaveric bone. Each model was the same size and laterality. The stiffness as determined by pretest stiffness was not significantly different among models. Because all models were similar in composition and size, this allowed for more consistent osteotomies and similarly sized malleolar fragments. Theoretically, this allowed a more uniform comparison of all specimens and constructs.
Using models, however, is a limit of this study. While the models were of similar biomechanical quality, it is possible that a model may not reproduce the biology of a cavaderic specimen or the physiology of a construct in vivo. Of the 2 studies that investigated SAD fractures, the Dumigan study8 used cadaveric specimens. The fact that these models were all mildly osteoporotic and were embalmed specimens were study limits. The Toolan study9 used synthetic models. Although these models were consistent, they were models of bones and not intended for biomechanical studies, thereby increasing the potential for skewed results.
Our study investigated loading only in the offset-axial direction, a difference when compared to the Dumigan and colleagues8 and Toolan and colleagues9 studies. The offest transverse loading previously investigated would most likely represent an external rotation moment. While fixation in vivo could experience an external rotation moment, the specific fracture pattern of interest fails in offset-axial loading. In the original discription of the SAD fracture, Lauge-Hanson7 stated that the talus causes the vertically oriented medial malleolar fracture in the extreme of ankle supination with an adduction moment. Considering this, we investigated failure with a force in the direction that causes this type of fracture.
There are some additional limitations. This study demonstrated superiority of a one-third tubular plate with 2 screws proximally and 1 lag screw. While this was shown in the laboratory under pure offset-axial loading conditions, this may not reproduce daily forces experienced by the constructs. Additionally, this study examined load-to-failure of the constructs and did not investigate cyclic loading that a construct would experience in vivo. Because the testing is not recognizably consistent with day-to-day stresses of these constructs in vivo, this confounds the clinical application of our study.
The stiffness required for clinical healing is undetermined and, therefore, all 3 types of fixation could be adequate clinically. Patients are typically instructed to adhere to weight-bearing limitations on the affected extremity, and casts or splints are applied postoperatively for extended periods of time. Clinical studies would have significant benefit in the evaluation of fixation of vertical shear medial malleolar fractures.
Conclusion
AG plating technique with lag-screw placement is biomechanically superior to the other 2 constructs investigated. The clinical applications of these results are not known, and clinical trials are suggested to determine the best type of fixation for SAD-type medial malleolar fractures.
Supination-adduction (SAD)-type fractures of the ankle comprise approximately 5% to 20% of ankle fractures.1-3 As the name describes, this fracture is caused by forceful adduction of the supinated foot. There are 2 stages of the fracture pattern: the injury usually occurs first on the lateral side of the ankle with injury to the soft tissues or a low transverse fracture of the distal fibula. With continued force, in the second stage, the talus causes a shearing of the medial malleolus, creating the vertical shear fracture pattern.4-7 The vertical shear medial malleolus fracture pattern is the subject of this investigation.
Several techniques have been traditionally recommended for fixation of SAD-type ankle fracture, including: a 2-screw construct without plate fixation, oriented perpendicular to the fracture; and an AG plate construct with variable positioning and numbers of screws for fixation. There have been, however, only 2 published articles about the biomechanical properties of fixation of vertical shear medial malleolar fractures, which reported conflicting results.8,9 The most recent of these studies argued that one-third tubular plate fixation offers significant mechanical advantage over screw-only fixation, supporting the use of AG plates for fixation of SAD ankle fractures.8
An additional design for fixation of medial malleolus fractures has been introduced, consisting of a hook plate (HP) contoured for the medial malleolus. To our knowledge, no studies have investigated HP’s biomechanical properties. Thus, the objective of this study was to investigate and compare the biomechanical properties of 3 constructs for fixation of SAD-ankle fractures: an antiglide (AG) plate, an AG plate with an additional lag-screw across the fracture, and a precontoured HP.
Materials and Methods
Thirty 4th-generation–composite polyurethane models of the left tibia were obtained (Sawbones, Pacific Research Laboratories, Inc.). Largely, our methods accorded with the precedent set by other studies on these fracture types.8,9
Prior to creation of the fractures, each model was individually evaluated for pretest stiffness by using the slope of the linear portion of the load-displacement curve during offset-axial loading. This demonstrated the baseline elasticity of the models during loading. Assessing pretest stiffness was performed to reduce potential variables in the stiffness of individual models in the analysis of the testing data.
The models were numbered 1 through 30 on the shaft and on the medial malleolus. A custom jig was constructed with a table saw to create identical vertical shear medial malleolar fracture patterns in each model. The jig created the vertical shear SAD fracture described by Lauge-Hansen.7 All models were randomly assigned to 1 of 3 groups; each group consisted of 10 models (Figures 1A, 1B).
The 10 specimens in group 1 were fixed with a 5-hole, 3.5-mm, one-third tubular plate (Smith & Nephew) in a traditional AG fashion. The plates were placed at the same location on all tibiae. The proximal hole and the hole closest to the fracture line were filled with 3.5-mm cortical screws, which were long enough to achieve bicortical fixation. No lag screws were placed in this specimen group. In group 2, specimens were fixed with the same plate used in group 1 (Smith & Nephew). In this modified AG (MAG) construct, specimens were fixed identically to group 1 for plate placement and fixation of the 2 proximal screws. In this group, an additional screw was placed perpendicular to the fracture and parallel to the distal tibial articular surface. In both groups (AG and MAG), the plates were not bent before application.
Group 3 consisted of specimens fixed with a 5-hole, precontoured medial malleolar HP (Arthrex). This HP construct was fixed with two 3.5-mm cortical screws long enough to achieve bicortical fixation. The plate also engaged the bone at the tip of the medial malleolus by using 2 sharp prongs. The screws were placed in the most proximal hole and the hole just proximal to the fracture line. No lag screws were placed in the HP construct.
All models were tested in offset-axial loading to replicate a SAD moment similar to previous studies. To test offset-axial loading, a vice held each model identically with a 17º angle from the longitudinal axis (Figure 2). Loading was performed with a material testing system; a material testing system plunger was directed at the inferior articulating cartilage surface of the medial malleolus. The specimens were loaded at a rate of 1 mm/sec until 2 mm of displacement was reached (Figure 3) or catastrophic failure occurred. The raw data analyzed consisted of the initial stiffness of the construct and the overall load-to-failure. The slope of the linear portion of the load-displacement curve of stiffness determined stiffness of the construct.
One-way analysis of variance with post hoc Tukey HSD data analysis was performed to determine if there were statistical differences among the different fixation constructs during load-to-failure. To prevent skewing of results by different values of model elasticity, pretest stiffness was accounted for by calculating a ratio of construct stiffness as a function of pretest model stiffness. Total force-to-failure was the recorded maximum force (in N) to cause failure. A P value of < .05 was set for significance. All data were analyzed using SPSS software (SPSS Version 15.0; SPSS Inc.).
Results
Analysis of pretest stiffness showed no significant difference among models (P = .490). All models failed by a gap of 2 mm at the distal fracture site except for 3 models in the MAG group. These 3 models failed at a much higher load than the remainder of the models and failed by fracture of the models.
The MAG group demonstrated significantly superior stiffness to the 2 other models tested (Figure 4). On average, this group required 753.5 N of force before failure. This was 530 N higher than the HP (P < .05) and 638 N higher than the AG constructs, respectively (P < .05). The HP and AG groups required forces of 223.2 N and 115.5 N for failure, respectively. These numbers were not significant (P= .063).
The absolute construct stiffness and construct stiffness as a function of pretest stiffness of the MAG group was the highest of all groups, 271.7 N/mm and 57.2%, respectively (Figure 5). These numbers showed significance when compared with the values of the HP group (P < .05 for both) and the AG group (P < .05 for both). The average stiffness of the HP group was 159.7 N/mm, which was 36.8% of pretest stiffness.
The AG group had the lowest construct stiffness and percent of pretest stiffness (128.1 N/mm and 29.6%). The HP and AG groups were not statistically different in these comparisons, P = .350 for construct stiffness and P = .395 for percent of pretest stiffness.
Discussion
These results support the use of a one-third tubular plate and lag-screw construct for fixation of vertical shear medial malleolus fractures. This is clinically important because one-third tubular plates with 3.5-mm screws are readily available and cost significantly less than a precountoured anatomic-specific type of fixation. These results are based on the biomechanical properties of the constructs tested in this study.
The previous 2 studies8,9showed conflicting results about the most biomechanically sound fixation for SAD medial malleolar fractures. The study by Toolan and colleagues9 reported that 2 screws placed perpendicular to the fracture demonstrated the strongest overall construct. This study compared 3 separate types of 2-screw–only fixations and 2 plate-and-screw fixations. One construct was similar to the AG group in our study, and the other construct had a lag screw at the apex of the fracture. This previous study,9 however, did not investigate a similar construct to the MAG group that was tested in our study.
According to Dumigan and associates,8 a construct that consisted of a 4-hole plate with 2 screws proximal to the fracture and 2 lag screws showed the strongest fixation. This study, however, did not include a group like our study’s AG group, which is the traditional AG form of fixation.
In our study, we examined the biomechanic properties of a traditional fixation (AG construct), a commonly used fixation (MAG construct), and a newer construct (HP construct). The HP group is unique to this study and, to our knowledge, there is no literature on its use as fixation for this fracture. We did not include a 2-screw–only group, which is a limitation, because this fixation type is not common for the SAD fracture. This study also did not include an HP construct with an additional lag screw, which is an available option as well.
The current investigation used synthetic bone models constructed for biomechanical testing. The models were thought to provide a consistent model for fixation as opposed to using potentially osteopenic cadaveric bone. Each model was the same size and laterality. The stiffness as determined by pretest stiffness was not significantly different among models. Because all models were similar in composition and size, this allowed for more consistent osteotomies and similarly sized malleolar fragments. Theoretically, this allowed a more uniform comparison of all specimens and constructs.
Using models, however, is a limit of this study. While the models were of similar biomechanical quality, it is possible that a model may not reproduce the biology of a cavaderic specimen or the physiology of a construct in vivo. Of the 2 studies that investigated SAD fractures, the Dumigan study8 used cadaveric specimens. The fact that these models were all mildly osteoporotic and were embalmed specimens were study limits. The Toolan study9 used synthetic models. Although these models were consistent, they were models of bones and not intended for biomechanical studies, thereby increasing the potential for skewed results.
Our study investigated loading only in the offset-axial direction, a difference when compared to the Dumigan and colleagues8 and Toolan and colleagues9 studies. The offest transverse loading previously investigated would most likely represent an external rotation moment. While fixation in vivo could experience an external rotation moment, the specific fracture pattern of interest fails in offset-axial loading. In the original discription of the SAD fracture, Lauge-Hanson7 stated that the talus causes the vertically oriented medial malleolar fracture in the extreme of ankle supination with an adduction moment. Considering this, we investigated failure with a force in the direction that causes this type of fracture.
There are some additional limitations. This study demonstrated superiority of a one-third tubular plate with 2 screws proximally and 1 lag screw. While this was shown in the laboratory under pure offset-axial loading conditions, this may not reproduce daily forces experienced by the constructs. Additionally, this study examined load-to-failure of the constructs and did not investigate cyclic loading that a construct would experience in vivo. Because the testing is not recognizably consistent with day-to-day stresses of these constructs in vivo, this confounds the clinical application of our study.
The stiffness required for clinical healing is undetermined and, therefore, all 3 types of fixation could be adequate clinically. Patients are typically instructed to adhere to weight-bearing limitations on the affected extremity, and casts or splints are applied postoperatively for extended periods of time. Clinical studies would have significant benefit in the evaluation of fixation of vertical shear medial malleolar fractures.
Conclusion
AG plating technique with lag-screw placement is biomechanically superior to the other 2 constructs investigated. The clinical applications of these results are not known, and clinical trials are suggested to determine the best type of fixation for SAD-type medial malleolar fractures.
1. Hak DJ, Egol KA, Gardner MJ, Haskell A. The “not so simple” ankle fracture: avoiding problems and pitfalls to improve patient outcomes. Instr Course Lect. 2011;60:73-88.
2. Hamilton WC. Supination-adduction injuries. In: Hamilton WC, ed. Traumatic Disorders of the Ankle. 1st ed. New York, NY: Springer-Verlag; 1984:101-112.
3. McConnell T, Tornetta P. Marginal plafond impaction in association with supination-adduction ankle fractures: a report of eight cases. J Orthop Trauma. 2001;15(6):447-449.
4. Arimoto HK, Forrester DM. Classification of ankle fractures: an algorithm. AJR Am J Roentgenol. 1980;135(5):1057-1063.
5. Carr JB. Malleolar fractures and soft tissue injuries of the ankle. In: Browner BD, Jupiter JB, Levine AM, Trafton PG, Krettek C, eds. Skeletal Trauma: Basic Science, Management and Reconstruction. 4th ed. Philadelphia, PA: Saunders Elsevier; 2009:2515-2584.
6. Davidovitch RI, Egol KA. Ankle fractures. In: Bucholz RW HJ, Court-Brown CM, Tornetta P III, eds. Rockwood and Green’s Fractures in Adults. 7th ed. Philadelphia, PA: Lippincott, Williams, & Wilkins; 2010:1975-2021.
7. Lauge-Hansen N. Fractures of the ankle. II. Combined experimental-surgical and experimental-roentgenologic investigations. Arch Surg. 1950;60(5):957-985.
8. Dumigan RM, Bronson DG, Early JS. Analysis of fixation methods for vertical shear fractures of the medial malleolus. J Orthop Trauma. 2006;20(10):687-691.
9. Toolan BC, Koval KJ, Kummer FJ, Sanders R, Zuckerman JD. Vertical shear fractures of the medial malleolus: a biomechanical study of five internal fixation techniques. Foot Ankle Int. 1994;15(9):483-489.
1. Hak DJ, Egol KA, Gardner MJ, Haskell A. The “not so simple” ankle fracture: avoiding problems and pitfalls to improve patient outcomes. Instr Course Lect. 2011;60:73-88.
2. Hamilton WC. Supination-adduction injuries. In: Hamilton WC, ed. Traumatic Disorders of the Ankle. 1st ed. New York, NY: Springer-Verlag; 1984:101-112.
3. McConnell T, Tornetta P. Marginal plafond impaction in association with supination-adduction ankle fractures: a report of eight cases. J Orthop Trauma. 2001;15(6):447-449.
4. Arimoto HK, Forrester DM. Classification of ankle fractures: an algorithm. AJR Am J Roentgenol. 1980;135(5):1057-1063.
5. Carr JB. Malleolar fractures and soft tissue injuries of the ankle. In: Browner BD, Jupiter JB, Levine AM, Trafton PG, Krettek C, eds. Skeletal Trauma: Basic Science, Management and Reconstruction. 4th ed. Philadelphia, PA: Saunders Elsevier; 2009:2515-2584.
6. Davidovitch RI, Egol KA. Ankle fractures. In: Bucholz RW HJ, Court-Brown CM, Tornetta P III, eds. Rockwood and Green’s Fractures in Adults. 7th ed. Philadelphia, PA: Lippincott, Williams, & Wilkins; 2010:1975-2021.
7. Lauge-Hansen N. Fractures of the ankle. II. Combined experimental-surgical and experimental-roentgenologic investigations. Arch Surg. 1950;60(5):957-985.
8. Dumigan RM, Bronson DG, Early JS. Analysis of fixation methods for vertical shear fractures of the medial malleolus. J Orthop Trauma. 2006;20(10):687-691.
9. Toolan BC, Koval KJ, Kummer FJ, Sanders R, Zuckerman JD. Vertical shear fractures of the medial malleolus: a biomechanical study of five internal fixation techniques. Foot Ankle Int. 1994;15(9):483-489.
Shoulder Instability Management: A Survey of the American Shoulder and Elbow Surgeons
Despite an abundance of peer-reviewed resources, there is wide variation in the surgical management of shoulder instability.1,2 Current American Academy of Orthopaedic Surgeons (AAOS) clinical practice guidelines regarding the shoulder address only generalized shoulder pain, glenohumeral osteoarthritis, and rotator cuff injuries,3,4 and treatment algorithms focus on conservative treatment, rather than surgical recommendations.4-7
Shoulder instability most commonly results from 1 or more of 4 common lesions (capsular laxity, glenoid bone loss, humeral bone loss, and capsulolabral insufficiency).8 While it is a relatively common condition that represents 1% to 2% of all athletic injuries,9,10 little consensus exists about surgical indications, ideal treatment algorithms, or optimal operative technique. This is a critical issue because more than 50% of patients with glenohumeral instability will undergo surgical intervention.11 Chahal and associates6 surveyed 44 shoulder experts and reported strong consensus about diagnosis, but little agreement regarding surgical management. Owens and colleagues1 have also evaluated current trends for surgical treatment of this pathology. Randelli and associates5 attempted to categorize operative management based upon case-specific shoulder scenarios through online surveys. Their survey, however, covered a broad range of shoulder injuries rather than instability in particular. In this study, we assess trends for surgical management of glenohumeral instability in a case-based survey of shoulder experts.
Materials and Methods
Survey Information
An online survey (Survey Monkey) of 417 active members of the American Shoulder and Elbow Surgeons (ASES) was administered on May 1, 2014. Respondents were blinded to the institution and co-investigators conducting the survey. The survey link was distributed via email because it has been shown to be a more efficacious conduit than standard postal mail.12 The case-based, 25-question survey (Appendix) was designed to assess respondents’ selection of surgical intervention. Section 1 determined member demographics, including fellowship training, arthroscopy experience, and years of practice. Section 2 involved the presentation of 5 case scenarios. For each case, respondents were asked to identify the optimal surgical procedure in both primary and revision settings. Section 3 posed several general questions regarding shoulder-instability management.
Statistical Analysis
Data were stored using Microsoft Excel (Microsoft) and analyzed using SAS Software version 9.3 (SAS Institute, Inc.). Demographic survey responses were reported using descriptive statistics. Responses to clinical survey questions were reported using frequencies and percentages. To identify when a majority consensus was achieved for a given question, responses were flagged as reaching consensus when more than 50% of participants gave the same response.13In the event that only 2 response options were available, reaching consensus required 67% of respondents to choose a single answer (since, by default, a consensus would be reached with only 2 response options). Because this was an analysis of all respondents, an a priori power calculation was not performed. Associations between training and practice demographics and responses to clinical questions were investigated using chi-square analyses. All comparative analyses were two-tailed and used P = .05 as the threshold for statistical significance.
Results
Demographics
One hundred and twenty-five (29.9%) ASES members responded to the survey. Of the respondents, 71.2% reported at least 15 years of experience, and 71% performed more than 150 shoulder cases annually. Surgeons came from academic institutions (41.6%), private practice (24.8%), or mixed (33.6%). The majority of respondents were fellowship-trained in shoulder/elbow surgery (52.8%), while fewer had completed a sports-medicine fellowship (24.0%). For arthroscopic procedures, responses were nearly divided between those who preferred beach-chair positioning (47.2%) and those who preferred the lateral decubitus position (46.4%). The majority (70.4%) of respondents practiced in the United States and with a relatively even distribution among states and region. The remaining 29.6% of those surveyed practiced abroad.
Degree of Consensus Responses and Cases
Of the 25 survey questions, 6 questions were omitted from consensus calculations because these were designed for demographic categorization rather than professional opinion (questions 1-5, 8). Thirteen of the remaining 19 questions (68%) reached consensus response. All clinical case scenarios (5 of 5) reached consensus for selection of technique for the primary procedure; however, only 40% (2 of 5) of cases had a consensus in the revision setting.
In case 1, a young soccer player (noncontact athlete) with negligible bone loss, arthroscopic Bankart repair was recommended by 81.6% of respondents. In the event of revision surgery, only 22.4% recommended arthroscopic Bankart repair, and the remainder split between open Bankart repair with possible capsular shift (36%) or Latarjet procedure (32.8%).
In case 2, a college American football player (contact athlete) with negligible bone loss, arthroscopic Bankart repair was recommended by 56.8%. In the event of revision surgery, a majority of members (51.2%) suggested a Latarjet procedure.
In case 3, the weekend warrior with significant bone loss, most respondents recommended a Latarjet procedure for both primary (72.8%) and revision surgery (79.0%).
In case 4, a weekend warrior with multidirectional instability, 60% of respondents suggested arthroscopic Bankart repair, 21.6% recommended rotator interval closure, and 10.4% chose a capsular shift. As a revision procedure, there was less agreement, with a split between open Bankart repair (39.2%) and capsular shift only (39.2%).
In case 5, the weekend warrior with large engaging Hill-Sachs lesions, 60% of respondent selected a remplissage procedure. If revision was required, a Latarjet procedure was the choice of 48.8% of respondents (Table).
General Questions
For contact athletes, most respondents (87.2%) would allow return to play in the same season and recommended surgery after the end of the season. After surgical intervention, 56.8% prescribed 4 weeks of immobilization. When counseling a return to contact sports, 51.2% recommended waiting for 4 to 6 months.
The ASES members were divided on conservative management of instability injuries. Responses included immobilization in internal rotation (39.2%), no immobilization (39.2%), and external-rotation bracing (21.6%).
Finally, members thought the most important factor in choosing surgical technique was the patient’s pathology, then age; the least influential criteria was the patient’s sports participation.
Analysis of Training Demographics and Surgical Technique Preferences
Chi-square analyses demonstrated that respondents who completed a sports fellowship were more likely to do at least 50% of cases arthroscopically (odds ratio [OR], 15.3; P < .001) and were more likely to use the lateral decubitus position (OR, 2.8; P < .021). Furthermore, American respondents had a higher likelihood of having completed either a sports fellowship (OR, 12.8; P < .001) or a shoulder/elbow fellowship (OR, 4.6; P = .002) when compared with foreign respondents.
Discussion
In the absence of formal clinical practice guidelines, most surgeons formulate treatment strategy based upon a combination of experience and peer-reviewed evidence. The cohort analyzed in the current study was highly experienced, with more than 70% performing 150 shoulder cases annually and having more than 15 years of experience. We found a consensus response in 68% of questions and all primary surgical techniques for our shoulder instability scenarios. While expert consensus reported here is not equivalent to evidence-based clinical practice guidelines, it does provide important information to consider when treating anterior shoulder instability.
Specific responses to our case scenarios invite further reflection. Considering young (both noncontact and contact) athletes without bony pathology (cases 1 and 2, respectively), the ASES surgeons recommended arthroscopic Bankart repair for both. Randelli and associates5 found 71% of survey respondents recommended arthroscopic Bankart repair in a similar setting. It is interesting to note that consensus persisted regardless of the sport in which they engaged. Contact athletes have the highest rates of dislocation (up to 7 times higher incidence) compared with the general population.14 In addition, they have a higher recurrence rate after surgery.15 It should be noted, however, that although both cases reached consensus, the percentage of experts who recommended an arthroscopic procedure fell from 82% in the noncontact athlete to 57% in the contact athlete. This concurs with a recent review by Harris and Romeo,16 who recommended similar treatments for athletes without bony defects. In an older patient population with recurrent instability (case 3), responses varied more widely but still reached a consensus on primary surgical techniques. Respondents agreed that, even for patients with multidirectional instability, initial management should consist of arthroscopic capsulolabral repair. Overall, the agreement for arthroscopy for cases 1 through 3 mimics recent US practice patterns, showing 90% of stabilizations are being performed arthroscopically.17 Additionally, a recent meta-analysis by Harris and associates18 favored arthroscopic Bankart repair, showing no significant difference vs open stabilization even on long-term follow-up.
Glenoid bone loss is a difficult clinical scenario and that is reflected in this study’s findings. The literature suggests that arthroscopic Bankart repair, in this setting, is usually not sufficient and may result in a recurrence rate up to 75%, if bone loss greater than 20% is unaddressed.19 Our study supports this trend because ASES members recommended a Latarjet procedure when there is substantial bone loss.
While open Latarjet procedure was the consensus for dealing with glenoid bone loss, arthroscopic techniques were strongly favored for humeral head defects. This change in practice patterns results from the introduction of the arthroscopic remplissage technique.20 Two recent systemic reviews have supported this technique, reporting good functional outcomes for engaging Hill-Sachs lesions.21,22 Our study had similar agreement, with most respondents recommending remplissage for these patients.
This study found the lowest rates of expert consensus in the setting of revision surgery, likely caused, in part, by the paucity of available large cohort studies. This is a major void in the literature, and more studies are needed to help guide surgeons on the best techniques to deal with this difficult patient population.
Conservative bracing technique was 1 of the survey questions lacking a consensus response. Interestingly, 39% of members recommended no immobilization after an instability event. This contrasts with recent literature concerning the best position for bracing. We also found twice as many surgeons recommended internal rotation immobilization over external rotation. This is a subject of debate, with some studies stating improvement with external rotation immobilization,23 while other studies reported no difference.24 Overall, recommendations regarding type of immobilization are unclear, which will likely continue until larger studies can be performed.
The literature describing surgical trends in the treatment of shoulder instability is sparse and variable. With regard to other shoulder etiologies, only rotator cuff pathology has used expert consensus. Acevedo and colleagues13 reported agreement of ASES members surveyed regarding rotator cuff management. There was no consensus among surgeons in more than 50% of questions, despite AAOS published guidelines for rotator cuff treatment.25 Despite the lack of guidelines for our topic, we found a consensus among respondents with 68% of survey questions.
To date, only 2 studies of shoulder instability management have elicited the opinion of experts in shoulder surgery. Chahal and associates6 surveyed 42 members of ASES and JOINTS (Joined Orthopaedic Initiatives for National Trials of the Shoulder) Canada on shoulder instability cases and found substantial agreement on diagnosis but little consensus regarding surgical technique. This lack of agreement on procedures differs from our findings and may be related to their complicated case scenarios that generated a wide array of treatment recommendations. Randelli and colleagues5 surveyed more than 1000 European Society of Sports Traumatology, Knee Surgery, and Arthroscopy members and reported similar agreement on arthroscopic Bankart repair in young male shoulder-dislocation patients, although no other instability scenarios were investigated. Our study is the first to report responses from expert shoulder surgeons on surgical-treatment strategies for an array of common shoulder instability pathologies.
This study had several limitations. First, while our study suffered from a low response rate (29.9%), it was similar to other published studies.5,13 Second, because the case series included in the survey attempted to capture the most common instability scenarios, they were limited in their scope and failed to address additional etiologies or pathologic permutations. We believe, however, that a more comprehensive survey would have resulted in respondent fatigue and lowered the response rate. It is unlikely that any survey could capture all variables that come into play during clinical decision-making, and we sought to evaluate the most common shoulder instability scenarios. Third, 30% of respondents were from outside the United States, where the Latarjet procedure is much more popular. While this was not a majority, Latarjet’s regional preference may have decreased the consensus response in some scenarios if only the United States was included. Finally, there is inherent bias in a respondent pool that is heavily weighted to shoulder-surgery experts (ASES members) and does not consider the responses of the general orthopedic surgery community as have other studies.7
Conclusion
This study demonstrates that expert shoulder surgeons often agreed on shoulder-treatment principles for anterior shoulder instability. In the setting of primary repair, arthroscopic Bankart repair was favored in the absence of bony pathology, regardless of age (20 to 35 years) or nature of sport (contact versus noncontact). Latarjet procedures were favored in the setting of glenoid bone loss, and remplissage for an engaging Hill-Sachs lesion. Less agreement was observed for revision stabilization. It should be noted that, while consensus was often reached for our cases, there was a wide distribution of technical considerations and surgical preferences even among those who are fellowship-trained and high-volume surgeons, and who can be considered experts in the field of shoulder surgery.
1. Owens BD, Harrast JJ, Hurwitz SR, Thompson TL, Wolf JM. Surgical trends in bankart repair: an analysis of data from the American Board of Orthopaedic Surgery certification examination. Am J Sports Med. 2011;39(9):1865-1869.
2. Loebenberg MI, Rosen JE, Ishak C, Jazrawi LM, Zuckerman JD. A survey of decision-making processes in the treatment of common shoulder ailments among primary care physicians. Bull Hosp Jt Dis. 2006;63(3-4):137-144.
3. American Academy of Orthopaedic Surgeons. AAOS clinical practice guidelines (CPG). www.aaos.org/research/guidelines/guide.asp. Updated December 30, 2013. Accessed May 1, 2015.
4. Sanders JO, Bozic KJ, Glassman SD, Jevsevar DS, Weber KL. Clinical practice guidelines: their use, misuse, and future directions. J Am Acad Orthop Surg. 2014;22(3):135-144.
5. Randelli P, Arrigoni P, Cabitza F, Ragone V, Cabitza P. Current practice in shoulder pathology: results of a web-based survey among a community of 1,084 orthopedic surgeons. Knee Surg Sports Traumatol Arthrosc. 2011;20(5):803-815.
6. Chahal J, Kassiri K, Dion A, MacDonald P, Leiter J. Diagnostic and treatment differences among experienced shoulder surgeons for instability conditions of the shoulder. Clin J Sport Med. 2007;17(1):5-9.
7. Redfern J, Burks R. 2009 survey results: surgeon practice patterns regarding arthroscopic surgery. Arthroscopy. 2009;25(12):1447-1452.
8. Burkhart SS, De Beer JF. Traumatic glenohumeral bone defects and their relationship to failure of arthroscopic bankart repairs: significance of the inverted-pear glenoid and the humeral engaging hill-sachs lesion. Arthroscopy. 2000;16(7):677-694.
9. Owens BD, Agel J, Mountcastle SB, Cameron KL, Nelson BJ. Incidence of glenohumeral instability in collegiate athletics. Am J Sports Med. 2009;37(9):1750-1754.
10. Owens MBD, Duffey ML, Nelson BJ, et al. The incidence and characteristics of shoulder instability at the United States Military Academy. Am J Sports Med. 2007;35(7):1168-1173.
11. Hovelius L, Olofsson A, Sandström B, et al. Nonoperative treatment of primary anterior shoulder dislocation in patients forty years of age and younger. A prospective twenty-five-year follow-up. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2008;90(5):945-952.
12. Raziano DB, Jayadevappa R, Valenzula D, Weiner M, Lavizzo-Mourey R. E-mail versus conventional postal mail survey of geriatric chiefs. Gerontologist. 2001;41(6):799-804.
13. Acevedo DC, Paxton ES, Williams GR, Abboud JA. A survey of expert opinion regarding rotator cuff repair. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2014;96(14):e123.
14. Kaplan LD, Flanigan DC, Norwig J, Jost P, Bradley J. Prevalence and variance of shoulder injuries in elite collegiate football players. Am J Sports Med. 2005;33(8):1142-1146.
15. Petrera M, Dwyer T, Tsuji MR, Theodoropoulos JS. Outcomes of arthroscopic Bankart repair in collision versus noncollision athletes. Orthopedics. 2013;36(5):e621-e626.
16. Harris JD, Romeo AA. Arthroscopic management of the contact athlete with instability. Clin Sports Med. 2013;32(4):709-730.
17. Zhang AL, Montgomery SR, Ngo SS, Hame SL, Wang JC, Gamradt SC. Arthroscopic versus open shoulder stabilization: current practice patterns in the united states. Arthroscopy. 2014;30(4):436-443.
18. Harris JD, Gupta AK, Mall NA, et al. Long-term outcomes after Bankart shoulder stabilization. Arthroscopy. 2013;29(5):920-933.
19. Boileau P, Villalba M, Héry J, Balg F, Ahrens P, Neyton L. Risk factors for recurrence of shoulder instability after arthroscopic Bankart repair. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2006;88(8):1755-1763.
20. Purchase RJ, Wolf EM, Hobgood ER, Pollock ME, Smalley CC. Hill-sachs ”remplissage”: an arthroscopic solution for the engaging hill-sachs lesion. Arthroscopy. 2008;24(6):723-726.
21. Buza JA 3rd, Iyengar JJ, Anakwenze OA, Ahmad CS, Levine WN. Arthroscopic Hill-Sachs remplissage: a systematic review. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2014;96(7):549-555.
22. Rashid MS, Crichton J, Butt U, Akimau PI, Charalambous CP. Arthroscopic “Remplissage” for shoulder instability: a systematic review. Knee Surg Sports Traumatol Arthrosc. 2014:1-7.
23. Itoi E, Hatakeyama Y, Kido T, et al. A new method of immobilization after traumatic anterior dislocation of the shoulder: a preliminary study. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2003;12(5):413-415.
24. Whelan DB, Litchfield R, Wambolt E, Dainty KN; Joint Orthopaedic Initiative for National Trials of the Shoulder (JOINTS). External rotation immobilization for primary shoulder dislocation: A randomized controlled trial. Clin Orthop Relat Res. 2014;472(8):2380-2386.
25. Pedowitz RA, Yamaguchi K, Ahmad CS, et al. American Academy of Orthopaedic Surgeons Clinical Practice Guideline on: optimizing the management of rotator cuff problems. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2012;94(2):163-167.
Despite an abundance of peer-reviewed resources, there is wide variation in the surgical management of shoulder instability.1,2 Current American Academy of Orthopaedic Surgeons (AAOS) clinical practice guidelines regarding the shoulder address only generalized shoulder pain, glenohumeral osteoarthritis, and rotator cuff injuries,3,4 and treatment algorithms focus on conservative treatment, rather than surgical recommendations.4-7
Shoulder instability most commonly results from 1 or more of 4 common lesions (capsular laxity, glenoid bone loss, humeral bone loss, and capsulolabral insufficiency).8 While it is a relatively common condition that represents 1% to 2% of all athletic injuries,9,10 little consensus exists about surgical indications, ideal treatment algorithms, or optimal operative technique. This is a critical issue because more than 50% of patients with glenohumeral instability will undergo surgical intervention.11 Chahal and associates6 surveyed 44 shoulder experts and reported strong consensus about diagnosis, but little agreement regarding surgical management. Owens and colleagues1 have also evaluated current trends for surgical treatment of this pathology. Randelli and associates5 attempted to categorize operative management based upon case-specific shoulder scenarios through online surveys. Their survey, however, covered a broad range of shoulder injuries rather than instability in particular. In this study, we assess trends for surgical management of glenohumeral instability in a case-based survey of shoulder experts.
Materials and Methods
Survey Information
An online survey (Survey Monkey) of 417 active members of the American Shoulder and Elbow Surgeons (ASES) was administered on May 1, 2014. Respondents were blinded to the institution and co-investigators conducting the survey. The survey link was distributed via email because it has been shown to be a more efficacious conduit than standard postal mail.12 The case-based, 25-question survey (Appendix) was designed to assess respondents’ selection of surgical intervention. Section 1 determined member demographics, including fellowship training, arthroscopy experience, and years of practice. Section 2 involved the presentation of 5 case scenarios. For each case, respondents were asked to identify the optimal surgical procedure in both primary and revision settings. Section 3 posed several general questions regarding shoulder-instability management.
Statistical Analysis
Data were stored using Microsoft Excel (Microsoft) and analyzed using SAS Software version 9.3 (SAS Institute, Inc.). Demographic survey responses were reported using descriptive statistics. Responses to clinical survey questions were reported using frequencies and percentages. To identify when a majority consensus was achieved for a given question, responses were flagged as reaching consensus when more than 50% of participants gave the same response.13In the event that only 2 response options were available, reaching consensus required 67% of respondents to choose a single answer (since, by default, a consensus would be reached with only 2 response options). Because this was an analysis of all respondents, an a priori power calculation was not performed. Associations between training and practice demographics and responses to clinical questions were investigated using chi-square analyses. All comparative analyses were two-tailed and used P = .05 as the threshold for statistical significance.
Results
Demographics
One hundred and twenty-five (29.9%) ASES members responded to the survey. Of the respondents, 71.2% reported at least 15 years of experience, and 71% performed more than 150 shoulder cases annually. Surgeons came from academic institutions (41.6%), private practice (24.8%), or mixed (33.6%). The majority of respondents were fellowship-trained in shoulder/elbow surgery (52.8%), while fewer had completed a sports-medicine fellowship (24.0%). For arthroscopic procedures, responses were nearly divided between those who preferred beach-chair positioning (47.2%) and those who preferred the lateral decubitus position (46.4%). The majority (70.4%) of respondents practiced in the United States and with a relatively even distribution among states and region. The remaining 29.6% of those surveyed practiced abroad.
Degree of Consensus Responses and Cases
Of the 25 survey questions, 6 questions were omitted from consensus calculations because these were designed for demographic categorization rather than professional opinion (questions 1-5, 8). Thirteen of the remaining 19 questions (68%) reached consensus response. All clinical case scenarios (5 of 5) reached consensus for selection of technique for the primary procedure; however, only 40% (2 of 5) of cases had a consensus in the revision setting.
In case 1, a young soccer player (noncontact athlete) with negligible bone loss, arthroscopic Bankart repair was recommended by 81.6% of respondents. In the event of revision surgery, only 22.4% recommended arthroscopic Bankart repair, and the remainder split between open Bankart repair with possible capsular shift (36%) or Latarjet procedure (32.8%).
In case 2, a college American football player (contact athlete) with negligible bone loss, arthroscopic Bankart repair was recommended by 56.8%. In the event of revision surgery, a majority of members (51.2%) suggested a Latarjet procedure.
In case 3, the weekend warrior with significant bone loss, most respondents recommended a Latarjet procedure for both primary (72.8%) and revision surgery (79.0%).
In case 4, a weekend warrior with multidirectional instability, 60% of respondents suggested arthroscopic Bankart repair, 21.6% recommended rotator interval closure, and 10.4% chose a capsular shift. As a revision procedure, there was less agreement, with a split between open Bankart repair (39.2%) and capsular shift only (39.2%).
In case 5, the weekend warrior with large engaging Hill-Sachs lesions, 60% of respondent selected a remplissage procedure. If revision was required, a Latarjet procedure was the choice of 48.8% of respondents (Table).
General Questions
For contact athletes, most respondents (87.2%) would allow return to play in the same season and recommended surgery after the end of the season. After surgical intervention, 56.8% prescribed 4 weeks of immobilization. When counseling a return to contact sports, 51.2% recommended waiting for 4 to 6 months.
The ASES members were divided on conservative management of instability injuries. Responses included immobilization in internal rotation (39.2%), no immobilization (39.2%), and external-rotation bracing (21.6%).
Finally, members thought the most important factor in choosing surgical technique was the patient’s pathology, then age; the least influential criteria was the patient’s sports participation.
Analysis of Training Demographics and Surgical Technique Preferences
Chi-square analyses demonstrated that respondents who completed a sports fellowship were more likely to do at least 50% of cases arthroscopically (odds ratio [OR], 15.3; P < .001) and were more likely to use the lateral decubitus position (OR, 2.8; P < .021). Furthermore, American respondents had a higher likelihood of having completed either a sports fellowship (OR, 12.8; P < .001) or a shoulder/elbow fellowship (OR, 4.6; P = .002) when compared with foreign respondents.
Discussion
In the absence of formal clinical practice guidelines, most surgeons formulate treatment strategy based upon a combination of experience and peer-reviewed evidence. The cohort analyzed in the current study was highly experienced, with more than 70% performing 150 shoulder cases annually and having more than 15 years of experience. We found a consensus response in 68% of questions and all primary surgical techniques for our shoulder instability scenarios. While expert consensus reported here is not equivalent to evidence-based clinical practice guidelines, it does provide important information to consider when treating anterior shoulder instability.
Specific responses to our case scenarios invite further reflection. Considering young (both noncontact and contact) athletes without bony pathology (cases 1 and 2, respectively), the ASES surgeons recommended arthroscopic Bankart repair for both. Randelli and associates5 found 71% of survey respondents recommended arthroscopic Bankart repair in a similar setting. It is interesting to note that consensus persisted regardless of the sport in which they engaged. Contact athletes have the highest rates of dislocation (up to 7 times higher incidence) compared with the general population.14 In addition, they have a higher recurrence rate after surgery.15 It should be noted, however, that although both cases reached consensus, the percentage of experts who recommended an arthroscopic procedure fell from 82% in the noncontact athlete to 57% in the contact athlete. This concurs with a recent review by Harris and Romeo,16 who recommended similar treatments for athletes without bony defects. In an older patient population with recurrent instability (case 3), responses varied more widely but still reached a consensus on primary surgical techniques. Respondents agreed that, even for patients with multidirectional instability, initial management should consist of arthroscopic capsulolabral repair. Overall, the agreement for arthroscopy for cases 1 through 3 mimics recent US practice patterns, showing 90% of stabilizations are being performed arthroscopically.17 Additionally, a recent meta-analysis by Harris and associates18 favored arthroscopic Bankart repair, showing no significant difference vs open stabilization even on long-term follow-up.
Glenoid bone loss is a difficult clinical scenario and that is reflected in this study’s findings. The literature suggests that arthroscopic Bankart repair, in this setting, is usually not sufficient and may result in a recurrence rate up to 75%, if bone loss greater than 20% is unaddressed.19 Our study supports this trend because ASES members recommended a Latarjet procedure when there is substantial bone loss.
While open Latarjet procedure was the consensus for dealing with glenoid bone loss, arthroscopic techniques were strongly favored for humeral head defects. This change in practice patterns results from the introduction of the arthroscopic remplissage technique.20 Two recent systemic reviews have supported this technique, reporting good functional outcomes for engaging Hill-Sachs lesions.21,22 Our study had similar agreement, with most respondents recommending remplissage for these patients.
This study found the lowest rates of expert consensus in the setting of revision surgery, likely caused, in part, by the paucity of available large cohort studies. This is a major void in the literature, and more studies are needed to help guide surgeons on the best techniques to deal with this difficult patient population.
Conservative bracing technique was 1 of the survey questions lacking a consensus response. Interestingly, 39% of members recommended no immobilization after an instability event. This contrasts with recent literature concerning the best position for bracing. We also found twice as many surgeons recommended internal rotation immobilization over external rotation. This is a subject of debate, with some studies stating improvement with external rotation immobilization,23 while other studies reported no difference.24 Overall, recommendations regarding type of immobilization are unclear, which will likely continue until larger studies can be performed.
The literature describing surgical trends in the treatment of shoulder instability is sparse and variable. With regard to other shoulder etiologies, only rotator cuff pathology has used expert consensus. Acevedo and colleagues13 reported agreement of ASES members surveyed regarding rotator cuff management. There was no consensus among surgeons in more than 50% of questions, despite AAOS published guidelines for rotator cuff treatment.25 Despite the lack of guidelines for our topic, we found a consensus among respondents with 68% of survey questions.
To date, only 2 studies of shoulder instability management have elicited the opinion of experts in shoulder surgery. Chahal and associates6 surveyed 42 members of ASES and JOINTS (Joined Orthopaedic Initiatives for National Trials of the Shoulder) Canada on shoulder instability cases and found substantial agreement on diagnosis but little consensus regarding surgical technique. This lack of agreement on procedures differs from our findings and may be related to their complicated case scenarios that generated a wide array of treatment recommendations. Randelli and colleagues5 surveyed more than 1000 European Society of Sports Traumatology, Knee Surgery, and Arthroscopy members and reported similar agreement on arthroscopic Bankart repair in young male shoulder-dislocation patients, although no other instability scenarios were investigated. Our study is the first to report responses from expert shoulder surgeons on surgical-treatment strategies for an array of common shoulder instability pathologies.
This study had several limitations. First, while our study suffered from a low response rate (29.9%), it was similar to other published studies.5,13 Second, because the case series included in the survey attempted to capture the most common instability scenarios, they were limited in their scope and failed to address additional etiologies or pathologic permutations. We believe, however, that a more comprehensive survey would have resulted in respondent fatigue and lowered the response rate. It is unlikely that any survey could capture all variables that come into play during clinical decision-making, and we sought to evaluate the most common shoulder instability scenarios. Third, 30% of respondents were from outside the United States, where the Latarjet procedure is much more popular. While this was not a majority, Latarjet’s regional preference may have decreased the consensus response in some scenarios if only the United States was included. Finally, there is inherent bias in a respondent pool that is heavily weighted to shoulder-surgery experts (ASES members) and does not consider the responses of the general orthopedic surgery community as have other studies.7
Conclusion
This study demonstrates that expert shoulder surgeons often agreed on shoulder-treatment principles for anterior shoulder instability. In the setting of primary repair, arthroscopic Bankart repair was favored in the absence of bony pathology, regardless of age (20 to 35 years) or nature of sport (contact versus noncontact). Latarjet procedures were favored in the setting of glenoid bone loss, and remplissage for an engaging Hill-Sachs lesion. Less agreement was observed for revision stabilization. It should be noted that, while consensus was often reached for our cases, there was a wide distribution of technical considerations and surgical preferences even among those who are fellowship-trained and high-volume surgeons, and who can be considered experts in the field of shoulder surgery.
Despite an abundance of peer-reviewed resources, there is wide variation in the surgical management of shoulder instability.1,2 Current American Academy of Orthopaedic Surgeons (AAOS) clinical practice guidelines regarding the shoulder address only generalized shoulder pain, glenohumeral osteoarthritis, and rotator cuff injuries,3,4 and treatment algorithms focus on conservative treatment, rather than surgical recommendations.4-7
Shoulder instability most commonly results from 1 or more of 4 common lesions (capsular laxity, glenoid bone loss, humeral bone loss, and capsulolabral insufficiency).8 While it is a relatively common condition that represents 1% to 2% of all athletic injuries,9,10 little consensus exists about surgical indications, ideal treatment algorithms, or optimal operative technique. This is a critical issue because more than 50% of patients with glenohumeral instability will undergo surgical intervention.11 Chahal and associates6 surveyed 44 shoulder experts and reported strong consensus about diagnosis, but little agreement regarding surgical management. Owens and colleagues1 have also evaluated current trends for surgical treatment of this pathology. Randelli and associates5 attempted to categorize operative management based upon case-specific shoulder scenarios through online surveys. Their survey, however, covered a broad range of shoulder injuries rather than instability in particular. In this study, we assess trends for surgical management of glenohumeral instability in a case-based survey of shoulder experts.
Materials and Methods
Survey Information
An online survey (Survey Monkey) of 417 active members of the American Shoulder and Elbow Surgeons (ASES) was administered on May 1, 2014. Respondents were blinded to the institution and co-investigators conducting the survey. The survey link was distributed via email because it has been shown to be a more efficacious conduit than standard postal mail.12 The case-based, 25-question survey (Appendix) was designed to assess respondents’ selection of surgical intervention. Section 1 determined member demographics, including fellowship training, arthroscopy experience, and years of practice. Section 2 involved the presentation of 5 case scenarios. For each case, respondents were asked to identify the optimal surgical procedure in both primary and revision settings. Section 3 posed several general questions regarding shoulder-instability management.
Statistical Analysis
Data were stored using Microsoft Excel (Microsoft) and analyzed using SAS Software version 9.3 (SAS Institute, Inc.). Demographic survey responses were reported using descriptive statistics. Responses to clinical survey questions were reported using frequencies and percentages. To identify when a majority consensus was achieved for a given question, responses were flagged as reaching consensus when more than 50% of participants gave the same response.13In the event that only 2 response options were available, reaching consensus required 67% of respondents to choose a single answer (since, by default, a consensus would be reached with only 2 response options). Because this was an analysis of all respondents, an a priori power calculation was not performed. Associations between training and practice demographics and responses to clinical questions were investigated using chi-square analyses. All comparative analyses were two-tailed and used P = .05 as the threshold for statistical significance.
Results
Demographics
One hundred and twenty-five (29.9%) ASES members responded to the survey. Of the respondents, 71.2% reported at least 15 years of experience, and 71% performed more than 150 shoulder cases annually. Surgeons came from academic institutions (41.6%), private practice (24.8%), or mixed (33.6%). The majority of respondents were fellowship-trained in shoulder/elbow surgery (52.8%), while fewer had completed a sports-medicine fellowship (24.0%). For arthroscopic procedures, responses were nearly divided between those who preferred beach-chair positioning (47.2%) and those who preferred the lateral decubitus position (46.4%). The majority (70.4%) of respondents practiced in the United States and with a relatively even distribution among states and region. The remaining 29.6% of those surveyed practiced abroad.
Degree of Consensus Responses and Cases
Of the 25 survey questions, 6 questions were omitted from consensus calculations because these were designed for demographic categorization rather than professional opinion (questions 1-5, 8). Thirteen of the remaining 19 questions (68%) reached consensus response. All clinical case scenarios (5 of 5) reached consensus for selection of technique for the primary procedure; however, only 40% (2 of 5) of cases had a consensus in the revision setting.
In case 1, a young soccer player (noncontact athlete) with negligible bone loss, arthroscopic Bankart repair was recommended by 81.6% of respondents. In the event of revision surgery, only 22.4% recommended arthroscopic Bankart repair, and the remainder split between open Bankart repair with possible capsular shift (36%) or Latarjet procedure (32.8%).
In case 2, a college American football player (contact athlete) with negligible bone loss, arthroscopic Bankart repair was recommended by 56.8%. In the event of revision surgery, a majority of members (51.2%) suggested a Latarjet procedure.
In case 3, the weekend warrior with significant bone loss, most respondents recommended a Latarjet procedure for both primary (72.8%) and revision surgery (79.0%).
In case 4, a weekend warrior with multidirectional instability, 60% of respondents suggested arthroscopic Bankart repair, 21.6% recommended rotator interval closure, and 10.4% chose a capsular shift. As a revision procedure, there was less agreement, with a split between open Bankart repair (39.2%) and capsular shift only (39.2%).
In case 5, the weekend warrior with large engaging Hill-Sachs lesions, 60% of respondent selected a remplissage procedure. If revision was required, a Latarjet procedure was the choice of 48.8% of respondents (Table).
General Questions
For contact athletes, most respondents (87.2%) would allow return to play in the same season and recommended surgery after the end of the season. After surgical intervention, 56.8% prescribed 4 weeks of immobilization. When counseling a return to contact sports, 51.2% recommended waiting for 4 to 6 months.
The ASES members were divided on conservative management of instability injuries. Responses included immobilization in internal rotation (39.2%), no immobilization (39.2%), and external-rotation bracing (21.6%).
Finally, members thought the most important factor in choosing surgical technique was the patient’s pathology, then age; the least influential criteria was the patient’s sports participation.
Analysis of Training Demographics and Surgical Technique Preferences
Chi-square analyses demonstrated that respondents who completed a sports fellowship were more likely to do at least 50% of cases arthroscopically (odds ratio [OR], 15.3; P < .001) and were more likely to use the lateral decubitus position (OR, 2.8; P < .021). Furthermore, American respondents had a higher likelihood of having completed either a sports fellowship (OR, 12.8; P < .001) or a shoulder/elbow fellowship (OR, 4.6; P = .002) when compared with foreign respondents.
Discussion
In the absence of formal clinical practice guidelines, most surgeons formulate treatment strategy based upon a combination of experience and peer-reviewed evidence. The cohort analyzed in the current study was highly experienced, with more than 70% performing 150 shoulder cases annually and having more than 15 years of experience. We found a consensus response in 68% of questions and all primary surgical techniques for our shoulder instability scenarios. While expert consensus reported here is not equivalent to evidence-based clinical practice guidelines, it does provide important information to consider when treating anterior shoulder instability.
Specific responses to our case scenarios invite further reflection. Considering young (both noncontact and contact) athletes without bony pathology (cases 1 and 2, respectively), the ASES surgeons recommended arthroscopic Bankart repair for both. Randelli and associates5 found 71% of survey respondents recommended arthroscopic Bankart repair in a similar setting. It is interesting to note that consensus persisted regardless of the sport in which they engaged. Contact athletes have the highest rates of dislocation (up to 7 times higher incidence) compared with the general population.14 In addition, they have a higher recurrence rate after surgery.15 It should be noted, however, that although both cases reached consensus, the percentage of experts who recommended an arthroscopic procedure fell from 82% in the noncontact athlete to 57% in the contact athlete. This concurs with a recent review by Harris and Romeo,16 who recommended similar treatments for athletes without bony defects. In an older patient population with recurrent instability (case 3), responses varied more widely but still reached a consensus on primary surgical techniques. Respondents agreed that, even for patients with multidirectional instability, initial management should consist of arthroscopic capsulolabral repair. Overall, the agreement for arthroscopy for cases 1 through 3 mimics recent US practice patterns, showing 90% of stabilizations are being performed arthroscopically.17 Additionally, a recent meta-analysis by Harris and associates18 favored arthroscopic Bankart repair, showing no significant difference vs open stabilization even on long-term follow-up.
Glenoid bone loss is a difficult clinical scenario and that is reflected in this study’s findings. The literature suggests that arthroscopic Bankart repair, in this setting, is usually not sufficient and may result in a recurrence rate up to 75%, if bone loss greater than 20% is unaddressed.19 Our study supports this trend because ASES members recommended a Latarjet procedure when there is substantial bone loss.
While open Latarjet procedure was the consensus for dealing with glenoid bone loss, arthroscopic techniques were strongly favored for humeral head defects. This change in practice patterns results from the introduction of the arthroscopic remplissage technique.20 Two recent systemic reviews have supported this technique, reporting good functional outcomes for engaging Hill-Sachs lesions.21,22 Our study had similar agreement, with most respondents recommending remplissage for these patients.
This study found the lowest rates of expert consensus in the setting of revision surgery, likely caused, in part, by the paucity of available large cohort studies. This is a major void in the literature, and more studies are needed to help guide surgeons on the best techniques to deal with this difficult patient population.
Conservative bracing technique was 1 of the survey questions lacking a consensus response. Interestingly, 39% of members recommended no immobilization after an instability event. This contrasts with recent literature concerning the best position for bracing. We also found twice as many surgeons recommended internal rotation immobilization over external rotation. This is a subject of debate, with some studies stating improvement with external rotation immobilization,23 while other studies reported no difference.24 Overall, recommendations regarding type of immobilization are unclear, which will likely continue until larger studies can be performed.
The literature describing surgical trends in the treatment of shoulder instability is sparse and variable. With regard to other shoulder etiologies, only rotator cuff pathology has used expert consensus. Acevedo and colleagues13 reported agreement of ASES members surveyed regarding rotator cuff management. There was no consensus among surgeons in more than 50% of questions, despite AAOS published guidelines for rotator cuff treatment.25 Despite the lack of guidelines for our topic, we found a consensus among respondents with 68% of survey questions.
To date, only 2 studies of shoulder instability management have elicited the opinion of experts in shoulder surgery. Chahal and associates6 surveyed 42 members of ASES and JOINTS (Joined Orthopaedic Initiatives for National Trials of the Shoulder) Canada on shoulder instability cases and found substantial agreement on diagnosis but little consensus regarding surgical technique. This lack of agreement on procedures differs from our findings and may be related to their complicated case scenarios that generated a wide array of treatment recommendations. Randelli and colleagues5 surveyed more than 1000 European Society of Sports Traumatology, Knee Surgery, and Arthroscopy members and reported similar agreement on arthroscopic Bankart repair in young male shoulder-dislocation patients, although no other instability scenarios were investigated. Our study is the first to report responses from expert shoulder surgeons on surgical-treatment strategies for an array of common shoulder instability pathologies.
This study had several limitations. First, while our study suffered from a low response rate (29.9%), it was similar to other published studies.5,13 Second, because the case series included in the survey attempted to capture the most common instability scenarios, they were limited in their scope and failed to address additional etiologies or pathologic permutations. We believe, however, that a more comprehensive survey would have resulted in respondent fatigue and lowered the response rate. It is unlikely that any survey could capture all variables that come into play during clinical decision-making, and we sought to evaluate the most common shoulder instability scenarios. Third, 30% of respondents were from outside the United States, where the Latarjet procedure is much more popular. While this was not a majority, Latarjet’s regional preference may have decreased the consensus response in some scenarios if only the United States was included. Finally, there is inherent bias in a respondent pool that is heavily weighted to shoulder-surgery experts (ASES members) and does not consider the responses of the general orthopedic surgery community as have other studies.7
Conclusion
This study demonstrates that expert shoulder surgeons often agreed on shoulder-treatment principles for anterior shoulder instability. In the setting of primary repair, arthroscopic Bankart repair was favored in the absence of bony pathology, regardless of age (20 to 35 years) or nature of sport (contact versus noncontact). Latarjet procedures were favored in the setting of glenoid bone loss, and remplissage for an engaging Hill-Sachs lesion. Less agreement was observed for revision stabilization. It should be noted that, while consensus was often reached for our cases, there was a wide distribution of technical considerations and surgical preferences even among those who are fellowship-trained and high-volume surgeons, and who can be considered experts in the field of shoulder surgery.
1. Owens BD, Harrast JJ, Hurwitz SR, Thompson TL, Wolf JM. Surgical trends in bankart repair: an analysis of data from the American Board of Orthopaedic Surgery certification examination. Am J Sports Med. 2011;39(9):1865-1869.
2. Loebenberg MI, Rosen JE, Ishak C, Jazrawi LM, Zuckerman JD. A survey of decision-making processes in the treatment of common shoulder ailments among primary care physicians. Bull Hosp Jt Dis. 2006;63(3-4):137-144.
3. American Academy of Orthopaedic Surgeons. AAOS clinical practice guidelines (CPG). www.aaos.org/research/guidelines/guide.asp. Updated December 30, 2013. Accessed May 1, 2015.
4. Sanders JO, Bozic KJ, Glassman SD, Jevsevar DS, Weber KL. Clinical practice guidelines: their use, misuse, and future directions. J Am Acad Orthop Surg. 2014;22(3):135-144.
5. Randelli P, Arrigoni P, Cabitza F, Ragone V, Cabitza P. Current practice in shoulder pathology: results of a web-based survey among a community of 1,084 orthopedic surgeons. Knee Surg Sports Traumatol Arthrosc. 2011;20(5):803-815.
6. Chahal J, Kassiri K, Dion A, MacDonald P, Leiter J. Diagnostic and treatment differences among experienced shoulder surgeons for instability conditions of the shoulder. Clin J Sport Med. 2007;17(1):5-9.
7. Redfern J, Burks R. 2009 survey results: surgeon practice patterns regarding arthroscopic surgery. Arthroscopy. 2009;25(12):1447-1452.
8. Burkhart SS, De Beer JF. Traumatic glenohumeral bone defects and their relationship to failure of arthroscopic bankart repairs: significance of the inverted-pear glenoid and the humeral engaging hill-sachs lesion. Arthroscopy. 2000;16(7):677-694.
9. Owens BD, Agel J, Mountcastle SB, Cameron KL, Nelson BJ. Incidence of glenohumeral instability in collegiate athletics. Am J Sports Med. 2009;37(9):1750-1754.
10. Owens MBD, Duffey ML, Nelson BJ, et al. The incidence and characteristics of shoulder instability at the United States Military Academy. Am J Sports Med. 2007;35(7):1168-1173.
11. Hovelius L, Olofsson A, Sandström B, et al. Nonoperative treatment of primary anterior shoulder dislocation in patients forty years of age and younger. A prospective twenty-five-year follow-up. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2008;90(5):945-952.
12. Raziano DB, Jayadevappa R, Valenzula D, Weiner M, Lavizzo-Mourey R. E-mail versus conventional postal mail survey of geriatric chiefs. Gerontologist. 2001;41(6):799-804.
13. Acevedo DC, Paxton ES, Williams GR, Abboud JA. A survey of expert opinion regarding rotator cuff repair. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2014;96(14):e123.
14. Kaplan LD, Flanigan DC, Norwig J, Jost P, Bradley J. Prevalence and variance of shoulder injuries in elite collegiate football players. Am J Sports Med. 2005;33(8):1142-1146.
15. Petrera M, Dwyer T, Tsuji MR, Theodoropoulos JS. Outcomes of arthroscopic Bankart repair in collision versus noncollision athletes. Orthopedics. 2013;36(5):e621-e626.
16. Harris JD, Romeo AA. Arthroscopic management of the contact athlete with instability. Clin Sports Med. 2013;32(4):709-730.
17. Zhang AL, Montgomery SR, Ngo SS, Hame SL, Wang JC, Gamradt SC. Arthroscopic versus open shoulder stabilization: current practice patterns in the united states. Arthroscopy. 2014;30(4):436-443.
18. Harris JD, Gupta AK, Mall NA, et al. Long-term outcomes after Bankart shoulder stabilization. Arthroscopy. 2013;29(5):920-933.
19. Boileau P, Villalba M, Héry J, Balg F, Ahrens P, Neyton L. Risk factors for recurrence of shoulder instability after arthroscopic Bankart repair. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2006;88(8):1755-1763.
20. Purchase RJ, Wolf EM, Hobgood ER, Pollock ME, Smalley CC. Hill-sachs ”remplissage”: an arthroscopic solution for the engaging hill-sachs lesion. Arthroscopy. 2008;24(6):723-726.
21. Buza JA 3rd, Iyengar JJ, Anakwenze OA, Ahmad CS, Levine WN. Arthroscopic Hill-Sachs remplissage: a systematic review. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2014;96(7):549-555.
22. Rashid MS, Crichton J, Butt U, Akimau PI, Charalambous CP. Arthroscopic “Remplissage” for shoulder instability: a systematic review. Knee Surg Sports Traumatol Arthrosc. 2014:1-7.
23. Itoi E, Hatakeyama Y, Kido T, et al. A new method of immobilization after traumatic anterior dislocation of the shoulder: a preliminary study. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2003;12(5):413-415.
24. Whelan DB, Litchfield R, Wambolt E, Dainty KN; Joint Orthopaedic Initiative for National Trials of the Shoulder (JOINTS). External rotation immobilization for primary shoulder dislocation: A randomized controlled trial. Clin Orthop Relat Res. 2014;472(8):2380-2386.
25. Pedowitz RA, Yamaguchi K, Ahmad CS, et al. American Academy of Orthopaedic Surgeons Clinical Practice Guideline on: optimizing the management of rotator cuff problems. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2012;94(2):163-167.
1. Owens BD, Harrast JJ, Hurwitz SR, Thompson TL, Wolf JM. Surgical trends in bankart repair: an analysis of data from the American Board of Orthopaedic Surgery certification examination. Am J Sports Med. 2011;39(9):1865-1869.
2. Loebenberg MI, Rosen JE, Ishak C, Jazrawi LM, Zuckerman JD. A survey of decision-making processes in the treatment of common shoulder ailments among primary care physicians. Bull Hosp Jt Dis. 2006;63(3-4):137-144.
3. American Academy of Orthopaedic Surgeons. AAOS clinical practice guidelines (CPG). www.aaos.org/research/guidelines/guide.asp. Updated December 30, 2013. Accessed May 1, 2015.
4. Sanders JO, Bozic KJ, Glassman SD, Jevsevar DS, Weber KL. Clinical practice guidelines: their use, misuse, and future directions. J Am Acad Orthop Surg. 2014;22(3):135-144.
5. Randelli P, Arrigoni P, Cabitza F, Ragone V, Cabitza P. Current practice in shoulder pathology: results of a web-based survey among a community of 1,084 orthopedic surgeons. Knee Surg Sports Traumatol Arthrosc. 2011;20(5):803-815.
6. Chahal J, Kassiri K, Dion A, MacDonald P, Leiter J. Diagnostic and treatment differences among experienced shoulder surgeons for instability conditions of the shoulder. Clin J Sport Med. 2007;17(1):5-9.
7. Redfern J, Burks R. 2009 survey results: surgeon practice patterns regarding arthroscopic surgery. Arthroscopy. 2009;25(12):1447-1452.
8. Burkhart SS, De Beer JF. Traumatic glenohumeral bone defects and their relationship to failure of arthroscopic bankart repairs: significance of the inverted-pear glenoid and the humeral engaging hill-sachs lesion. Arthroscopy. 2000;16(7):677-694.
9. Owens BD, Agel J, Mountcastle SB, Cameron KL, Nelson BJ. Incidence of glenohumeral instability in collegiate athletics. Am J Sports Med. 2009;37(9):1750-1754.
10. Owens MBD, Duffey ML, Nelson BJ, et al. The incidence and characteristics of shoulder instability at the United States Military Academy. Am J Sports Med. 2007;35(7):1168-1173.
11. Hovelius L, Olofsson A, Sandström B, et al. Nonoperative treatment of primary anterior shoulder dislocation in patients forty years of age and younger. A prospective twenty-five-year follow-up. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2008;90(5):945-952.
12. Raziano DB, Jayadevappa R, Valenzula D, Weiner M, Lavizzo-Mourey R. E-mail versus conventional postal mail survey of geriatric chiefs. Gerontologist. 2001;41(6):799-804.
13. Acevedo DC, Paxton ES, Williams GR, Abboud JA. A survey of expert opinion regarding rotator cuff repair. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2014;96(14):e123.
14. Kaplan LD, Flanigan DC, Norwig J, Jost P, Bradley J. Prevalence and variance of shoulder injuries in elite collegiate football players. Am J Sports Med. 2005;33(8):1142-1146.
15. Petrera M, Dwyer T, Tsuji MR, Theodoropoulos JS. Outcomes of arthroscopic Bankart repair in collision versus noncollision athletes. Orthopedics. 2013;36(5):e621-e626.
16. Harris JD, Romeo AA. Arthroscopic management of the contact athlete with instability. Clin Sports Med. 2013;32(4):709-730.
17. Zhang AL, Montgomery SR, Ngo SS, Hame SL, Wang JC, Gamradt SC. Arthroscopic versus open shoulder stabilization: current practice patterns in the united states. Arthroscopy. 2014;30(4):436-443.
18. Harris JD, Gupta AK, Mall NA, et al. Long-term outcomes after Bankart shoulder stabilization. Arthroscopy. 2013;29(5):920-933.
19. Boileau P, Villalba M, Héry J, Balg F, Ahrens P, Neyton L. Risk factors for recurrence of shoulder instability after arthroscopic Bankart repair. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2006;88(8):1755-1763.
20. Purchase RJ, Wolf EM, Hobgood ER, Pollock ME, Smalley CC. Hill-sachs ”remplissage”: an arthroscopic solution for the engaging hill-sachs lesion. Arthroscopy. 2008;24(6):723-726.
21. Buza JA 3rd, Iyengar JJ, Anakwenze OA, Ahmad CS, Levine WN. Arthroscopic Hill-Sachs remplissage: a systematic review. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2014;96(7):549-555.
22. Rashid MS, Crichton J, Butt U, Akimau PI, Charalambous CP. Arthroscopic “Remplissage” for shoulder instability: a systematic review. Knee Surg Sports Traumatol Arthrosc. 2014:1-7.
23. Itoi E, Hatakeyama Y, Kido T, et al. A new method of immobilization after traumatic anterior dislocation of the shoulder: a preliminary study. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2003;12(5):413-415.
24. Whelan DB, Litchfield R, Wambolt E, Dainty KN; Joint Orthopaedic Initiative for National Trials of the Shoulder (JOINTS). External rotation immobilization for primary shoulder dislocation: A randomized controlled trial. Clin Orthop Relat Res. 2014;472(8):2380-2386.
25. Pedowitz RA, Yamaguchi K, Ahmad CS, et al. American Academy of Orthopaedic Surgeons Clinical Practice Guideline on: optimizing the management of rotator cuff problems. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2012;94(2):163-167.
In Vivo Measurement of Rotator Cuff Tear Tension: Medial Versus Lateral Footprint Position
Although recent clinical results of arthroscopic rotator cuff repair (RCR) have been encouraging, achieving anatomical healing of full-thickness rotator cuff tears remains a challenge.1-4 Several factors influence rotator cuff healing after repair.1,3-8 Patient-related factors include advanced patient age, tear size, tear chronicity, and amount of fatty infiltration.1,3,5,6,8-10 Tension applied to the repair construct is a significant factor as well.11,12
In the literature, limited consideration has been given to repair tension.13 The majority of studies have focused on other factors, mainly repair technique. Some surgeons advocate use of a double-row repair construct in which the rotator cuff tendon is pulled to the lateral margin of the footprint.14-19 Double-row techniques, which include the transosseous-equivalent (TOE) construct, are biomechanically superior to other repairs.20-26 Another purported benefit of double-row repair is more complete restoration and pressurization of the rotator cuff footprint.21,24,27,28
Rotator cuff tears typically occur near the dysvascular region of the diseased musculotendinous unit, often leaving a stump of tissue attached to the tuberosity and ultimately a shortened tendon.29 In addition, full-thickness tears often retract over time. Meyer and colleagues29 recently demonstrated that this shortening is irreversible. Snyder30 and Sostak and colleagues31 suggested that pulling a shortened, degenerative rotator cuff tendon to the lateral margin of the footprint results in increased tissue tension compared with that produced with a more medially based repair just off the articular margin. In our opinion, the possible increase in tension during a laterally based repair, whether single- or double-row, may place excessive strain on the diseased tissue as well as the surgical construct, potentially contributing to repair failure.
We conducted a study to evaluate the difference, if any, in tension applied to the rotator cuff tendon positioned at the medial versus lateral margin of the footprint during arthroscopic RCR. We hypothesized significantly more tension would be placed on the rotator cuff tendon when positioned at the lateral versus medial footprint.
Methods
After obtaining Institutional Review Board approval for this study, we collected data on a consecutive series of patients who underwent arthroscopic RCR performed by Dr. Getelman at a single institution. Only patients with primary full-thickness tears of the supraspinatus and/or infraspinatus were included. Exclusion criteria included revision rotator cuff surgeries, partial-thickness tears, concurrent subscapularis tears requiring anchor fixation, and any tears that could not be mobilized to the lateral footprint without interval slides or margin convergence. The 20 identified patients constituted the study group.
Demographic factors, including age and preoperative length of symptoms, were recorded after chart review. Magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) was performed for all patients before surgery and was retrospectively reviewed. Dr. Getelman assigned each patient a modified Goutallier score, based on MRI, to assess for fatty infiltration/atrophy.32 Each patient was placed in the lateral decubitus position with the operative arm in balanced suspension at 70° of abduction. Standard glenohumeral and subacromial diagnostic arthroscopy was performed. The rotator cuff tear was gently debrided back to a healthy-appearing margin in preparation for repair. The tear was then measured in the anterior-posterior (A-P) and medial-lateral (M-L) planes using a premeasured, marked suture, as previously described.33 Complete bursal and articular-sided releases were performed to allow for appropriate mobilization of the tendon. The tear was classified as crescent-shaped, U-shaped, or L-shaped.
Viewing from the posterior portal, the surgeon inserted a tissue grasper through the lateral portal. The tendon was grasped at multiple points along its edge, anterior to posterior, and was translated laterally to assess its reducibility; the apex of the tear correlated with the point of maximal excursion and coverage of the footprint. Once confirmed, the rotator cuff tear apex was clamped with a tissue grasper. After placement in a sterile arthroscopic camera sleeve (DeRoyal camera drape with perforated tip), a calibrated digital weigh scale (American Weigh Scales model H22 portable electronic hanging scale, with accuracy of 0.01 lb) was attached to the tissue grasper with an S-hook (Figure 1). The tendon edge was first translated about 3 mm lateral to the articular margin (the medial footprint position), and tension was recorded (Figures 2A, 2B). After a 1-minute relaxation period, the tendon edge was translated to the lateral edge of the rotator cuff footprint (the lateral footprint position), and tension was recorded again (Figures 2C, 2D). A medially based single-row RCR with triple-loaded sutures and bone marrow vents placed in the lateral tuberosity was then completed, regardless of tension, tear size, or tear morphology.31 Typically, 1 anchor was used for every 10 to 15 mm of A-P tear length.
SAS software was used for statistical analysis, the Wilcoxon signed rank test for continuous or ordinal data comparisons between paired groups, and the Mann-Whitney test for continuous or ordinal data comparisons between independent, unmatched groups. One-way analysis of variance (ANOVA) was used to compare means among the 3 groups of morphology subtypes. Linear regression was performed to assess the simultaneous relationship between potential predictors (age, sex, length of symptoms, Goutallier score, tear size) and medial or lateral tension, where medial tension was included as an additional potential predictor for lateral tension. Restricted cubic splines were fit to assess linearity. Predictors were retained in multivariate regression using backward variable retention. Because of inadequate sample size, additivity was assumed except for sex. Statistical significance was set at P < .05.
Results
Of the 20 rotator cuff tears evaluated (Table 1), 13 were crescent-shaped, 5 were U-shaped, and 2 were L-shaped. Mean (SD) A-P tear size was 17.7 (5.8) mm, and mean (SD) M-L tear size was 19.1 (8.6) mm. Mean age of the 20 patients (15 men, 5 women) was 57.9 years (range, 44-72 years). Mean (SD) length of symptoms was 12.9 (12.4) months (range, 3-48 months). Mean (SD) modified Goutallier score was 1.4 (0.7; range, 0-3).
Mean (SD) rotator cuff tension for all tears approximated to the medial footprint was 0.41 (0.33) pound, and mean (SD) cuff tension for all tears approximated to the lateral footprint was 2.21 (1.20) pounds—representing a 5.4-fold difference (P < .0001).
No statistically significant differences were detected in the ANOVA comparing tensions at medial and lateral positions among tear morphologic subtypes (all Ps >.05).
Subgroup analysis (Table 2) was performed for smaller (≤20 mm A-P) and larger (>20 mm A-P) tears. For smaller tears, mean (SD) tension was 0.27 (0.24) pound applied with the cuff tendon pulled to the medial footprint and 2.06 (1.06) pounds applied with the tendon pulled to the lateral footprint—a 7.6-fold difference (P < .0018). For larger tears, mean (SD) tension was 0.58 (0.37) pound applied with the tendon pulled to the medial footprint and 2.38 (1.4) pounds applied with the tendon pulled to the lateral footprint—a 4.1-fold difference (P < .005).
A statistically significant difference in tensions was found between small and large cuff tears positioned at the medial footprint (0.27 vs 0.58 lb; P = .0367); no difference was found between groups with the tendon at the lateral footprint (2.06 vs 2.38 lb; P = .284).
Univariate and multivariate analyses were performed using linear regression analysis (Table 3). During univariate analysis for medial footprint position, A-P tear size and Goutallier score both positively correlated with increasing tension; for lateral footprint position, no factors statistically correlated with lateral tension, though there was a positive trend for medial tension and female sex. During multivariate analysis for medial footprint position, only A-P tear size positively correlated with increasing tension; for lateral footprint position, both age (in nonlinear fashion as function of age + age2) and medial tension positively correlated with increasing tension.
Discussion
Our results indicated that significantly more tension is placed on the torn rotator cuff tendon when it is reduced across the footprint from a medial to a more lateral position in vivo. More tension was required for all tears to be reduced to the lateral footprint compared with the medial footprint. As expected, compared with smaller tears, larger tears required significantly more tension in order to be reduced to the medial footprint. Interestingly, no statistical difference was found between tensions required to reduce either small or large tears to the lateral footprint, which suggests that, regardless of tear size, more force must be applied to reduce the torn tendon to the lateral footprint compared with the medial footprint.
Hersche and Gerber34 were the first to report rotator cuff tension measurements in vivo. Although their study did not specifically compare cuff tensions reducing the tear to the medial versus lateral footprint, it did examine tension at displacement of 10 and 20 mm. Tension increased from 27 N to 60 N, correlating with a 2.2-fold difference between the 2 distances. Domb and colleagues35 also compared in vivo rotator cuff tension differences between the medial footprint and the lateral footprint in 4 patients. Mean tension applied to the cuff during reduction to the articular margin was 27 N, or 6 pounds. Mean tension needed to reduce the cuff to the lateral tuberosity was 76 N, or 17 pounds, for a 2.8-fold difference. Tears were not measured but were described as massive and retracted.
Although repair tension has long been recognized as a crucial factor in RCR healing, little clinical research has focused on the effects of excess tension. Davidson and Rivenburgh11 prospectively followed the clinical outcomes of 67 consecutive cuff repairs after intraoperative tension measurement and found that high-tension repairs (>8 lb) had significantly lower clinical outcome measures. However, the authors did not report on correlations with radiologic healing and stated, “Functional outcome is inversely proportional to rotator cuff repair tension.” Further study of the in vivo effects of increased tension on clinical and radiologic outcomes is needed.
Several animal studies have been conducted on the effects of tension on RCRs. Gerber and colleagues36 reported that the force needed to produce 1 cm of sheep supraspinatus tendon excursion increased 7-fold, from 6.8 N to 47.8 N, after 40 weeks of tendon tear. Coleman and colleagues37 compared the modulus of elasticity in sheep supraspinatus tendon after 6 weeks and 18 weeks of detachment and reported increases of 60% and 70%, respectively. Gimbel and colleagues38 showed that, in a rat model, “repair tension rapidly increased initially after injury followed by a progressive, but less dramatic, increase with additional time.” Of note, we did not identify any correlation between chronicity of symptoms and the tension needed to reduce the tendon medially or to a more lateral position on the footprint.
In acute tears, the cuff tissue is more compliant and mobile and can be pulled laterally across its anatomical footprint with minimal tension.39 In contrast, cuff tissue in the more commonly encountered chronic tear is less compliant and is not mobile enough to be pulled to the lateral margin of the footprint without added stress.30,34,35 In large, acute tears in which there are minimal tissue degeneration and retraction, a laterally based footprint-restoring technique may be performed with minimal tension. This technique may have advantages over a medially based repair. In the literature, more attention needs to be directed toward the biomechanics and biology of chronic rotator cuff tears, as these are more commonly encountered.
Almost all of the prospective studies that have compared single- and double-row RCR have found no significant differences in MRI healing rates or clinical results at follow-up up to 2 years.14,16,40-45 Detailed analysis of the surgical techniques used in all these studies revealed that the rotator cuff tendons were repaired back to the lateral footprint in both the single- and double-row constructs.14,16,40-45 Although no clinical studies have compared medially and laterally based single-row repairs, our data suggest that medially based repairs have lower tensions and therefore should not be considered equivalent. Sostak and colleagues31 and Murray and colleagues46 have shown that a medially based single-row RCR can achieve excellent clinical and anatomical results, likely partly because of the lower tension applied to the torn cuff tissue.31,46 Studies are needed to compare medially and laterally based repairs, including single- and double-row repairs.
The vast majority of recent research has aimed to counteract construct tension with stronger biomechanical constructs.20-26 Surgeons have also aimed to improve biological healing by pulling the tendon laterally across the footprint to achieve complete footprint coverage, ultimately increasing the surface area for tendon–bone healing. This has led to the development of various double-row repair techniques, in which the cuff tendon is pulled to the lateral margin of its footprint. One row of anchors is placed in the medial aspect of the footprint, while a second is placed in the lateral aspect; the cuff is reduced and compressed to the tuberosity with various suture configurations. The TOE technique was developed to improve pressurization of the cuff tendon across the footprint by linking the 2 rows with bridging sutures. In doing so, however, the potentially deleterious effects of increased tension introduced by pulling the tendon laterally may have been overlooked. Nevertheless, the biomechanics and stress distribution likely differ between single-row repair and TOE repairs, and direct comparisons cannot be made at this time. The medial row of a double-row or TOE construct may stress-shield or “unload” the more lateral tissue. Studies are needed in order to better understand the tension differential and stress distribution of various double-row constructs.
Recognizing tear morphology is crucial in maximizing chances of healing after cuff repair. For example, a crescent-shaped tear is reduced to the tuberosity with direct lateral translation of the apex of the tear, which is also the deepest or most displaced part of the tear. On the other hand, reducing an L- or reverse L-shaped tear to the tuberosity is not as direct; reducing the deepest or most displaced part of the tear would lead to overreduction and overtensioning of the tendon. However, often the exact “elbow” of the tear is not obvious and appears more rounded; therefore, it is crucial for the surgeon to examine the mobility of the torn tendon along its entire length to minimize tension. Study is needed to assess tension along the entire length of the tear for different tear morphologies and sizes.
Although our results showed that increased tension was needed to reduce a torn tendon to its lateral footprint, no study has indicated exactly how much is “too much” tension. As stated earlier, use of stronger biomechanical constructs, including TOE constructs, may overcome the increased tension associated with laterally based repairs. In addition, laterally based repairs, either single- or double-row, may be best suited for tears with lower tension, whereas medially based repairs may be best suited for higher tension tears. It is also possible that the difference in tensions noted in this study is not significant enough to have a clinical impact on choice of construct or on anatomical healing. We need studies that correlate anatomical healing rates with repair tension in order to better guide surgeons on when to use a medially or laterally based repair.
Other possible effects of increased tension associated with laterally based repairs, including beneficial effects, must be considered as well. Viscoelastic properties of human rotator cuff tendon may dissipate increased tension over time through a variety of mechanisms. Stress relaxation, gap formation, creep, and the hysteresis effect, all associated with cyclical loading in the early healing period, may lead to dissipation of force over time.47,48 These more complex biomechanical properties of RCR constructs are yet to be clearly defined.
This study had several weaknesses. Its data represent a static measurement of time-zero rotator cuff tension, which greatly simplifies the biomechanics of the torn rotator cuff and repair construct as well as changes that occur with healing. During cuff repair, forces typically are distributed through several fixation points in stepwise process and are not focused on a single point of tissue with a grasper. Therefore, the findings of this study may not directly correlate with medially versus laterally based repairs in vivo. Furthermore, as this is a time-zero measurement, we could not determine whether the tension differential between the 2 repair positions remained static over time. Current literature suggests that muscle atrophy, fatty infiltration, and loss of elasticity of the musculotendinous unit are relatively irreversible.35,37,49 In addition, determining the precise apex of a cuff tear can be difficult, so error may have been introduced during this process. Last, although placement of the cuff tissue at the medial or lateral footprint position was based on visual estimation by an experienced and skilled arthroscopist, error may have been introduced based on this imprecise technique.
Conclusion
This study demonstrated a significant, 5.4-fold increase in in vivo time-zero rotator cuff tension with the tendon edge reduced to the lateral footprint rather than the medial footprint.
1. Boileau P, Brassart N, Watkinson DJ, Carles M, Hatzidakis AM, Krishnan SG. Arthroscopic repair of full-thickness tears of the supraspinatus: does the tendon really heal? J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2005;87(6):1229-1240.
2. Galatz LM, Ball CM, Teefey SA, Middleton WD, Yamaguchi K. The outcome and repair integrity of completely arthroscopically repaired large and massive rotator cuff tears. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2004;86(2):219-224.
3. Nho SJ, Brown BS, Lyman S, Adler RS, Altchek DW, MacGillivray JD. Prospective analysis of arthroscopic rotator cuff repair: prognostic factors affecting clinical and ultrasound outcome. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2009;18(1):13-20.
4. Huijsmans PE, Pritchard MP, Berghs BM, van Rooyen KS, Wallace AL, de Beer JF. Arthroscopic rotator cuff repair with double-row fixation. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2007;89(6):1248-1257.
5. Gulotta LV, Nho SJ, Dodson CC, Adler RS, Altchek DW, MacGillivray JD; HSS Arthroscopic Rotator Cuff Registry. Prospective evaluation of arthroscopic rotator cuff repairs at 5 years: part II—prognostic factors for clinical and radiographic outcomes. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2011;20(6):941-946.
6. Cho NS, Rhee YG. The factors affecting the clinical outcome and integrity of arthroscopically repaired rotator cuff tears of the shoulder. Clin Orthop Surg. 2009;1(2):96-104.
7. Gladstone JN, Bishop JY, Lo IK, Flatow EL. Fatty infiltration and atrophy of the rotator cuff do not improve after rotator cuff repair and correlate with poor functional outcome. Am J Sports Med. 2007;35(5):719-728.
8. Oh JH, Kim SH, Ji HM, Jo KH, Bin SW, Gong HS. Prognostic factors affecting anatomic outcome of rotator cuff repair and correlation with functional outcome. Arthroscopy. 2009;25(1):30-39.
9. Tashjian RZ, Hollins AM, Kim HM, et al. Factors affecting healing rates after arthroscopic double-row rotator cuff repair. Am J Sports Med. 2010;38(12):2435-2442.
10. Burkhart SS, Lo IK. Arthroscopic rotator cuff repair. J Am Acad Orthop Surg. 2006;14(6):333-346.
11. Davidson PA, Rivenburgh DW. Rotator cuff repair tension as a determinant of functional outcome. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2000;9(6):502-506.
12. Goutallier D, Postel JM, Van Driessche S, Godefroy D, Radier C. Tension-free cuff repairs with excision of macroscopic tendon lesions and muscular advancement: results in a prospective series with limited fatty muscular degeneration. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2006;15(2):164-172.
13. Gimbel JA, Van Kleunen JP, Lake SP, Williams GR, Soslowsky LJ. The role of repair tension on tendon to bone healing in an animal model of chronic rotator cuff tears. J Biomech. 2007;40(3):561-568.
14. Ma HL, Chiang ER, Wu HT, et al. Clinical outcome and imaging of arthroscopic single-row and double-row rotator cuff repair: a prospective randomized trial. Arthroscopy. 2012;28(1):16-24.
15. Mihata T, Watanabe C, Fukunishi K, et al. Functional and structural outcomes of single-row versus double-row versus combined double-row and suture-bridge repair for rotator cuff tears. Am J Sports Med. 2011;39(10):2091-2098.
16. Koh KH, Kang KC, Lim TK, Shon MS, Yoo JC. Prospective randomized clinical trial of single- versus double-row suture anchor repair in 2- to 4-cm rotator cuff tears: clinical and magnetic resonance imaging results. Arthroscopy. 2011;27(4):453-462.
17. Voigt C, Bosse C, Vosshenrich R, Schulz AP, Lill H. Arthroscopic supraspinatus tendon repair with suture-bridging technique: functional outcome and magnetic resonance imaging. Am J Sports Med. 2010;38(5):983-991.
18. Lafosse L, Brzoska R, Toussaint B, Gobezie R. The outcome and structural integrity of arthroscopic rotator cuff repair with use of the double-row suture anchor technique. Surgical technique. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2008;90(suppl 2 pt 2):275-286.
19. Park JY, Lhee SH, Choi JH, Park HK, Yu JW, Seo JB. Comparison of the clinical outcomes of single- and double-row repairs in rotator cuff tears. Am J Sports Med. 2008;36(7):1310-1316.
20. Kim DH, ElAttrache NS, Tibone JE, et al. Biomechanical comparison of a single-row versus double-row suture anchor technique for rotator cuff repair. Am J Sports Med. 2006;34(3):407-414.
21. Mazzocca AD, Bollier MJ, Ciminiello AM, et al. Biomechanical evaluation of arthroscopic rotator cuff repairs over time. Arthroscopy. 2010;26(5):592-599.
22. Grimberg J, Diop A, Kalra K, Charousset C, Duranthon LD, Maurel N. In vitro biomechanical comparison of three different types of single- and double-row arthroscopic rotator cuff repairs: analysis of continuous bone–tendon contact pressure and surface during different simulated joint positions. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2010;19(2):236-243.
23. Nelson CO, Sileo MJ, Grossman MG, Serra-Hsu F. Single-row modified Mason-Allen versus double-row arthroscopic rotator cuff repair: a biomechanical and surface area comparison. Arthroscopy. 2008;24(8):941-948.
24. Park MC, ElAttrache NS, Tibone JE, Ahmad CS, Jun BJ, Lee TQ. Part I: footprint contact characteristics for a transosseous-equivalent rotator cuff repair technique compared with a double-row repair technique. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2007;16(4):461-468.
25. Park MC, Tibone JE, ElAttrache NS, Ahmad CS, Jun BJ, Lee TQ. Part II: biomechanical assessment for a footprint-restoring transosseous-equivalent rotator cuff repair technique compared with a double-row repair technique. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2007;16(4):469-476.
26. Ma CB, Comerford L, Wilson J, Puttlitz CM. Biomechanical evaluation of arthroscopic rotator cuff repairs: double-row compared with single-row fixation. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2006;88(2):403-410.
27. Lo IK, Burkhart SS. Double-row arthroscopic rotator cuff repair: re-establishing the footprint of the rotator cuff. Arthroscopy. 2003;19(9):1035-1042.
28. Tuoheti Y, Itoi E, Yamamoto N, et al. Contact area, contact pressure, and pressure patterns of the tendon–bone interface after rotator cuff repair. Am J Sports Med. 2005;33(12):1869-1874.
29. Meyer DC, Farshad M, Amacker NA, Gerber C, Wieser K. Quantitative analysis of muscle and tendon retraction in chronic rotator cuff tears. Am J Sports Med. 2012;40(3):606-610.
30. Snyder SJ. Single vs. double row suture anchor fixation rotator cuff repair. Paper presented at: American Academy of Orthopedic Surgeons Annual Meeting; March 8, 2007; San Francisco, CA.
31. Sostak JP, Bahk MS, Getelman MH, Wong IH, Snyder SJ, Burns JP. Arthroscopic single row rotator cuff repair using the “SCOI row”: structural and clinical outcomes. Paper presented at: American Academy of Orthopedic Surgeons Annual Meeting; February 7-11, 2012; San Francisco, CA.
32. Fuchs B, Weishaupt D, Zanetti M, Hodler J, Gerber C. Fatty degeneration of the muscles of the rotator cuff: assessment by computed tomography versus magnetic resonance imaging. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 1999;8(6):599-605.
33. Bond JL, Dopirak RM, Higgins J, Burns J, Snyder SJ. Arthroscopic replacement of massive, irreparable rotator cuff tears using a GraftJacket allograft: technique and preliminary results. Arthroscopy. 2008;24(4):403-409.
34. Hersche O, Gerber C. Passive tension in the supraspinatus musculotendinous unit after long-standing rupture of its tendon: a preliminary report. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 1998;7(4):393-396.
35. Domb BG, Glousman RE, Brooks A, Hansen M, Lee TQ, ElAttrache NS. High-tension double-row footprint repair compared with reduced-tension single-row repair for massive rotator cuff tears. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2008;90(suppl 4):35-39.
36. Gerber C, Meyer DC, Schneeberger AG, Hoppeler H, von Rechenberg B. Effect of tendon release and delayed repair on the structure of the muscles of the rotator cuff: an experimental study in sheep. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2004;86(9):1973-1982.
37. Coleman SH, Fealy S, Ehteshami JR, et al. Chronic rotator cuff injury and repair model in sheep. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2003;85(12):2391-2402.
38. Gimbel JA, Mehta S, Van Kleunen JP, Williams GR, Soslowsky LJ. The tension required at repair to reappose the supraspinatus tendon to bone rapidly increases after injury. Clin Orthop Relat Res. 2004;(426):258-265.
39. Mannava S, Plate JF, Whitlock PW, et al. Evaluation of in vivo rotator cuff muscle function after acute and chronic detachment of the supraspinatus tendon: an experimental study in an animal model. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2011;93(18):1702-1711.
40. Burks RT, Crim J, Brown N, Fink B, Greis PE. A prospective randomized clinical trial comparing arthroscopic single- and double-row rotator cuff repair: magnetic resonance imaging and early clinical evaluation. Am J Sports Med. 2009;37(4):674-682.
41. Grasso A, Milano G, Salvatore M, Falcone G, Deriu L, Fabbriciani C. Single-row versus double-row arthroscopic rotator cuff repair: a prospective randomized clinical study. Arthroscopy. 2009;25(1):4-12.
42. Franceschi F, Ruzzini L, Longo UG, et al. Equivalent clinical results of arthroscopic single-row and double-row suture anchor repair for rotator cuff tears: a randomized controlled trial. Am J Sports Med. 2007;35(8):1254-1260.
43. Carbonel I, Martinez AA, Calvo A, Ripalda J, Herrera A. Single-row versus double-row arthroscopic repair in the treatment of rotator cuff tears: a prospective randomized clinical study. Int Orthop. 2012;36(9):1877-1883.
44. Lapner PL, Sabri E, Rakhra K, et al. A multicenter randomized controlled trial comparing single-row with double-row fixation in arthroscopic rotator cuff repair. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2012;94(14):1249-1257.
45. Gartsman GM, Drake G, Edwards TB, et al. Ultrasound evaluation of arthroscopic full-thickness supraspinatus rotator cuff repair: single-row versus double-row suture bridge (transosseous equivalent) fixation. Results of a prospective, randomized study. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2013;22(11):1480-1487.
46. Murray TF Jr, Lajtai G, Mileski RM, Snyder SJ. Arthroscopic repair of medium to large full-thickness rotator cuff tears: outcome at 2- to 6-year follow-up. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2002;11(1):19-24.
47. Szczesny SE, Peloquin JM, Cortes DH, Kadlowec JA, Soslowsky LJ, Elliott DM. Biaxial tensile testing and constitutive modeling of human supraspinatus tendon. J Biomech Eng. 2012;134(2):021004.
48. Chaudhury S, Holland C, Vollrath F, Carr AJ. Comparing normal and torn rotator cuff tendons using dynamic shear analysis. J Bone Joint Surg Br. 2011;93(7):942-948.
49. Meyer DC, Hoppeler H, von Rechenberg B, Gerber C. A pathomechanical concept explains muscle loss and fatty muscular changes following surgical tendon release. J Orthop Res. 2004;22(5):1004-1007.
Although recent clinical results of arthroscopic rotator cuff repair (RCR) have been encouraging, achieving anatomical healing of full-thickness rotator cuff tears remains a challenge.1-4 Several factors influence rotator cuff healing after repair.1,3-8 Patient-related factors include advanced patient age, tear size, tear chronicity, and amount of fatty infiltration.1,3,5,6,8-10 Tension applied to the repair construct is a significant factor as well.11,12
In the literature, limited consideration has been given to repair tension.13 The majority of studies have focused on other factors, mainly repair technique. Some surgeons advocate use of a double-row repair construct in which the rotator cuff tendon is pulled to the lateral margin of the footprint.14-19 Double-row techniques, which include the transosseous-equivalent (TOE) construct, are biomechanically superior to other repairs.20-26 Another purported benefit of double-row repair is more complete restoration and pressurization of the rotator cuff footprint.21,24,27,28
Rotator cuff tears typically occur near the dysvascular region of the diseased musculotendinous unit, often leaving a stump of tissue attached to the tuberosity and ultimately a shortened tendon.29 In addition, full-thickness tears often retract over time. Meyer and colleagues29 recently demonstrated that this shortening is irreversible. Snyder30 and Sostak and colleagues31 suggested that pulling a shortened, degenerative rotator cuff tendon to the lateral margin of the footprint results in increased tissue tension compared with that produced with a more medially based repair just off the articular margin. In our opinion, the possible increase in tension during a laterally based repair, whether single- or double-row, may place excessive strain on the diseased tissue as well as the surgical construct, potentially contributing to repair failure.
We conducted a study to evaluate the difference, if any, in tension applied to the rotator cuff tendon positioned at the medial versus lateral margin of the footprint during arthroscopic RCR. We hypothesized significantly more tension would be placed on the rotator cuff tendon when positioned at the lateral versus medial footprint.
Methods
After obtaining Institutional Review Board approval for this study, we collected data on a consecutive series of patients who underwent arthroscopic RCR performed by Dr. Getelman at a single institution. Only patients with primary full-thickness tears of the supraspinatus and/or infraspinatus were included. Exclusion criteria included revision rotator cuff surgeries, partial-thickness tears, concurrent subscapularis tears requiring anchor fixation, and any tears that could not be mobilized to the lateral footprint without interval slides or margin convergence. The 20 identified patients constituted the study group.
Demographic factors, including age and preoperative length of symptoms, were recorded after chart review. Magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) was performed for all patients before surgery and was retrospectively reviewed. Dr. Getelman assigned each patient a modified Goutallier score, based on MRI, to assess for fatty infiltration/atrophy.32 Each patient was placed in the lateral decubitus position with the operative arm in balanced suspension at 70° of abduction. Standard glenohumeral and subacromial diagnostic arthroscopy was performed. The rotator cuff tear was gently debrided back to a healthy-appearing margin in preparation for repair. The tear was then measured in the anterior-posterior (A-P) and medial-lateral (M-L) planes using a premeasured, marked suture, as previously described.33 Complete bursal and articular-sided releases were performed to allow for appropriate mobilization of the tendon. The tear was classified as crescent-shaped, U-shaped, or L-shaped.
Viewing from the posterior portal, the surgeon inserted a tissue grasper through the lateral portal. The tendon was grasped at multiple points along its edge, anterior to posterior, and was translated laterally to assess its reducibility; the apex of the tear correlated with the point of maximal excursion and coverage of the footprint. Once confirmed, the rotator cuff tear apex was clamped with a tissue grasper. After placement in a sterile arthroscopic camera sleeve (DeRoyal camera drape with perforated tip), a calibrated digital weigh scale (American Weigh Scales model H22 portable electronic hanging scale, with accuracy of 0.01 lb) was attached to the tissue grasper with an S-hook (Figure 1). The tendon edge was first translated about 3 mm lateral to the articular margin (the medial footprint position), and tension was recorded (Figures 2A, 2B). After a 1-minute relaxation period, the tendon edge was translated to the lateral edge of the rotator cuff footprint (the lateral footprint position), and tension was recorded again (Figures 2C, 2D). A medially based single-row RCR with triple-loaded sutures and bone marrow vents placed in the lateral tuberosity was then completed, regardless of tension, tear size, or tear morphology.31 Typically, 1 anchor was used for every 10 to 15 mm of A-P tear length.
SAS software was used for statistical analysis, the Wilcoxon signed rank test for continuous or ordinal data comparisons between paired groups, and the Mann-Whitney test for continuous or ordinal data comparisons between independent, unmatched groups. One-way analysis of variance (ANOVA) was used to compare means among the 3 groups of morphology subtypes. Linear regression was performed to assess the simultaneous relationship between potential predictors (age, sex, length of symptoms, Goutallier score, tear size) and medial or lateral tension, where medial tension was included as an additional potential predictor for lateral tension. Restricted cubic splines were fit to assess linearity. Predictors were retained in multivariate regression using backward variable retention. Because of inadequate sample size, additivity was assumed except for sex. Statistical significance was set at P < .05.
Results
Of the 20 rotator cuff tears evaluated (Table 1), 13 were crescent-shaped, 5 were U-shaped, and 2 were L-shaped. Mean (SD) A-P tear size was 17.7 (5.8) mm, and mean (SD) M-L tear size was 19.1 (8.6) mm. Mean age of the 20 patients (15 men, 5 women) was 57.9 years (range, 44-72 years). Mean (SD) length of symptoms was 12.9 (12.4) months (range, 3-48 months). Mean (SD) modified Goutallier score was 1.4 (0.7; range, 0-3).
Mean (SD) rotator cuff tension for all tears approximated to the medial footprint was 0.41 (0.33) pound, and mean (SD) cuff tension for all tears approximated to the lateral footprint was 2.21 (1.20) pounds—representing a 5.4-fold difference (P < .0001).
No statistically significant differences were detected in the ANOVA comparing tensions at medial and lateral positions among tear morphologic subtypes (all Ps >.05).
Subgroup analysis (Table 2) was performed for smaller (≤20 mm A-P) and larger (>20 mm A-P) tears. For smaller tears, mean (SD) tension was 0.27 (0.24) pound applied with the cuff tendon pulled to the medial footprint and 2.06 (1.06) pounds applied with the tendon pulled to the lateral footprint—a 7.6-fold difference (P < .0018). For larger tears, mean (SD) tension was 0.58 (0.37) pound applied with the tendon pulled to the medial footprint and 2.38 (1.4) pounds applied with the tendon pulled to the lateral footprint—a 4.1-fold difference (P < .005).
A statistically significant difference in tensions was found between small and large cuff tears positioned at the medial footprint (0.27 vs 0.58 lb; P = .0367); no difference was found between groups with the tendon at the lateral footprint (2.06 vs 2.38 lb; P = .284).
Univariate and multivariate analyses were performed using linear regression analysis (Table 3). During univariate analysis for medial footprint position, A-P tear size and Goutallier score both positively correlated with increasing tension; for lateral footprint position, no factors statistically correlated with lateral tension, though there was a positive trend for medial tension and female sex. During multivariate analysis for medial footprint position, only A-P tear size positively correlated with increasing tension; for lateral footprint position, both age (in nonlinear fashion as function of age + age2) and medial tension positively correlated with increasing tension.
Discussion
Our results indicated that significantly more tension is placed on the torn rotator cuff tendon when it is reduced across the footprint from a medial to a more lateral position in vivo. More tension was required for all tears to be reduced to the lateral footprint compared with the medial footprint. As expected, compared with smaller tears, larger tears required significantly more tension in order to be reduced to the medial footprint. Interestingly, no statistical difference was found between tensions required to reduce either small or large tears to the lateral footprint, which suggests that, regardless of tear size, more force must be applied to reduce the torn tendon to the lateral footprint compared with the medial footprint.
Hersche and Gerber34 were the first to report rotator cuff tension measurements in vivo. Although their study did not specifically compare cuff tensions reducing the tear to the medial versus lateral footprint, it did examine tension at displacement of 10 and 20 mm. Tension increased from 27 N to 60 N, correlating with a 2.2-fold difference between the 2 distances. Domb and colleagues35 also compared in vivo rotator cuff tension differences between the medial footprint and the lateral footprint in 4 patients. Mean tension applied to the cuff during reduction to the articular margin was 27 N, or 6 pounds. Mean tension needed to reduce the cuff to the lateral tuberosity was 76 N, or 17 pounds, for a 2.8-fold difference. Tears were not measured but were described as massive and retracted.
Although repair tension has long been recognized as a crucial factor in RCR healing, little clinical research has focused on the effects of excess tension. Davidson and Rivenburgh11 prospectively followed the clinical outcomes of 67 consecutive cuff repairs after intraoperative tension measurement and found that high-tension repairs (>8 lb) had significantly lower clinical outcome measures. However, the authors did not report on correlations with radiologic healing and stated, “Functional outcome is inversely proportional to rotator cuff repair tension.” Further study of the in vivo effects of increased tension on clinical and radiologic outcomes is needed.
Several animal studies have been conducted on the effects of tension on RCRs. Gerber and colleagues36 reported that the force needed to produce 1 cm of sheep supraspinatus tendon excursion increased 7-fold, from 6.8 N to 47.8 N, after 40 weeks of tendon tear. Coleman and colleagues37 compared the modulus of elasticity in sheep supraspinatus tendon after 6 weeks and 18 weeks of detachment and reported increases of 60% and 70%, respectively. Gimbel and colleagues38 showed that, in a rat model, “repair tension rapidly increased initially after injury followed by a progressive, but less dramatic, increase with additional time.” Of note, we did not identify any correlation between chronicity of symptoms and the tension needed to reduce the tendon medially or to a more lateral position on the footprint.
In acute tears, the cuff tissue is more compliant and mobile and can be pulled laterally across its anatomical footprint with minimal tension.39 In contrast, cuff tissue in the more commonly encountered chronic tear is less compliant and is not mobile enough to be pulled to the lateral margin of the footprint without added stress.30,34,35 In large, acute tears in which there are minimal tissue degeneration and retraction, a laterally based footprint-restoring technique may be performed with minimal tension. This technique may have advantages over a medially based repair. In the literature, more attention needs to be directed toward the biomechanics and biology of chronic rotator cuff tears, as these are more commonly encountered.
Almost all of the prospective studies that have compared single- and double-row RCR have found no significant differences in MRI healing rates or clinical results at follow-up up to 2 years.14,16,40-45 Detailed analysis of the surgical techniques used in all these studies revealed that the rotator cuff tendons were repaired back to the lateral footprint in both the single- and double-row constructs.14,16,40-45 Although no clinical studies have compared medially and laterally based single-row repairs, our data suggest that medially based repairs have lower tensions and therefore should not be considered equivalent. Sostak and colleagues31 and Murray and colleagues46 have shown that a medially based single-row RCR can achieve excellent clinical and anatomical results, likely partly because of the lower tension applied to the torn cuff tissue.31,46 Studies are needed to compare medially and laterally based repairs, including single- and double-row repairs.
The vast majority of recent research has aimed to counteract construct tension with stronger biomechanical constructs.20-26 Surgeons have also aimed to improve biological healing by pulling the tendon laterally across the footprint to achieve complete footprint coverage, ultimately increasing the surface area for tendon–bone healing. This has led to the development of various double-row repair techniques, in which the cuff tendon is pulled to the lateral margin of its footprint. One row of anchors is placed in the medial aspect of the footprint, while a second is placed in the lateral aspect; the cuff is reduced and compressed to the tuberosity with various suture configurations. The TOE technique was developed to improve pressurization of the cuff tendon across the footprint by linking the 2 rows with bridging sutures. In doing so, however, the potentially deleterious effects of increased tension introduced by pulling the tendon laterally may have been overlooked. Nevertheless, the biomechanics and stress distribution likely differ between single-row repair and TOE repairs, and direct comparisons cannot be made at this time. The medial row of a double-row or TOE construct may stress-shield or “unload” the more lateral tissue. Studies are needed in order to better understand the tension differential and stress distribution of various double-row constructs.
Recognizing tear morphology is crucial in maximizing chances of healing after cuff repair. For example, a crescent-shaped tear is reduced to the tuberosity with direct lateral translation of the apex of the tear, which is also the deepest or most displaced part of the tear. On the other hand, reducing an L- or reverse L-shaped tear to the tuberosity is not as direct; reducing the deepest or most displaced part of the tear would lead to overreduction and overtensioning of the tendon. However, often the exact “elbow” of the tear is not obvious and appears more rounded; therefore, it is crucial for the surgeon to examine the mobility of the torn tendon along its entire length to minimize tension. Study is needed to assess tension along the entire length of the tear for different tear morphologies and sizes.
Although our results showed that increased tension was needed to reduce a torn tendon to its lateral footprint, no study has indicated exactly how much is “too much” tension. As stated earlier, use of stronger biomechanical constructs, including TOE constructs, may overcome the increased tension associated with laterally based repairs. In addition, laterally based repairs, either single- or double-row, may be best suited for tears with lower tension, whereas medially based repairs may be best suited for higher tension tears. It is also possible that the difference in tensions noted in this study is not significant enough to have a clinical impact on choice of construct or on anatomical healing. We need studies that correlate anatomical healing rates with repair tension in order to better guide surgeons on when to use a medially or laterally based repair.
Other possible effects of increased tension associated with laterally based repairs, including beneficial effects, must be considered as well. Viscoelastic properties of human rotator cuff tendon may dissipate increased tension over time through a variety of mechanisms. Stress relaxation, gap formation, creep, and the hysteresis effect, all associated with cyclical loading in the early healing period, may lead to dissipation of force over time.47,48 These more complex biomechanical properties of RCR constructs are yet to be clearly defined.
This study had several weaknesses. Its data represent a static measurement of time-zero rotator cuff tension, which greatly simplifies the biomechanics of the torn rotator cuff and repair construct as well as changes that occur with healing. During cuff repair, forces typically are distributed through several fixation points in stepwise process and are not focused on a single point of tissue with a grasper. Therefore, the findings of this study may not directly correlate with medially versus laterally based repairs in vivo. Furthermore, as this is a time-zero measurement, we could not determine whether the tension differential between the 2 repair positions remained static over time. Current literature suggests that muscle atrophy, fatty infiltration, and loss of elasticity of the musculotendinous unit are relatively irreversible.35,37,49 In addition, determining the precise apex of a cuff tear can be difficult, so error may have been introduced during this process. Last, although placement of the cuff tissue at the medial or lateral footprint position was based on visual estimation by an experienced and skilled arthroscopist, error may have been introduced based on this imprecise technique.
Conclusion
This study demonstrated a significant, 5.4-fold increase in in vivo time-zero rotator cuff tension with the tendon edge reduced to the lateral footprint rather than the medial footprint.
Although recent clinical results of arthroscopic rotator cuff repair (RCR) have been encouraging, achieving anatomical healing of full-thickness rotator cuff tears remains a challenge.1-4 Several factors influence rotator cuff healing after repair.1,3-8 Patient-related factors include advanced patient age, tear size, tear chronicity, and amount of fatty infiltration.1,3,5,6,8-10 Tension applied to the repair construct is a significant factor as well.11,12
In the literature, limited consideration has been given to repair tension.13 The majority of studies have focused on other factors, mainly repair technique. Some surgeons advocate use of a double-row repair construct in which the rotator cuff tendon is pulled to the lateral margin of the footprint.14-19 Double-row techniques, which include the transosseous-equivalent (TOE) construct, are biomechanically superior to other repairs.20-26 Another purported benefit of double-row repair is more complete restoration and pressurization of the rotator cuff footprint.21,24,27,28
Rotator cuff tears typically occur near the dysvascular region of the diseased musculotendinous unit, often leaving a stump of tissue attached to the tuberosity and ultimately a shortened tendon.29 In addition, full-thickness tears often retract over time. Meyer and colleagues29 recently demonstrated that this shortening is irreversible. Snyder30 and Sostak and colleagues31 suggested that pulling a shortened, degenerative rotator cuff tendon to the lateral margin of the footprint results in increased tissue tension compared with that produced with a more medially based repair just off the articular margin. In our opinion, the possible increase in tension during a laterally based repair, whether single- or double-row, may place excessive strain on the diseased tissue as well as the surgical construct, potentially contributing to repair failure.
We conducted a study to evaluate the difference, if any, in tension applied to the rotator cuff tendon positioned at the medial versus lateral margin of the footprint during arthroscopic RCR. We hypothesized significantly more tension would be placed on the rotator cuff tendon when positioned at the lateral versus medial footprint.
Methods
After obtaining Institutional Review Board approval for this study, we collected data on a consecutive series of patients who underwent arthroscopic RCR performed by Dr. Getelman at a single institution. Only patients with primary full-thickness tears of the supraspinatus and/or infraspinatus were included. Exclusion criteria included revision rotator cuff surgeries, partial-thickness tears, concurrent subscapularis tears requiring anchor fixation, and any tears that could not be mobilized to the lateral footprint without interval slides or margin convergence. The 20 identified patients constituted the study group.
Demographic factors, including age and preoperative length of symptoms, were recorded after chart review. Magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) was performed for all patients before surgery and was retrospectively reviewed. Dr. Getelman assigned each patient a modified Goutallier score, based on MRI, to assess for fatty infiltration/atrophy.32 Each patient was placed in the lateral decubitus position with the operative arm in balanced suspension at 70° of abduction. Standard glenohumeral and subacromial diagnostic arthroscopy was performed. The rotator cuff tear was gently debrided back to a healthy-appearing margin in preparation for repair. The tear was then measured in the anterior-posterior (A-P) and medial-lateral (M-L) planes using a premeasured, marked suture, as previously described.33 Complete bursal and articular-sided releases were performed to allow for appropriate mobilization of the tendon. The tear was classified as crescent-shaped, U-shaped, or L-shaped.
Viewing from the posterior portal, the surgeon inserted a tissue grasper through the lateral portal. The tendon was grasped at multiple points along its edge, anterior to posterior, and was translated laterally to assess its reducibility; the apex of the tear correlated with the point of maximal excursion and coverage of the footprint. Once confirmed, the rotator cuff tear apex was clamped with a tissue grasper. After placement in a sterile arthroscopic camera sleeve (DeRoyal camera drape with perforated tip), a calibrated digital weigh scale (American Weigh Scales model H22 portable electronic hanging scale, with accuracy of 0.01 lb) was attached to the tissue grasper with an S-hook (Figure 1). The tendon edge was first translated about 3 mm lateral to the articular margin (the medial footprint position), and tension was recorded (Figures 2A, 2B). After a 1-minute relaxation period, the tendon edge was translated to the lateral edge of the rotator cuff footprint (the lateral footprint position), and tension was recorded again (Figures 2C, 2D). A medially based single-row RCR with triple-loaded sutures and bone marrow vents placed in the lateral tuberosity was then completed, regardless of tension, tear size, or tear morphology.31 Typically, 1 anchor was used for every 10 to 15 mm of A-P tear length.
SAS software was used for statistical analysis, the Wilcoxon signed rank test for continuous or ordinal data comparisons between paired groups, and the Mann-Whitney test for continuous or ordinal data comparisons between independent, unmatched groups. One-way analysis of variance (ANOVA) was used to compare means among the 3 groups of morphology subtypes. Linear regression was performed to assess the simultaneous relationship between potential predictors (age, sex, length of symptoms, Goutallier score, tear size) and medial or lateral tension, where medial tension was included as an additional potential predictor for lateral tension. Restricted cubic splines were fit to assess linearity. Predictors were retained in multivariate regression using backward variable retention. Because of inadequate sample size, additivity was assumed except for sex. Statistical significance was set at P < .05.
Results
Of the 20 rotator cuff tears evaluated (Table 1), 13 were crescent-shaped, 5 were U-shaped, and 2 were L-shaped. Mean (SD) A-P tear size was 17.7 (5.8) mm, and mean (SD) M-L tear size was 19.1 (8.6) mm. Mean age of the 20 patients (15 men, 5 women) was 57.9 years (range, 44-72 years). Mean (SD) length of symptoms was 12.9 (12.4) months (range, 3-48 months). Mean (SD) modified Goutallier score was 1.4 (0.7; range, 0-3).
Mean (SD) rotator cuff tension for all tears approximated to the medial footprint was 0.41 (0.33) pound, and mean (SD) cuff tension for all tears approximated to the lateral footprint was 2.21 (1.20) pounds—representing a 5.4-fold difference (P < .0001).
No statistically significant differences were detected in the ANOVA comparing tensions at medial and lateral positions among tear morphologic subtypes (all Ps >.05).
Subgroup analysis (Table 2) was performed for smaller (≤20 mm A-P) and larger (>20 mm A-P) tears. For smaller tears, mean (SD) tension was 0.27 (0.24) pound applied with the cuff tendon pulled to the medial footprint and 2.06 (1.06) pounds applied with the tendon pulled to the lateral footprint—a 7.6-fold difference (P < .0018). For larger tears, mean (SD) tension was 0.58 (0.37) pound applied with the tendon pulled to the medial footprint and 2.38 (1.4) pounds applied with the tendon pulled to the lateral footprint—a 4.1-fold difference (P < .005).
A statistically significant difference in tensions was found between small and large cuff tears positioned at the medial footprint (0.27 vs 0.58 lb; P = .0367); no difference was found between groups with the tendon at the lateral footprint (2.06 vs 2.38 lb; P = .284).
Univariate and multivariate analyses were performed using linear regression analysis (Table 3). During univariate analysis for medial footprint position, A-P tear size and Goutallier score both positively correlated with increasing tension; for lateral footprint position, no factors statistically correlated with lateral tension, though there was a positive trend for medial tension and female sex. During multivariate analysis for medial footprint position, only A-P tear size positively correlated with increasing tension; for lateral footprint position, both age (in nonlinear fashion as function of age + age2) and medial tension positively correlated with increasing tension.
Discussion
Our results indicated that significantly more tension is placed on the torn rotator cuff tendon when it is reduced across the footprint from a medial to a more lateral position in vivo. More tension was required for all tears to be reduced to the lateral footprint compared with the medial footprint. As expected, compared with smaller tears, larger tears required significantly more tension in order to be reduced to the medial footprint. Interestingly, no statistical difference was found between tensions required to reduce either small or large tears to the lateral footprint, which suggests that, regardless of tear size, more force must be applied to reduce the torn tendon to the lateral footprint compared with the medial footprint.
Hersche and Gerber34 were the first to report rotator cuff tension measurements in vivo. Although their study did not specifically compare cuff tensions reducing the tear to the medial versus lateral footprint, it did examine tension at displacement of 10 and 20 mm. Tension increased from 27 N to 60 N, correlating with a 2.2-fold difference between the 2 distances. Domb and colleagues35 also compared in vivo rotator cuff tension differences between the medial footprint and the lateral footprint in 4 patients. Mean tension applied to the cuff during reduction to the articular margin was 27 N, or 6 pounds. Mean tension needed to reduce the cuff to the lateral tuberosity was 76 N, or 17 pounds, for a 2.8-fold difference. Tears were not measured but were described as massive and retracted.
Although repair tension has long been recognized as a crucial factor in RCR healing, little clinical research has focused on the effects of excess tension. Davidson and Rivenburgh11 prospectively followed the clinical outcomes of 67 consecutive cuff repairs after intraoperative tension measurement and found that high-tension repairs (>8 lb) had significantly lower clinical outcome measures. However, the authors did not report on correlations with radiologic healing and stated, “Functional outcome is inversely proportional to rotator cuff repair tension.” Further study of the in vivo effects of increased tension on clinical and radiologic outcomes is needed.
Several animal studies have been conducted on the effects of tension on RCRs. Gerber and colleagues36 reported that the force needed to produce 1 cm of sheep supraspinatus tendon excursion increased 7-fold, from 6.8 N to 47.8 N, after 40 weeks of tendon tear. Coleman and colleagues37 compared the modulus of elasticity in sheep supraspinatus tendon after 6 weeks and 18 weeks of detachment and reported increases of 60% and 70%, respectively. Gimbel and colleagues38 showed that, in a rat model, “repair tension rapidly increased initially after injury followed by a progressive, but less dramatic, increase with additional time.” Of note, we did not identify any correlation between chronicity of symptoms and the tension needed to reduce the tendon medially or to a more lateral position on the footprint.
In acute tears, the cuff tissue is more compliant and mobile and can be pulled laterally across its anatomical footprint with minimal tension.39 In contrast, cuff tissue in the more commonly encountered chronic tear is less compliant and is not mobile enough to be pulled to the lateral margin of the footprint without added stress.30,34,35 In large, acute tears in which there are minimal tissue degeneration and retraction, a laterally based footprint-restoring technique may be performed with minimal tension. This technique may have advantages over a medially based repair. In the literature, more attention needs to be directed toward the biomechanics and biology of chronic rotator cuff tears, as these are more commonly encountered.
Almost all of the prospective studies that have compared single- and double-row RCR have found no significant differences in MRI healing rates or clinical results at follow-up up to 2 years.14,16,40-45 Detailed analysis of the surgical techniques used in all these studies revealed that the rotator cuff tendons were repaired back to the lateral footprint in both the single- and double-row constructs.14,16,40-45 Although no clinical studies have compared medially and laterally based single-row repairs, our data suggest that medially based repairs have lower tensions and therefore should not be considered equivalent. Sostak and colleagues31 and Murray and colleagues46 have shown that a medially based single-row RCR can achieve excellent clinical and anatomical results, likely partly because of the lower tension applied to the torn cuff tissue.31,46 Studies are needed to compare medially and laterally based repairs, including single- and double-row repairs.
The vast majority of recent research has aimed to counteract construct tension with stronger biomechanical constructs.20-26 Surgeons have also aimed to improve biological healing by pulling the tendon laterally across the footprint to achieve complete footprint coverage, ultimately increasing the surface area for tendon–bone healing. This has led to the development of various double-row repair techniques, in which the cuff tendon is pulled to the lateral margin of its footprint. One row of anchors is placed in the medial aspect of the footprint, while a second is placed in the lateral aspect; the cuff is reduced and compressed to the tuberosity with various suture configurations. The TOE technique was developed to improve pressurization of the cuff tendon across the footprint by linking the 2 rows with bridging sutures. In doing so, however, the potentially deleterious effects of increased tension introduced by pulling the tendon laterally may have been overlooked. Nevertheless, the biomechanics and stress distribution likely differ between single-row repair and TOE repairs, and direct comparisons cannot be made at this time. The medial row of a double-row or TOE construct may stress-shield or “unload” the more lateral tissue. Studies are needed in order to better understand the tension differential and stress distribution of various double-row constructs.
Recognizing tear morphology is crucial in maximizing chances of healing after cuff repair. For example, a crescent-shaped tear is reduced to the tuberosity with direct lateral translation of the apex of the tear, which is also the deepest or most displaced part of the tear. On the other hand, reducing an L- or reverse L-shaped tear to the tuberosity is not as direct; reducing the deepest or most displaced part of the tear would lead to overreduction and overtensioning of the tendon. However, often the exact “elbow” of the tear is not obvious and appears more rounded; therefore, it is crucial for the surgeon to examine the mobility of the torn tendon along its entire length to minimize tension. Study is needed to assess tension along the entire length of the tear for different tear morphologies and sizes.
Although our results showed that increased tension was needed to reduce a torn tendon to its lateral footprint, no study has indicated exactly how much is “too much” tension. As stated earlier, use of stronger biomechanical constructs, including TOE constructs, may overcome the increased tension associated with laterally based repairs. In addition, laterally based repairs, either single- or double-row, may be best suited for tears with lower tension, whereas medially based repairs may be best suited for higher tension tears. It is also possible that the difference in tensions noted in this study is not significant enough to have a clinical impact on choice of construct or on anatomical healing. We need studies that correlate anatomical healing rates with repair tension in order to better guide surgeons on when to use a medially or laterally based repair.
Other possible effects of increased tension associated with laterally based repairs, including beneficial effects, must be considered as well. Viscoelastic properties of human rotator cuff tendon may dissipate increased tension over time through a variety of mechanisms. Stress relaxation, gap formation, creep, and the hysteresis effect, all associated with cyclical loading in the early healing period, may lead to dissipation of force over time.47,48 These more complex biomechanical properties of RCR constructs are yet to be clearly defined.
This study had several weaknesses. Its data represent a static measurement of time-zero rotator cuff tension, which greatly simplifies the biomechanics of the torn rotator cuff and repair construct as well as changes that occur with healing. During cuff repair, forces typically are distributed through several fixation points in stepwise process and are not focused on a single point of tissue with a grasper. Therefore, the findings of this study may not directly correlate with medially versus laterally based repairs in vivo. Furthermore, as this is a time-zero measurement, we could not determine whether the tension differential between the 2 repair positions remained static over time. Current literature suggests that muscle atrophy, fatty infiltration, and loss of elasticity of the musculotendinous unit are relatively irreversible.35,37,49 In addition, determining the precise apex of a cuff tear can be difficult, so error may have been introduced during this process. Last, although placement of the cuff tissue at the medial or lateral footprint position was based on visual estimation by an experienced and skilled arthroscopist, error may have been introduced based on this imprecise technique.
Conclusion
This study demonstrated a significant, 5.4-fold increase in in vivo time-zero rotator cuff tension with the tendon edge reduced to the lateral footprint rather than the medial footprint.
1. Boileau P, Brassart N, Watkinson DJ, Carles M, Hatzidakis AM, Krishnan SG. Arthroscopic repair of full-thickness tears of the supraspinatus: does the tendon really heal? J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2005;87(6):1229-1240.
2. Galatz LM, Ball CM, Teefey SA, Middleton WD, Yamaguchi K. The outcome and repair integrity of completely arthroscopically repaired large and massive rotator cuff tears. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2004;86(2):219-224.
3. Nho SJ, Brown BS, Lyman S, Adler RS, Altchek DW, MacGillivray JD. Prospective analysis of arthroscopic rotator cuff repair: prognostic factors affecting clinical and ultrasound outcome. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2009;18(1):13-20.
4. Huijsmans PE, Pritchard MP, Berghs BM, van Rooyen KS, Wallace AL, de Beer JF. Arthroscopic rotator cuff repair with double-row fixation. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2007;89(6):1248-1257.
5. Gulotta LV, Nho SJ, Dodson CC, Adler RS, Altchek DW, MacGillivray JD; HSS Arthroscopic Rotator Cuff Registry. Prospective evaluation of arthroscopic rotator cuff repairs at 5 years: part II—prognostic factors for clinical and radiographic outcomes. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2011;20(6):941-946.
6. Cho NS, Rhee YG. The factors affecting the clinical outcome and integrity of arthroscopically repaired rotator cuff tears of the shoulder. Clin Orthop Surg. 2009;1(2):96-104.
7. Gladstone JN, Bishop JY, Lo IK, Flatow EL. Fatty infiltration and atrophy of the rotator cuff do not improve after rotator cuff repair and correlate with poor functional outcome. Am J Sports Med. 2007;35(5):719-728.
8. Oh JH, Kim SH, Ji HM, Jo KH, Bin SW, Gong HS. Prognostic factors affecting anatomic outcome of rotator cuff repair and correlation with functional outcome. Arthroscopy. 2009;25(1):30-39.
9. Tashjian RZ, Hollins AM, Kim HM, et al. Factors affecting healing rates after arthroscopic double-row rotator cuff repair. Am J Sports Med. 2010;38(12):2435-2442.
10. Burkhart SS, Lo IK. Arthroscopic rotator cuff repair. J Am Acad Orthop Surg. 2006;14(6):333-346.
11. Davidson PA, Rivenburgh DW. Rotator cuff repair tension as a determinant of functional outcome. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2000;9(6):502-506.
12. Goutallier D, Postel JM, Van Driessche S, Godefroy D, Radier C. Tension-free cuff repairs with excision of macroscopic tendon lesions and muscular advancement: results in a prospective series with limited fatty muscular degeneration. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2006;15(2):164-172.
13. Gimbel JA, Van Kleunen JP, Lake SP, Williams GR, Soslowsky LJ. The role of repair tension on tendon to bone healing in an animal model of chronic rotator cuff tears. J Biomech. 2007;40(3):561-568.
14. Ma HL, Chiang ER, Wu HT, et al. Clinical outcome and imaging of arthroscopic single-row and double-row rotator cuff repair: a prospective randomized trial. Arthroscopy. 2012;28(1):16-24.
15. Mihata T, Watanabe C, Fukunishi K, et al. Functional and structural outcomes of single-row versus double-row versus combined double-row and suture-bridge repair for rotator cuff tears. Am J Sports Med. 2011;39(10):2091-2098.
16. Koh KH, Kang KC, Lim TK, Shon MS, Yoo JC. Prospective randomized clinical trial of single- versus double-row suture anchor repair in 2- to 4-cm rotator cuff tears: clinical and magnetic resonance imaging results. Arthroscopy. 2011;27(4):453-462.
17. Voigt C, Bosse C, Vosshenrich R, Schulz AP, Lill H. Arthroscopic supraspinatus tendon repair with suture-bridging technique: functional outcome and magnetic resonance imaging. Am J Sports Med. 2010;38(5):983-991.
18. Lafosse L, Brzoska R, Toussaint B, Gobezie R. The outcome and structural integrity of arthroscopic rotator cuff repair with use of the double-row suture anchor technique. Surgical technique. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2008;90(suppl 2 pt 2):275-286.
19. Park JY, Lhee SH, Choi JH, Park HK, Yu JW, Seo JB. Comparison of the clinical outcomes of single- and double-row repairs in rotator cuff tears. Am J Sports Med. 2008;36(7):1310-1316.
20. Kim DH, ElAttrache NS, Tibone JE, et al. Biomechanical comparison of a single-row versus double-row suture anchor technique for rotator cuff repair. Am J Sports Med. 2006;34(3):407-414.
21. Mazzocca AD, Bollier MJ, Ciminiello AM, et al. Biomechanical evaluation of arthroscopic rotator cuff repairs over time. Arthroscopy. 2010;26(5):592-599.
22. Grimberg J, Diop A, Kalra K, Charousset C, Duranthon LD, Maurel N. In vitro biomechanical comparison of three different types of single- and double-row arthroscopic rotator cuff repairs: analysis of continuous bone–tendon contact pressure and surface during different simulated joint positions. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2010;19(2):236-243.
23. Nelson CO, Sileo MJ, Grossman MG, Serra-Hsu F. Single-row modified Mason-Allen versus double-row arthroscopic rotator cuff repair: a biomechanical and surface area comparison. Arthroscopy. 2008;24(8):941-948.
24. Park MC, ElAttrache NS, Tibone JE, Ahmad CS, Jun BJ, Lee TQ. Part I: footprint contact characteristics for a transosseous-equivalent rotator cuff repair technique compared with a double-row repair technique. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2007;16(4):461-468.
25. Park MC, Tibone JE, ElAttrache NS, Ahmad CS, Jun BJ, Lee TQ. Part II: biomechanical assessment for a footprint-restoring transosseous-equivalent rotator cuff repair technique compared with a double-row repair technique. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2007;16(4):469-476.
26. Ma CB, Comerford L, Wilson J, Puttlitz CM. Biomechanical evaluation of arthroscopic rotator cuff repairs: double-row compared with single-row fixation. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2006;88(2):403-410.
27. Lo IK, Burkhart SS. Double-row arthroscopic rotator cuff repair: re-establishing the footprint of the rotator cuff. Arthroscopy. 2003;19(9):1035-1042.
28. Tuoheti Y, Itoi E, Yamamoto N, et al. Contact area, contact pressure, and pressure patterns of the tendon–bone interface after rotator cuff repair. Am J Sports Med. 2005;33(12):1869-1874.
29. Meyer DC, Farshad M, Amacker NA, Gerber C, Wieser K. Quantitative analysis of muscle and tendon retraction in chronic rotator cuff tears. Am J Sports Med. 2012;40(3):606-610.
30. Snyder SJ. Single vs. double row suture anchor fixation rotator cuff repair. Paper presented at: American Academy of Orthopedic Surgeons Annual Meeting; March 8, 2007; San Francisco, CA.
31. Sostak JP, Bahk MS, Getelman MH, Wong IH, Snyder SJ, Burns JP. Arthroscopic single row rotator cuff repair using the “SCOI row”: structural and clinical outcomes. Paper presented at: American Academy of Orthopedic Surgeons Annual Meeting; February 7-11, 2012; San Francisco, CA.
32. Fuchs B, Weishaupt D, Zanetti M, Hodler J, Gerber C. Fatty degeneration of the muscles of the rotator cuff: assessment by computed tomography versus magnetic resonance imaging. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 1999;8(6):599-605.
33. Bond JL, Dopirak RM, Higgins J, Burns J, Snyder SJ. Arthroscopic replacement of massive, irreparable rotator cuff tears using a GraftJacket allograft: technique and preliminary results. Arthroscopy. 2008;24(4):403-409.
34. Hersche O, Gerber C. Passive tension in the supraspinatus musculotendinous unit after long-standing rupture of its tendon: a preliminary report. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 1998;7(4):393-396.
35. Domb BG, Glousman RE, Brooks A, Hansen M, Lee TQ, ElAttrache NS. High-tension double-row footprint repair compared with reduced-tension single-row repair for massive rotator cuff tears. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2008;90(suppl 4):35-39.
36. Gerber C, Meyer DC, Schneeberger AG, Hoppeler H, von Rechenberg B. Effect of tendon release and delayed repair on the structure of the muscles of the rotator cuff: an experimental study in sheep. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2004;86(9):1973-1982.
37. Coleman SH, Fealy S, Ehteshami JR, et al. Chronic rotator cuff injury and repair model in sheep. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2003;85(12):2391-2402.
38. Gimbel JA, Mehta S, Van Kleunen JP, Williams GR, Soslowsky LJ. The tension required at repair to reappose the supraspinatus tendon to bone rapidly increases after injury. Clin Orthop Relat Res. 2004;(426):258-265.
39. Mannava S, Plate JF, Whitlock PW, et al. Evaluation of in vivo rotator cuff muscle function after acute and chronic detachment of the supraspinatus tendon: an experimental study in an animal model. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2011;93(18):1702-1711.
40. Burks RT, Crim J, Brown N, Fink B, Greis PE. A prospective randomized clinical trial comparing arthroscopic single- and double-row rotator cuff repair: magnetic resonance imaging and early clinical evaluation. Am J Sports Med. 2009;37(4):674-682.
41. Grasso A, Milano G, Salvatore M, Falcone G, Deriu L, Fabbriciani C. Single-row versus double-row arthroscopic rotator cuff repair: a prospective randomized clinical study. Arthroscopy. 2009;25(1):4-12.
42. Franceschi F, Ruzzini L, Longo UG, et al. Equivalent clinical results of arthroscopic single-row and double-row suture anchor repair for rotator cuff tears: a randomized controlled trial. Am J Sports Med. 2007;35(8):1254-1260.
43. Carbonel I, Martinez AA, Calvo A, Ripalda J, Herrera A. Single-row versus double-row arthroscopic repair in the treatment of rotator cuff tears: a prospective randomized clinical study. Int Orthop. 2012;36(9):1877-1883.
44. Lapner PL, Sabri E, Rakhra K, et al. A multicenter randomized controlled trial comparing single-row with double-row fixation in arthroscopic rotator cuff repair. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2012;94(14):1249-1257.
45. Gartsman GM, Drake G, Edwards TB, et al. Ultrasound evaluation of arthroscopic full-thickness supraspinatus rotator cuff repair: single-row versus double-row suture bridge (transosseous equivalent) fixation. Results of a prospective, randomized study. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2013;22(11):1480-1487.
46. Murray TF Jr, Lajtai G, Mileski RM, Snyder SJ. Arthroscopic repair of medium to large full-thickness rotator cuff tears: outcome at 2- to 6-year follow-up. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2002;11(1):19-24.
47. Szczesny SE, Peloquin JM, Cortes DH, Kadlowec JA, Soslowsky LJ, Elliott DM. Biaxial tensile testing and constitutive modeling of human supraspinatus tendon. J Biomech Eng. 2012;134(2):021004.
48. Chaudhury S, Holland C, Vollrath F, Carr AJ. Comparing normal and torn rotator cuff tendons using dynamic shear analysis. J Bone Joint Surg Br. 2011;93(7):942-948.
49. Meyer DC, Hoppeler H, von Rechenberg B, Gerber C. A pathomechanical concept explains muscle loss and fatty muscular changes following surgical tendon release. J Orthop Res. 2004;22(5):1004-1007.
1. Boileau P, Brassart N, Watkinson DJ, Carles M, Hatzidakis AM, Krishnan SG. Arthroscopic repair of full-thickness tears of the supraspinatus: does the tendon really heal? J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2005;87(6):1229-1240.
2. Galatz LM, Ball CM, Teefey SA, Middleton WD, Yamaguchi K. The outcome and repair integrity of completely arthroscopically repaired large and massive rotator cuff tears. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2004;86(2):219-224.
3. Nho SJ, Brown BS, Lyman S, Adler RS, Altchek DW, MacGillivray JD. Prospective analysis of arthroscopic rotator cuff repair: prognostic factors affecting clinical and ultrasound outcome. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2009;18(1):13-20.
4. Huijsmans PE, Pritchard MP, Berghs BM, van Rooyen KS, Wallace AL, de Beer JF. Arthroscopic rotator cuff repair with double-row fixation. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2007;89(6):1248-1257.
5. Gulotta LV, Nho SJ, Dodson CC, Adler RS, Altchek DW, MacGillivray JD; HSS Arthroscopic Rotator Cuff Registry. Prospective evaluation of arthroscopic rotator cuff repairs at 5 years: part II—prognostic factors for clinical and radiographic outcomes. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2011;20(6):941-946.
6. Cho NS, Rhee YG. The factors affecting the clinical outcome and integrity of arthroscopically repaired rotator cuff tears of the shoulder. Clin Orthop Surg. 2009;1(2):96-104.
7. Gladstone JN, Bishop JY, Lo IK, Flatow EL. Fatty infiltration and atrophy of the rotator cuff do not improve after rotator cuff repair and correlate with poor functional outcome. Am J Sports Med. 2007;35(5):719-728.
8. Oh JH, Kim SH, Ji HM, Jo KH, Bin SW, Gong HS. Prognostic factors affecting anatomic outcome of rotator cuff repair and correlation with functional outcome. Arthroscopy. 2009;25(1):30-39.
9. Tashjian RZ, Hollins AM, Kim HM, et al. Factors affecting healing rates after arthroscopic double-row rotator cuff repair. Am J Sports Med. 2010;38(12):2435-2442.
10. Burkhart SS, Lo IK. Arthroscopic rotator cuff repair. J Am Acad Orthop Surg. 2006;14(6):333-346.
11. Davidson PA, Rivenburgh DW. Rotator cuff repair tension as a determinant of functional outcome. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2000;9(6):502-506.
12. Goutallier D, Postel JM, Van Driessche S, Godefroy D, Radier C. Tension-free cuff repairs with excision of macroscopic tendon lesions and muscular advancement: results in a prospective series with limited fatty muscular degeneration. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2006;15(2):164-172.
13. Gimbel JA, Van Kleunen JP, Lake SP, Williams GR, Soslowsky LJ. The role of repair tension on tendon to bone healing in an animal model of chronic rotator cuff tears. J Biomech. 2007;40(3):561-568.
14. Ma HL, Chiang ER, Wu HT, et al. Clinical outcome and imaging of arthroscopic single-row and double-row rotator cuff repair: a prospective randomized trial. Arthroscopy. 2012;28(1):16-24.
15. Mihata T, Watanabe C, Fukunishi K, et al. Functional and structural outcomes of single-row versus double-row versus combined double-row and suture-bridge repair for rotator cuff tears. Am J Sports Med. 2011;39(10):2091-2098.
16. Koh KH, Kang KC, Lim TK, Shon MS, Yoo JC. Prospective randomized clinical trial of single- versus double-row suture anchor repair in 2- to 4-cm rotator cuff tears: clinical and magnetic resonance imaging results. Arthroscopy. 2011;27(4):453-462.
17. Voigt C, Bosse C, Vosshenrich R, Schulz AP, Lill H. Arthroscopic supraspinatus tendon repair with suture-bridging technique: functional outcome and magnetic resonance imaging. Am J Sports Med. 2010;38(5):983-991.
18. Lafosse L, Brzoska R, Toussaint B, Gobezie R. The outcome and structural integrity of arthroscopic rotator cuff repair with use of the double-row suture anchor technique. Surgical technique. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2008;90(suppl 2 pt 2):275-286.
19. Park JY, Lhee SH, Choi JH, Park HK, Yu JW, Seo JB. Comparison of the clinical outcomes of single- and double-row repairs in rotator cuff tears. Am J Sports Med. 2008;36(7):1310-1316.
20. Kim DH, ElAttrache NS, Tibone JE, et al. Biomechanical comparison of a single-row versus double-row suture anchor technique for rotator cuff repair. Am J Sports Med. 2006;34(3):407-414.
21. Mazzocca AD, Bollier MJ, Ciminiello AM, et al. Biomechanical evaluation of arthroscopic rotator cuff repairs over time. Arthroscopy. 2010;26(5):592-599.
22. Grimberg J, Diop A, Kalra K, Charousset C, Duranthon LD, Maurel N. In vitro biomechanical comparison of three different types of single- and double-row arthroscopic rotator cuff repairs: analysis of continuous bone–tendon contact pressure and surface during different simulated joint positions. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2010;19(2):236-243.
23. Nelson CO, Sileo MJ, Grossman MG, Serra-Hsu F. Single-row modified Mason-Allen versus double-row arthroscopic rotator cuff repair: a biomechanical and surface area comparison. Arthroscopy. 2008;24(8):941-948.
24. Park MC, ElAttrache NS, Tibone JE, Ahmad CS, Jun BJ, Lee TQ. Part I: footprint contact characteristics for a transosseous-equivalent rotator cuff repair technique compared with a double-row repair technique. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2007;16(4):461-468.
25. Park MC, Tibone JE, ElAttrache NS, Ahmad CS, Jun BJ, Lee TQ. Part II: biomechanical assessment for a footprint-restoring transosseous-equivalent rotator cuff repair technique compared with a double-row repair technique. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2007;16(4):469-476.
26. Ma CB, Comerford L, Wilson J, Puttlitz CM. Biomechanical evaluation of arthroscopic rotator cuff repairs: double-row compared with single-row fixation. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2006;88(2):403-410.
27. Lo IK, Burkhart SS. Double-row arthroscopic rotator cuff repair: re-establishing the footprint of the rotator cuff. Arthroscopy. 2003;19(9):1035-1042.
28. Tuoheti Y, Itoi E, Yamamoto N, et al. Contact area, contact pressure, and pressure patterns of the tendon–bone interface after rotator cuff repair. Am J Sports Med. 2005;33(12):1869-1874.
29. Meyer DC, Farshad M, Amacker NA, Gerber C, Wieser K. Quantitative analysis of muscle and tendon retraction in chronic rotator cuff tears. Am J Sports Med. 2012;40(3):606-610.
30. Snyder SJ. Single vs. double row suture anchor fixation rotator cuff repair. Paper presented at: American Academy of Orthopedic Surgeons Annual Meeting; March 8, 2007; San Francisco, CA.
31. Sostak JP, Bahk MS, Getelman MH, Wong IH, Snyder SJ, Burns JP. Arthroscopic single row rotator cuff repair using the “SCOI row”: structural and clinical outcomes. Paper presented at: American Academy of Orthopedic Surgeons Annual Meeting; February 7-11, 2012; San Francisco, CA.
32. Fuchs B, Weishaupt D, Zanetti M, Hodler J, Gerber C. Fatty degeneration of the muscles of the rotator cuff: assessment by computed tomography versus magnetic resonance imaging. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 1999;8(6):599-605.
33. Bond JL, Dopirak RM, Higgins J, Burns J, Snyder SJ. Arthroscopic replacement of massive, irreparable rotator cuff tears using a GraftJacket allograft: technique and preliminary results. Arthroscopy. 2008;24(4):403-409.
34. Hersche O, Gerber C. Passive tension in the supraspinatus musculotendinous unit after long-standing rupture of its tendon: a preliminary report. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 1998;7(4):393-396.
35. Domb BG, Glousman RE, Brooks A, Hansen M, Lee TQ, ElAttrache NS. High-tension double-row footprint repair compared with reduced-tension single-row repair for massive rotator cuff tears. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2008;90(suppl 4):35-39.
36. Gerber C, Meyer DC, Schneeberger AG, Hoppeler H, von Rechenberg B. Effect of tendon release and delayed repair on the structure of the muscles of the rotator cuff: an experimental study in sheep. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2004;86(9):1973-1982.
37. Coleman SH, Fealy S, Ehteshami JR, et al. Chronic rotator cuff injury and repair model in sheep. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2003;85(12):2391-2402.
38. Gimbel JA, Mehta S, Van Kleunen JP, Williams GR, Soslowsky LJ. The tension required at repair to reappose the supraspinatus tendon to bone rapidly increases after injury. Clin Orthop Relat Res. 2004;(426):258-265.
39. Mannava S, Plate JF, Whitlock PW, et al. Evaluation of in vivo rotator cuff muscle function after acute and chronic detachment of the supraspinatus tendon: an experimental study in an animal model. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2011;93(18):1702-1711.
40. Burks RT, Crim J, Brown N, Fink B, Greis PE. A prospective randomized clinical trial comparing arthroscopic single- and double-row rotator cuff repair: magnetic resonance imaging and early clinical evaluation. Am J Sports Med. 2009;37(4):674-682.
41. Grasso A, Milano G, Salvatore M, Falcone G, Deriu L, Fabbriciani C. Single-row versus double-row arthroscopic rotator cuff repair: a prospective randomized clinical study. Arthroscopy. 2009;25(1):4-12.
42. Franceschi F, Ruzzini L, Longo UG, et al. Equivalent clinical results of arthroscopic single-row and double-row suture anchor repair for rotator cuff tears: a randomized controlled trial. Am J Sports Med. 2007;35(8):1254-1260.
43. Carbonel I, Martinez AA, Calvo A, Ripalda J, Herrera A. Single-row versus double-row arthroscopic repair in the treatment of rotator cuff tears: a prospective randomized clinical study. Int Orthop. 2012;36(9):1877-1883.
44. Lapner PL, Sabri E, Rakhra K, et al. A multicenter randomized controlled trial comparing single-row with double-row fixation in arthroscopic rotator cuff repair. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2012;94(14):1249-1257.
45. Gartsman GM, Drake G, Edwards TB, et al. Ultrasound evaluation of arthroscopic full-thickness supraspinatus rotator cuff repair: single-row versus double-row suture bridge (transosseous equivalent) fixation. Results of a prospective, randomized study. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2013;22(11):1480-1487.
46. Murray TF Jr, Lajtai G, Mileski RM, Snyder SJ. Arthroscopic repair of medium to large full-thickness rotator cuff tears: outcome at 2- to 6-year follow-up. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2002;11(1):19-24.
47. Szczesny SE, Peloquin JM, Cortes DH, Kadlowec JA, Soslowsky LJ, Elliott DM. Biaxial tensile testing and constitutive modeling of human supraspinatus tendon. J Biomech Eng. 2012;134(2):021004.
48. Chaudhury S, Holland C, Vollrath F, Carr AJ. Comparing normal and torn rotator cuff tendons using dynamic shear analysis. J Bone Joint Surg Br. 2011;93(7):942-948.
49. Meyer DC, Hoppeler H, von Rechenberg B, Gerber C. A pathomechanical concept explains muscle loss and fatty muscular changes following surgical tendon release. J Orthop Res. 2004;22(5):1004-1007.
Clinical Outcomes of Minimally Invasive Versus Open TLIF: A Propensity-Matched Cohort Study
Transforaminal lumbar interbody fusion (TLIF) has become an increasingly popular method of lumbar fusion, since its introduction by Harms and Rolinger in 1982.1 The procedure allows for a circumferential fusion through a posterior-only approach, with improved sagittal alignment2 and minimal risk for iatrogenic nerve injury. In the past decade, a minimally invasive surgical method of TLIF (MIS TLIF) has been introduced3-5 and involves neural decompression and interbody fusion through a tubular retractor, and percutaneous placement of pedicle-screw instrumentation. This technique uses muscle dilation rather than large-scale detachment of muscle. Proponents of the MIS technique have postulated that decreased muscle damage would lead to better short-term, and possibly long-term, clinical outcomes, because of less iatrogenic soft-tissue damage.
Studies that have compared results of MIS TLIF with open TLIF have shown improved perioperative outcomes, but most have shown similar intermediate-term clinical outcomes.6 In the short term, multiple studies demonstrate that MIS TLIF is associated with decreased blood loss, less postoperative pain and narcotic requirements, and shorter hospital length of stay.7-13 However, changes in pain score and disease-specific and generic health-related quality of life measures have been similar for the 2 procedures, beyond 6 months postoperatively.10,13-15 These studies have generally involved retrospective reviews of unmatched patient groups, with small sample sizes and significant heterogeneity in surgical indications and case complexity. In our study, we compared intermediate-term clinical outcomes of MIS TLIF with open TLIF, using propensity matching to optimize baseline similarity of the groups.
Methods
This retrospective study was conducted after receiving approval from the Institutional Review Board. Surgical and clinical databases of 2 centers from 2008 to 2012 were reviewed for eligible subjects. Cases in 2007 were excluded because this was the year that MIS was introduced as a new technique in the practice. Inclusion criteria consisted of patients who underwent 1- to 2-level MIS TLIF and had complete baseline, 1- and 2-year postoperative outcome measures. Patients who had surgery for trauma, tumor, or osteomyelitis were excluded. Outcome measures collected and reviewed in this study included the Oswestry Disability Index (ODI),16,17 the Medical Outcomes Study Short-Form 36 (SF-36),18 and numeric rating scales for back and leg pain (0-100 scale).19 The Physical Composite Summary (PCS) and Mental Composite Summary of the SF-36 were reviewed separately. We recorded the following patient demographic data: age, gender, American Society of Anesthesiologists (ASA) grade, body mass index, indication for surgery, workers’ compensation, and smoking status. Surgical data included number of levels fused, operative time, estimated blood loss, and length of hospital stay.
Propensity-scoring technique20,21 was used to match the MIS TLIF patients to a control group of patients who underwent TLIF using an open approach (open TLIF), matching for multiple characteristics to produce 2 similar comparison groups. Propensity matching was performed to control for bias. In controlling for known confounders or biases, propensity matching, in theory, should also control for unknown confounders. Gender, age, body mass index, smoking status, indication for fusion, as well as preoperative ODI, SF-36 PCS, SF-36 Mental Composite Summary, and pain scores were used to generate a control open TLIF group.
MIS TLIF Surgical Technique
Patients in the MIS TLIF group underwent neural decompression and interbody fusion through a tubular retractor system (METRx, Medtronic Inc.), followed by percutaneous pedicle-screw fixation under fluoroscopic guidance (Sextant, Medtronic Inc.). After successful induction of general endotracheal anesthesia, patients were positioned prone on a radiolucent table. Posteroanterior (PA) and lateral fluoroscopic images were used to localize 2 paramedian incisions, approximately 3-cm to 5-cm lateral to midline, over the pedicles of interest. Modified Jamshidi needles (Medtronic Inc.) were used to cannulate the pedicles under PA, posterior-oblique, PA, and lateral fluoroscopic guidance. The pedicles were tapped with a cannulated tap. Pedicle screws and rods were introduced on the side contralateral to the TLIF and were used as needed to maintain intradiscal distraction during the TLIF portion of the procedure.
Decompression and TLIF were carried out on the side of the patient’s radicular pain or bilaterally, according to the surgeon’s discretion. A K-wire was advanced to the facet joint complex, after which sequential dilators were used to dilate through the muscles to establish an intramuscular corridor to the facet. A 26-mm fixed tubular retractor was docked over the facet and locked in place, using a post attached to the operating room table. Neural decompression was obtained by removal of the entire facet-joint complex and lamina to the base of the spinous process, using a combination of high-speed drills and Kerrison rongeurs. The ligamentum flavum was completely resected. The superior articular process of the caudal vertebra was removed all the way to the pedicle below. Ball-tipped probes were used to confirm that traversing and exiting nerve roots were completely free. An annulotomy was performed, and all disc material was removed from the disc through a combination of rotating shavers, serrated curettes, endplate scrapers, and rasps. Bone graft was placed anterior and contralateral to the interbody cage. (Bone grafts included autogenous iliac crest, local bone obtained from the decompression, recombinant human bone morphogenetic protein 2, or allograft demineralized bone matrix at the surgeon’s discretion.) After placement of the interbody cage, the ipsilateral pedicle-screw instrumentation was put over the remaining guide wires and compression applied across the construct to lock the interbody cage and restore lordosis. Wounds were closed without drains.
Open TLIF Surgical Technique
In patients undergoing open TLIF, a midline incision was made over the vertebrae of interest, and paraspinal muscles were subperiosteally dissected to the tips of the transverse processes. The appropriate level was confirmed with intraoperative radiograph. Pedicle screws were placed free-hand using anatomic landmarks, and appropriate placement was confirmed with intraoperative radiograph and evoked electromyography stimulation. Laminectomy and facetectomy were performed, and the disc was entered on the side of the facetectomy. After thorough disc-space preparation, bone graft and an interbody cage were placed, rods inserted, and compression carried out. A supplemental posterolateral fusion was also performed after decortication of the transverse processes and cartilaginous surface of the contralateral facet. Layered wound closure was performed over drains.
Analysis
Statistical analysis was carried out using SPSS Statistics version 17.0 (IBM) with significance set at the P < .01 level. A small, conservative P-value threshold was used to minimize type II error that resulted from the multiple comparisons performed. Student t test was used to determine any significant differences between continuous demographic variables, and to compare preoperative and postoperative outcome measure scores within and between study groups. Fisher’s exact test was used to compare categorical variables between the 2 groups.
Results
The MIS TLIF group consisted of 64 patients (average age, 52 years), and included 22 patients with degenerative spondylolisthesis, 33 with disc pathology, 8 with postdecompression, and 1 non-union patient. The open TLIF group consisted of 64 patients (average age, 54 years), and included 39 degenerative spondylolisthesis, 15 disc pathology, 7 postdecompression, and 3 nonunion patients (Table 1). All 64 open and 19 MIS cases were from a spine practice with 6 surgeons, and 45 MIS cases came from a spine practice with 2 surgeons. There was also an unequal distribution of the specific levels fused between the open and MIS groups.
Although the operative time was similar in both groups, the MIS TLIF group had a statistically significantly lower blood loss compared with the open TLIF group (Table 2). Both MIS TLIF and open TLIF lead to significant improvements in pain, ODI, and SF-36 PCS (P < .01) (Table 3). At 1 year, both groups had similar improvements in pain (36.9 vs 30.8, P = .178) and SF-36 PCS (9.9 vs 7.5, P = .231), but the MIS TLIF group had a statistically significantly greater improvement in ODI compared with the open TLIF group (30.4 vs 15.1, P < .000). At 2 years, both groups had similar improvements in SF-36 PCS (12.1 vs 7.5, P = .033), but the MIS TLIF group had a statistically significantly greater improvement in pain (40.2 vs 27.0, P = .005) and ODI (33.1 vs 15.4, P < .000) compared with the open TLIF group (Table 4).
Discussion
The current study compared intermediate-term clinical outcomes of MIS TLIF to open TLIF. We used propensity matching to identify a control group of open TLIFs that were comparable to the MIS TLIF group across a variety of covariates that are known to influence the results of lumbar fusion. This created comparison groups that were as closely matched at baseline as possible. We found that, at 2-year follow-up, MIS TLIF patients had less pain and less low-back pain–related disability as measured by ODI. There was also a trend toward better generic health-related quality of life in the MIS TLIF group.
These data suggest that the decreased soft-tissue trauma of the minimally invasive surgical technique, which leads to improved perioperative parameters in the short term, may also lead to some advantages that translate to improved intermediate-term clinical outcomes. Traditional lumbar fusion procedures have shown excellent clinical results when used for accepted clinical indications.22 However, the procedure requires extensive dissection of the paraspinal muscles, which causes significant muscle damage as evidenced by muscle breakdown products that can be detected in the bloodstream postoperatively.23,24 The lateral dissection also transects the dorsal ramus of the segmental nerves, which innervate the paraspinal muscles, leading to significant scarring and atrophy on postoperative imaging studies.23 Some authors have used the term “fusion disease” to describe the constellation of soft-tissue degradation seen after open lumbar fusion.5
An MIS version of the TLIF procedure that was described in 20033 avoids much of this iatrogenic soft-tissue trauma. It involves intramuscular dilation to approach the spine and to carry out neural decompression and interbody fusion, in conjunction with percutaneous pedicle-screw instrumentation. Proponents of this technique point to diminished iatrogenic soft-tissue and muscle damage as an advantage. Multiple studies have, in fact, confirmed improved short-term perioperative parameters, such as less blood loss, lower narcotic requirements, and decreased length-of-hospital stay.25 Economic analyses have also shown lower direct and indirect costs with the MIS technique.26
Several studies have compared patient-reported outcome measures of MIS and open TLIF, and the results have been mixed. Most of these studies have shown similar improvement in clinical outcomes between the 2 procedures, but the MIS technique demonstrated short-term perioperative advantages, such as lower blood loss, less narcotic requirements, and shorter length of stay.7-15 The authors of these studies conclude that the MIS technique can provide similar long-term results with lower short-term morbidity when compared with open TLIF. In contrast, some studies have shown better short- and intermediate-term clinical outcomes with the MIS technique.23,27-29 As a whole, the literature comparing the 2 procedures consists of mostly small retrospective studies with nonrandomized patient samples, heterogeneous surgical indications, and differing surgical techniques, making it difficult to draw conclusions.
The current study suggests that MIS TLIF may lead to improved clinical results at 2-year follow-up, compared with open TLIF. Our study used propensity-score matching to minimize the effects of nonrandom assignment of subjects to MIS TLIF or open TLIF. A limitation of observational studies is that bias in assignment of subjects to treatment groups can lead to overestimation or underestimation of the effect of the treatment itself. Propensity-score matching attempts to reduce this bias by accounting for several covariates that predict whether a subject will receive a certain treatment. These covariates are used in a logistic regression to produce a propensity score, which can be used to match subjects to controls across multiple dimensions, thus ensuring groups are as comparable as possible at baseline.
Our study still has several limitations. Sample size is relatively small, and follow-up is still only intermediate, at 2 years. There was unequal distribution of specific levels of surgery. Because patients were not blinded to the treatment they received, it is possible that patient perception of receiving a newer, less-invasive treatment method may influence their subjective improvement. The study sample was drawn from 2 different centers, with one center providing mostly MIS cases and the other providing mostly open cases. Because of this, undetected differences in how patients were selected for surgery could also affect outcomes. Any latent confounding variables, which are not identified a priori, will not be accounted for in the matching process. Only a prospective, randomized study with large numbers can control for observed and unobserved confounding patient characteristics.
In summary, our study shows that MIS TLIF is associated with improved low back pain and low back–related disability at 2 years compared with open TLIF. Other studies comparing the 2 techniques have come to different conclusions regarding whether the short-term benefits of MIS TLIF translate into long-term differences in clinical outcome. This study adds to this evidence and suggests there may be longer term advantages to the MIS approach, but prospective randomized trials are needed to confirm this finding and determine the true magnitude of these differences.
1. Harms J, Rolinger H. A one-stager procedure in operative treatment of spondylolisthesis: dorsal traction-reposition and anterior fusion (author’s transl). Z Orthop Ihre Grenzgeb. 1982;120(3):343-347.
2. Jagannathan J, Sansur CA, Oskouian RJ Jr, Fu KM, Shaffrey CI. Radiographic restoration of lumbar alignment after transforaminal lumbar interbody fusion. Neurosurgery. 2009;64(5):955-963.
3. Foley KT, Holly LT, Schwender JD. Minimally invasive lumbar fusion. Spine. 2003;28(15 suppl):S26-S35.
4. Rouben D, Casnellie M, Ferguson M. Long-term durability of minimally invasive posterior transforaminal lumbar interbody fusion: a clinical and radiographic follow-up. J Spinal Disord Tech. 2011;24(5):288-296.
5. Schwender JD, Holly LT, Rouben DP, Foley KT. Minimally invasive transforaminal lumbar interbody fusion (TLIF): technical feasibility and initial results. J Spinal Disord Tech. 2005;18(suppl):S1-S6.
6. Goldstein CL, Macwan K, Sundararajan K, Rampersaud YR. Comparative outcomes of minimally invasive surgery for posterior lumbar fusion: a systematic review. Clin Orthop Relat Res. 2014;472(6):1727-1737.
7. Adogwa O, Parker SL, Bydon A, Cheng J, McGirt MJ. Comparative effectiveness of minimally invasive versus open transforaminal lumbar interbody fusion: 2-year assessment of narcotic use, return to work, disability, and quality of life. J Spinal Disord Tech. 2011;24(8):479-484.
8. Ghahreman A, Ferch RD, Rao PJ, Bogduk N. Minimal access versus open posterior lumbar interbody fusion in the treatment of spondylolisthesis. Neurosurgery. 2010;66(2):296-304.
9. Park Y, Ha JW. Comparison of one-level posterior lumbar interbody fusion performed with a minimally invasive approach or a traditional open approach. Spine. 2007;32(5):537-543.
10. Saetia K, Phankhongsab A, Kuansongtham V, Paiboonsirijit S. Comparison between minimally invasive and open transforaminal lumbar interbody fusion. J Med Assoc Thai. 2013;96(1):41-46.
11. Schizas C, Tzinieris N, Tsiridis E, Kosmopoulos V. Minimally invasive versus open transforaminal lumbar interbody fusion: evaluating initial experience. Int Ortop. 2009;33(6):1683-1688.
12. Wang J, Zhou Y, Zhang ZF, Li CQ, Zheng WJ, Liu J. Comparison of one-level minimally invasive and open transforaminal lumbar interbody fusion in degenerative and isthmic spondylolisthesis grades 1 and 2. Eur Spine J. 2010;19(1):1780-1784.
13. Lee KH, Yue WM, Yeo W, Soeharno H, Tan SB. Clinical and radiological outcomes of open versus minimally invasive transforaminal lumbar interbody fusion. Eur Spine J. 2012;21(11):2265-2270.
14. Peng CW, Yue WM, Poh SY, Yeo W, Tan SB. Clinical and radiological outcomes of minimally invasive versus open transforaminal lumbar interbody fusion. Spine. 2009;34(13):1385-1389.
15. Seng C, Siddiqui MA, Wong KP, et al. Five-year outcomes of minimally invasive versus open transforaminal lumbar interbody fusion: a matched-pair comparison study. Spine. 2013;38(23):2049-2055.
16. Fairbank JC, Pynsent PB. The Oswestry Disability Index. Spine. 2000;25(22):2940-2953.
17. Fairbank JC, Couper J, Davies JB, O’Brien JP. The Oswestry low back pain disability questionnaire. Physiotherapy. 1980;66(8):271-273.
18. Ware JE, Kosinski M, Keller SK. SF-36 Physical and Mental Health Summary Scales: A User’s Manual. Boston, MA: The Health Institute, 1994.
19. McCaffery M, Beebe A. Pain: Clinical Manual for Nursing Practice. Baltimore, MD: V.V. Mosby Company, 1993.
20. D’Agostino RB Jr. Propensity score methods for bias reduction in the comparison of a treatment to a non-randomized control group. Stat Med. 1998;17(19):2265-2281.
21. Rosenbaum PR. Model-based direct adjustment. J Am Stat Assn. 1987;82:387-394.
22. Glassman SD, Carreon LY, Djurasovic M, et al. Lumbar fusion outcomes stratified by specific diagnostic indication. Spine J. 2009;9(1):13-21.
23. Fan S, Hu Z, Zhao F, Zhao X, Huang Y, Fang X. Multifidus muscle changes and clinical effects of one-level posterior lumbar interbody fusion: minimally invasive procedure versus conventional open approach. Eur Spine J. 2010;19(2):316-324.
24. Kawaguchi Y, Matsui H, Tsuji H. Back muscle injury after posterior lumbar spine surgery. A histologic and enzymatic analysis. Spine. 1996;21(8):941-944.
25. Sun ZJ, Li WJ, Zhao Y, Qui GX. Comparing minimally invasive and open transforaminal lumbar interbody fusion for treatment of degenerative lumbar disease: a meta-analysis. Chin Med J. 2013;126(2):3962-3971.
26. Parker SL, Mendenhall SK, Shau DN, et al. Minimally invasive versus open transforaminal lumbar interbody fusion for degenerative spondylolisthesis: comparative effectiveness and cost-utility analysis. World Neurosurg. 2014;82(1-2):230-238.
27. Kotani Y, Abumi K, Ito M, Sudo H, Abe Y, Minami A. Mid-term clinical results of minimally invasive decompression and posterolateral fusion with percutaneous pedicle screws versus conventional approach for degenerative spondylolisthesis with spinal stenosis. Eur Spine J. 2012;21(6):1171-1177.
28. Pelton MA, Phillips FM, Singh K. A comparison of perioperative costs and outcomes in patients with and without worker’s compensation claims treated with MIS or open TLIF. Spine. 2012;37(22):1914-1919.
29. Wong AP, Smith ZA, Stadler JA 3rd, et al. Minimally invasive transforaminal lumbar interbody fusion (MI-TLIF). Surgical technique, long-term 4 year prospective outcomes and complications compared with an open TLIF cohort. Neurosurg Clin N Am. 2014;25(2):279-304.
Transforaminal lumbar interbody fusion (TLIF) has become an increasingly popular method of lumbar fusion, since its introduction by Harms and Rolinger in 1982.1 The procedure allows for a circumferential fusion through a posterior-only approach, with improved sagittal alignment2 and minimal risk for iatrogenic nerve injury. In the past decade, a minimally invasive surgical method of TLIF (MIS TLIF) has been introduced3-5 and involves neural decompression and interbody fusion through a tubular retractor, and percutaneous placement of pedicle-screw instrumentation. This technique uses muscle dilation rather than large-scale detachment of muscle. Proponents of the MIS technique have postulated that decreased muscle damage would lead to better short-term, and possibly long-term, clinical outcomes, because of less iatrogenic soft-tissue damage.
Studies that have compared results of MIS TLIF with open TLIF have shown improved perioperative outcomes, but most have shown similar intermediate-term clinical outcomes.6 In the short term, multiple studies demonstrate that MIS TLIF is associated with decreased blood loss, less postoperative pain and narcotic requirements, and shorter hospital length of stay.7-13 However, changes in pain score and disease-specific and generic health-related quality of life measures have been similar for the 2 procedures, beyond 6 months postoperatively.10,13-15 These studies have generally involved retrospective reviews of unmatched patient groups, with small sample sizes and significant heterogeneity in surgical indications and case complexity. In our study, we compared intermediate-term clinical outcomes of MIS TLIF with open TLIF, using propensity matching to optimize baseline similarity of the groups.
Methods
This retrospective study was conducted after receiving approval from the Institutional Review Board. Surgical and clinical databases of 2 centers from 2008 to 2012 were reviewed for eligible subjects. Cases in 2007 were excluded because this was the year that MIS was introduced as a new technique in the practice. Inclusion criteria consisted of patients who underwent 1- to 2-level MIS TLIF and had complete baseline, 1- and 2-year postoperative outcome measures. Patients who had surgery for trauma, tumor, or osteomyelitis were excluded. Outcome measures collected and reviewed in this study included the Oswestry Disability Index (ODI),16,17 the Medical Outcomes Study Short-Form 36 (SF-36),18 and numeric rating scales for back and leg pain (0-100 scale).19 The Physical Composite Summary (PCS) and Mental Composite Summary of the SF-36 were reviewed separately. We recorded the following patient demographic data: age, gender, American Society of Anesthesiologists (ASA) grade, body mass index, indication for surgery, workers’ compensation, and smoking status. Surgical data included number of levels fused, operative time, estimated blood loss, and length of hospital stay.
Propensity-scoring technique20,21 was used to match the MIS TLIF patients to a control group of patients who underwent TLIF using an open approach (open TLIF), matching for multiple characteristics to produce 2 similar comparison groups. Propensity matching was performed to control for bias. In controlling for known confounders or biases, propensity matching, in theory, should also control for unknown confounders. Gender, age, body mass index, smoking status, indication for fusion, as well as preoperative ODI, SF-36 PCS, SF-36 Mental Composite Summary, and pain scores were used to generate a control open TLIF group.
MIS TLIF Surgical Technique
Patients in the MIS TLIF group underwent neural decompression and interbody fusion through a tubular retractor system (METRx, Medtronic Inc.), followed by percutaneous pedicle-screw fixation under fluoroscopic guidance (Sextant, Medtronic Inc.). After successful induction of general endotracheal anesthesia, patients were positioned prone on a radiolucent table. Posteroanterior (PA) and lateral fluoroscopic images were used to localize 2 paramedian incisions, approximately 3-cm to 5-cm lateral to midline, over the pedicles of interest. Modified Jamshidi needles (Medtronic Inc.) were used to cannulate the pedicles under PA, posterior-oblique, PA, and lateral fluoroscopic guidance. The pedicles were tapped with a cannulated tap. Pedicle screws and rods were introduced on the side contralateral to the TLIF and were used as needed to maintain intradiscal distraction during the TLIF portion of the procedure.
Decompression and TLIF were carried out on the side of the patient’s radicular pain or bilaterally, according to the surgeon’s discretion. A K-wire was advanced to the facet joint complex, after which sequential dilators were used to dilate through the muscles to establish an intramuscular corridor to the facet. A 26-mm fixed tubular retractor was docked over the facet and locked in place, using a post attached to the operating room table. Neural decompression was obtained by removal of the entire facet-joint complex and lamina to the base of the spinous process, using a combination of high-speed drills and Kerrison rongeurs. The ligamentum flavum was completely resected. The superior articular process of the caudal vertebra was removed all the way to the pedicle below. Ball-tipped probes were used to confirm that traversing and exiting nerve roots were completely free. An annulotomy was performed, and all disc material was removed from the disc through a combination of rotating shavers, serrated curettes, endplate scrapers, and rasps. Bone graft was placed anterior and contralateral to the interbody cage. (Bone grafts included autogenous iliac crest, local bone obtained from the decompression, recombinant human bone morphogenetic protein 2, or allograft demineralized bone matrix at the surgeon’s discretion.) After placement of the interbody cage, the ipsilateral pedicle-screw instrumentation was put over the remaining guide wires and compression applied across the construct to lock the interbody cage and restore lordosis. Wounds were closed without drains.
Open TLIF Surgical Technique
In patients undergoing open TLIF, a midline incision was made over the vertebrae of interest, and paraspinal muscles were subperiosteally dissected to the tips of the transverse processes. The appropriate level was confirmed with intraoperative radiograph. Pedicle screws were placed free-hand using anatomic landmarks, and appropriate placement was confirmed with intraoperative radiograph and evoked electromyography stimulation. Laminectomy and facetectomy were performed, and the disc was entered on the side of the facetectomy. After thorough disc-space preparation, bone graft and an interbody cage were placed, rods inserted, and compression carried out. A supplemental posterolateral fusion was also performed after decortication of the transverse processes and cartilaginous surface of the contralateral facet. Layered wound closure was performed over drains.
Analysis
Statistical analysis was carried out using SPSS Statistics version 17.0 (IBM) with significance set at the P < .01 level. A small, conservative P-value threshold was used to minimize type II error that resulted from the multiple comparisons performed. Student t test was used to determine any significant differences between continuous demographic variables, and to compare preoperative and postoperative outcome measure scores within and between study groups. Fisher’s exact test was used to compare categorical variables between the 2 groups.
Results
The MIS TLIF group consisted of 64 patients (average age, 52 years), and included 22 patients with degenerative spondylolisthesis, 33 with disc pathology, 8 with postdecompression, and 1 non-union patient. The open TLIF group consisted of 64 patients (average age, 54 years), and included 39 degenerative spondylolisthesis, 15 disc pathology, 7 postdecompression, and 3 nonunion patients (Table 1). All 64 open and 19 MIS cases were from a spine practice with 6 surgeons, and 45 MIS cases came from a spine practice with 2 surgeons. There was also an unequal distribution of the specific levels fused between the open and MIS groups.
Although the operative time was similar in both groups, the MIS TLIF group had a statistically significantly lower blood loss compared with the open TLIF group (Table 2). Both MIS TLIF and open TLIF lead to significant improvements in pain, ODI, and SF-36 PCS (P < .01) (Table 3). At 1 year, both groups had similar improvements in pain (36.9 vs 30.8, P = .178) and SF-36 PCS (9.9 vs 7.5, P = .231), but the MIS TLIF group had a statistically significantly greater improvement in ODI compared with the open TLIF group (30.4 vs 15.1, P < .000). At 2 years, both groups had similar improvements in SF-36 PCS (12.1 vs 7.5, P = .033), but the MIS TLIF group had a statistically significantly greater improvement in pain (40.2 vs 27.0, P = .005) and ODI (33.1 vs 15.4, P < .000) compared with the open TLIF group (Table 4).
Discussion
The current study compared intermediate-term clinical outcomes of MIS TLIF to open TLIF. We used propensity matching to identify a control group of open TLIFs that were comparable to the MIS TLIF group across a variety of covariates that are known to influence the results of lumbar fusion. This created comparison groups that were as closely matched at baseline as possible. We found that, at 2-year follow-up, MIS TLIF patients had less pain and less low-back pain–related disability as measured by ODI. There was also a trend toward better generic health-related quality of life in the MIS TLIF group.
These data suggest that the decreased soft-tissue trauma of the minimally invasive surgical technique, which leads to improved perioperative parameters in the short term, may also lead to some advantages that translate to improved intermediate-term clinical outcomes. Traditional lumbar fusion procedures have shown excellent clinical results when used for accepted clinical indications.22 However, the procedure requires extensive dissection of the paraspinal muscles, which causes significant muscle damage as evidenced by muscle breakdown products that can be detected in the bloodstream postoperatively.23,24 The lateral dissection also transects the dorsal ramus of the segmental nerves, which innervate the paraspinal muscles, leading to significant scarring and atrophy on postoperative imaging studies.23 Some authors have used the term “fusion disease” to describe the constellation of soft-tissue degradation seen after open lumbar fusion.5
An MIS version of the TLIF procedure that was described in 20033 avoids much of this iatrogenic soft-tissue trauma. It involves intramuscular dilation to approach the spine and to carry out neural decompression and interbody fusion, in conjunction with percutaneous pedicle-screw instrumentation. Proponents of this technique point to diminished iatrogenic soft-tissue and muscle damage as an advantage. Multiple studies have, in fact, confirmed improved short-term perioperative parameters, such as less blood loss, lower narcotic requirements, and decreased length-of-hospital stay.25 Economic analyses have also shown lower direct and indirect costs with the MIS technique.26
Several studies have compared patient-reported outcome measures of MIS and open TLIF, and the results have been mixed. Most of these studies have shown similar improvement in clinical outcomes between the 2 procedures, but the MIS technique demonstrated short-term perioperative advantages, such as lower blood loss, less narcotic requirements, and shorter length of stay.7-15 The authors of these studies conclude that the MIS technique can provide similar long-term results with lower short-term morbidity when compared with open TLIF. In contrast, some studies have shown better short- and intermediate-term clinical outcomes with the MIS technique.23,27-29 As a whole, the literature comparing the 2 procedures consists of mostly small retrospective studies with nonrandomized patient samples, heterogeneous surgical indications, and differing surgical techniques, making it difficult to draw conclusions.
The current study suggests that MIS TLIF may lead to improved clinical results at 2-year follow-up, compared with open TLIF. Our study used propensity-score matching to minimize the effects of nonrandom assignment of subjects to MIS TLIF or open TLIF. A limitation of observational studies is that bias in assignment of subjects to treatment groups can lead to overestimation or underestimation of the effect of the treatment itself. Propensity-score matching attempts to reduce this bias by accounting for several covariates that predict whether a subject will receive a certain treatment. These covariates are used in a logistic regression to produce a propensity score, which can be used to match subjects to controls across multiple dimensions, thus ensuring groups are as comparable as possible at baseline.
Our study still has several limitations. Sample size is relatively small, and follow-up is still only intermediate, at 2 years. There was unequal distribution of specific levels of surgery. Because patients were not blinded to the treatment they received, it is possible that patient perception of receiving a newer, less-invasive treatment method may influence their subjective improvement. The study sample was drawn from 2 different centers, with one center providing mostly MIS cases and the other providing mostly open cases. Because of this, undetected differences in how patients were selected for surgery could also affect outcomes. Any latent confounding variables, which are not identified a priori, will not be accounted for in the matching process. Only a prospective, randomized study with large numbers can control for observed and unobserved confounding patient characteristics.
In summary, our study shows that MIS TLIF is associated with improved low back pain and low back–related disability at 2 years compared with open TLIF. Other studies comparing the 2 techniques have come to different conclusions regarding whether the short-term benefits of MIS TLIF translate into long-term differences in clinical outcome. This study adds to this evidence and suggests there may be longer term advantages to the MIS approach, but prospective randomized trials are needed to confirm this finding and determine the true magnitude of these differences.
Transforaminal lumbar interbody fusion (TLIF) has become an increasingly popular method of lumbar fusion, since its introduction by Harms and Rolinger in 1982.1 The procedure allows for a circumferential fusion through a posterior-only approach, with improved sagittal alignment2 and minimal risk for iatrogenic nerve injury. In the past decade, a minimally invasive surgical method of TLIF (MIS TLIF) has been introduced3-5 and involves neural decompression and interbody fusion through a tubular retractor, and percutaneous placement of pedicle-screw instrumentation. This technique uses muscle dilation rather than large-scale detachment of muscle. Proponents of the MIS technique have postulated that decreased muscle damage would lead to better short-term, and possibly long-term, clinical outcomes, because of less iatrogenic soft-tissue damage.
Studies that have compared results of MIS TLIF with open TLIF have shown improved perioperative outcomes, but most have shown similar intermediate-term clinical outcomes.6 In the short term, multiple studies demonstrate that MIS TLIF is associated with decreased blood loss, less postoperative pain and narcotic requirements, and shorter hospital length of stay.7-13 However, changes in pain score and disease-specific and generic health-related quality of life measures have been similar for the 2 procedures, beyond 6 months postoperatively.10,13-15 These studies have generally involved retrospective reviews of unmatched patient groups, with small sample sizes and significant heterogeneity in surgical indications and case complexity. In our study, we compared intermediate-term clinical outcomes of MIS TLIF with open TLIF, using propensity matching to optimize baseline similarity of the groups.
Methods
This retrospective study was conducted after receiving approval from the Institutional Review Board. Surgical and clinical databases of 2 centers from 2008 to 2012 were reviewed for eligible subjects. Cases in 2007 were excluded because this was the year that MIS was introduced as a new technique in the practice. Inclusion criteria consisted of patients who underwent 1- to 2-level MIS TLIF and had complete baseline, 1- and 2-year postoperative outcome measures. Patients who had surgery for trauma, tumor, or osteomyelitis were excluded. Outcome measures collected and reviewed in this study included the Oswestry Disability Index (ODI),16,17 the Medical Outcomes Study Short-Form 36 (SF-36),18 and numeric rating scales for back and leg pain (0-100 scale).19 The Physical Composite Summary (PCS) and Mental Composite Summary of the SF-36 were reviewed separately. We recorded the following patient demographic data: age, gender, American Society of Anesthesiologists (ASA) grade, body mass index, indication for surgery, workers’ compensation, and smoking status. Surgical data included number of levels fused, operative time, estimated blood loss, and length of hospital stay.
Propensity-scoring technique20,21 was used to match the MIS TLIF patients to a control group of patients who underwent TLIF using an open approach (open TLIF), matching for multiple characteristics to produce 2 similar comparison groups. Propensity matching was performed to control for bias. In controlling for known confounders or biases, propensity matching, in theory, should also control for unknown confounders. Gender, age, body mass index, smoking status, indication for fusion, as well as preoperative ODI, SF-36 PCS, SF-36 Mental Composite Summary, and pain scores were used to generate a control open TLIF group.
MIS TLIF Surgical Technique
Patients in the MIS TLIF group underwent neural decompression and interbody fusion through a tubular retractor system (METRx, Medtronic Inc.), followed by percutaneous pedicle-screw fixation under fluoroscopic guidance (Sextant, Medtronic Inc.). After successful induction of general endotracheal anesthesia, patients were positioned prone on a radiolucent table. Posteroanterior (PA) and lateral fluoroscopic images were used to localize 2 paramedian incisions, approximately 3-cm to 5-cm lateral to midline, over the pedicles of interest. Modified Jamshidi needles (Medtronic Inc.) were used to cannulate the pedicles under PA, posterior-oblique, PA, and lateral fluoroscopic guidance. The pedicles were tapped with a cannulated tap. Pedicle screws and rods were introduced on the side contralateral to the TLIF and were used as needed to maintain intradiscal distraction during the TLIF portion of the procedure.
Decompression and TLIF were carried out on the side of the patient’s radicular pain or bilaterally, according to the surgeon’s discretion. A K-wire was advanced to the facet joint complex, after which sequential dilators were used to dilate through the muscles to establish an intramuscular corridor to the facet. A 26-mm fixed tubular retractor was docked over the facet and locked in place, using a post attached to the operating room table. Neural decompression was obtained by removal of the entire facet-joint complex and lamina to the base of the spinous process, using a combination of high-speed drills and Kerrison rongeurs. The ligamentum flavum was completely resected. The superior articular process of the caudal vertebra was removed all the way to the pedicle below. Ball-tipped probes were used to confirm that traversing and exiting nerve roots were completely free. An annulotomy was performed, and all disc material was removed from the disc through a combination of rotating shavers, serrated curettes, endplate scrapers, and rasps. Bone graft was placed anterior and contralateral to the interbody cage. (Bone grafts included autogenous iliac crest, local bone obtained from the decompression, recombinant human bone morphogenetic protein 2, or allograft demineralized bone matrix at the surgeon’s discretion.) After placement of the interbody cage, the ipsilateral pedicle-screw instrumentation was put over the remaining guide wires and compression applied across the construct to lock the interbody cage and restore lordosis. Wounds were closed without drains.
Open TLIF Surgical Technique
In patients undergoing open TLIF, a midline incision was made over the vertebrae of interest, and paraspinal muscles were subperiosteally dissected to the tips of the transverse processes. The appropriate level was confirmed with intraoperative radiograph. Pedicle screws were placed free-hand using anatomic landmarks, and appropriate placement was confirmed with intraoperative radiograph and evoked electromyography stimulation. Laminectomy and facetectomy were performed, and the disc was entered on the side of the facetectomy. After thorough disc-space preparation, bone graft and an interbody cage were placed, rods inserted, and compression carried out. A supplemental posterolateral fusion was also performed after decortication of the transverse processes and cartilaginous surface of the contralateral facet. Layered wound closure was performed over drains.
Analysis
Statistical analysis was carried out using SPSS Statistics version 17.0 (IBM) with significance set at the P < .01 level. A small, conservative P-value threshold was used to minimize type II error that resulted from the multiple comparisons performed. Student t test was used to determine any significant differences between continuous demographic variables, and to compare preoperative and postoperative outcome measure scores within and between study groups. Fisher’s exact test was used to compare categorical variables between the 2 groups.
Results
The MIS TLIF group consisted of 64 patients (average age, 52 years), and included 22 patients with degenerative spondylolisthesis, 33 with disc pathology, 8 with postdecompression, and 1 non-union patient. The open TLIF group consisted of 64 patients (average age, 54 years), and included 39 degenerative spondylolisthesis, 15 disc pathology, 7 postdecompression, and 3 nonunion patients (Table 1). All 64 open and 19 MIS cases were from a spine practice with 6 surgeons, and 45 MIS cases came from a spine practice with 2 surgeons. There was also an unequal distribution of the specific levels fused between the open and MIS groups.
Although the operative time was similar in both groups, the MIS TLIF group had a statistically significantly lower blood loss compared with the open TLIF group (Table 2). Both MIS TLIF and open TLIF lead to significant improvements in pain, ODI, and SF-36 PCS (P < .01) (Table 3). At 1 year, both groups had similar improvements in pain (36.9 vs 30.8, P = .178) and SF-36 PCS (9.9 vs 7.5, P = .231), but the MIS TLIF group had a statistically significantly greater improvement in ODI compared with the open TLIF group (30.4 vs 15.1, P < .000). At 2 years, both groups had similar improvements in SF-36 PCS (12.1 vs 7.5, P = .033), but the MIS TLIF group had a statistically significantly greater improvement in pain (40.2 vs 27.0, P = .005) and ODI (33.1 vs 15.4, P < .000) compared with the open TLIF group (Table 4).
Discussion
The current study compared intermediate-term clinical outcomes of MIS TLIF to open TLIF. We used propensity matching to identify a control group of open TLIFs that were comparable to the MIS TLIF group across a variety of covariates that are known to influence the results of lumbar fusion. This created comparison groups that were as closely matched at baseline as possible. We found that, at 2-year follow-up, MIS TLIF patients had less pain and less low-back pain–related disability as measured by ODI. There was also a trend toward better generic health-related quality of life in the MIS TLIF group.
These data suggest that the decreased soft-tissue trauma of the minimally invasive surgical technique, which leads to improved perioperative parameters in the short term, may also lead to some advantages that translate to improved intermediate-term clinical outcomes. Traditional lumbar fusion procedures have shown excellent clinical results when used for accepted clinical indications.22 However, the procedure requires extensive dissection of the paraspinal muscles, which causes significant muscle damage as evidenced by muscle breakdown products that can be detected in the bloodstream postoperatively.23,24 The lateral dissection also transects the dorsal ramus of the segmental nerves, which innervate the paraspinal muscles, leading to significant scarring and atrophy on postoperative imaging studies.23 Some authors have used the term “fusion disease” to describe the constellation of soft-tissue degradation seen after open lumbar fusion.5
An MIS version of the TLIF procedure that was described in 20033 avoids much of this iatrogenic soft-tissue trauma. It involves intramuscular dilation to approach the spine and to carry out neural decompression and interbody fusion, in conjunction with percutaneous pedicle-screw instrumentation. Proponents of this technique point to diminished iatrogenic soft-tissue and muscle damage as an advantage. Multiple studies have, in fact, confirmed improved short-term perioperative parameters, such as less blood loss, lower narcotic requirements, and decreased length-of-hospital stay.25 Economic analyses have also shown lower direct and indirect costs with the MIS technique.26
Several studies have compared patient-reported outcome measures of MIS and open TLIF, and the results have been mixed. Most of these studies have shown similar improvement in clinical outcomes between the 2 procedures, but the MIS technique demonstrated short-term perioperative advantages, such as lower blood loss, less narcotic requirements, and shorter length of stay.7-15 The authors of these studies conclude that the MIS technique can provide similar long-term results with lower short-term morbidity when compared with open TLIF. In contrast, some studies have shown better short- and intermediate-term clinical outcomes with the MIS technique.23,27-29 As a whole, the literature comparing the 2 procedures consists of mostly small retrospective studies with nonrandomized patient samples, heterogeneous surgical indications, and differing surgical techniques, making it difficult to draw conclusions.
The current study suggests that MIS TLIF may lead to improved clinical results at 2-year follow-up, compared with open TLIF. Our study used propensity-score matching to minimize the effects of nonrandom assignment of subjects to MIS TLIF or open TLIF. A limitation of observational studies is that bias in assignment of subjects to treatment groups can lead to overestimation or underestimation of the effect of the treatment itself. Propensity-score matching attempts to reduce this bias by accounting for several covariates that predict whether a subject will receive a certain treatment. These covariates are used in a logistic regression to produce a propensity score, which can be used to match subjects to controls across multiple dimensions, thus ensuring groups are as comparable as possible at baseline.
Our study still has several limitations. Sample size is relatively small, and follow-up is still only intermediate, at 2 years. There was unequal distribution of specific levels of surgery. Because patients were not blinded to the treatment they received, it is possible that patient perception of receiving a newer, less-invasive treatment method may influence their subjective improvement. The study sample was drawn from 2 different centers, with one center providing mostly MIS cases and the other providing mostly open cases. Because of this, undetected differences in how patients were selected for surgery could also affect outcomes. Any latent confounding variables, which are not identified a priori, will not be accounted for in the matching process. Only a prospective, randomized study with large numbers can control for observed and unobserved confounding patient characteristics.
In summary, our study shows that MIS TLIF is associated with improved low back pain and low back–related disability at 2 years compared with open TLIF. Other studies comparing the 2 techniques have come to different conclusions regarding whether the short-term benefits of MIS TLIF translate into long-term differences in clinical outcome. This study adds to this evidence and suggests there may be longer term advantages to the MIS approach, but prospective randomized trials are needed to confirm this finding and determine the true magnitude of these differences.
1. Harms J, Rolinger H. A one-stager procedure in operative treatment of spondylolisthesis: dorsal traction-reposition and anterior fusion (author’s transl). Z Orthop Ihre Grenzgeb. 1982;120(3):343-347.
2. Jagannathan J, Sansur CA, Oskouian RJ Jr, Fu KM, Shaffrey CI. Radiographic restoration of lumbar alignment after transforaminal lumbar interbody fusion. Neurosurgery. 2009;64(5):955-963.
3. Foley KT, Holly LT, Schwender JD. Minimally invasive lumbar fusion. Spine. 2003;28(15 suppl):S26-S35.
4. Rouben D, Casnellie M, Ferguson M. Long-term durability of minimally invasive posterior transforaminal lumbar interbody fusion: a clinical and radiographic follow-up. J Spinal Disord Tech. 2011;24(5):288-296.
5. Schwender JD, Holly LT, Rouben DP, Foley KT. Minimally invasive transforaminal lumbar interbody fusion (TLIF): technical feasibility and initial results. J Spinal Disord Tech. 2005;18(suppl):S1-S6.
6. Goldstein CL, Macwan K, Sundararajan K, Rampersaud YR. Comparative outcomes of minimally invasive surgery for posterior lumbar fusion: a systematic review. Clin Orthop Relat Res. 2014;472(6):1727-1737.
7. Adogwa O, Parker SL, Bydon A, Cheng J, McGirt MJ. Comparative effectiveness of minimally invasive versus open transforaminal lumbar interbody fusion: 2-year assessment of narcotic use, return to work, disability, and quality of life. J Spinal Disord Tech. 2011;24(8):479-484.
8. Ghahreman A, Ferch RD, Rao PJ, Bogduk N. Minimal access versus open posterior lumbar interbody fusion in the treatment of spondylolisthesis. Neurosurgery. 2010;66(2):296-304.
9. Park Y, Ha JW. Comparison of one-level posterior lumbar interbody fusion performed with a minimally invasive approach or a traditional open approach. Spine. 2007;32(5):537-543.
10. Saetia K, Phankhongsab A, Kuansongtham V, Paiboonsirijit S. Comparison between minimally invasive and open transforaminal lumbar interbody fusion. J Med Assoc Thai. 2013;96(1):41-46.
11. Schizas C, Tzinieris N, Tsiridis E, Kosmopoulos V. Minimally invasive versus open transforaminal lumbar interbody fusion: evaluating initial experience. Int Ortop. 2009;33(6):1683-1688.
12. Wang J, Zhou Y, Zhang ZF, Li CQ, Zheng WJ, Liu J. Comparison of one-level minimally invasive and open transforaminal lumbar interbody fusion in degenerative and isthmic spondylolisthesis grades 1 and 2. Eur Spine J. 2010;19(1):1780-1784.
13. Lee KH, Yue WM, Yeo W, Soeharno H, Tan SB. Clinical and radiological outcomes of open versus minimally invasive transforaminal lumbar interbody fusion. Eur Spine J. 2012;21(11):2265-2270.
14. Peng CW, Yue WM, Poh SY, Yeo W, Tan SB. Clinical and radiological outcomes of minimally invasive versus open transforaminal lumbar interbody fusion. Spine. 2009;34(13):1385-1389.
15. Seng C, Siddiqui MA, Wong KP, et al. Five-year outcomes of minimally invasive versus open transforaminal lumbar interbody fusion: a matched-pair comparison study. Spine. 2013;38(23):2049-2055.
16. Fairbank JC, Pynsent PB. The Oswestry Disability Index. Spine. 2000;25(22):2940-2953.
17. Fairbank JC, Couper J, Davies JB, O’Brien JP. The Oswestry low back pain disability questionnaire. Physiotherapy. 1980;66(8):271-273.
18. Ware JE, Kosinski M, Keller SK. SF-36 Physical and Mental Health Summary Scales: A User’s Manual. Boston, MA: The Health Institute, 1994.
19. McCaffery M, Beebe A. Pain: Clinical Manual for Nursing Practice. Baltimore, MD: V.V. Mosby Company, 1993.
20. D’Agostino RB Jr. Propensity score methods for bias reduction in the comparison of a treatment to a non-randomized control group. Stat Med. 1998;17(19):2265-2281.
21. Rosenbaum PR. Model-based direct adjustment. J Am Stat Assn. 1987;82:387-394.
22. Glassman SD, Carreon LY, Djurasovic M, et al. Lumbar fusion outcomes stratified by specific diagnostic indication. Spine J. 2009;9(1):13-21.
23. Fan S, Hu Z, Zhao F, Zhao X, Huang Y, Fang X. Multifidus muscle changes and clinical effects of one-level posterior lumbar interbody fusion: minimally invasive procedure versus conventional open approach. Eur Spine J. 2010;19(2):316-324.
24. Kawaguchi Y, Matsui H, Tsuji H. Back muscle injury after posterior lumbar spine surgery. A histologic and enzymatic analysis. Spine. 1996;21(8):941-944.
25. Sun ZJ, Li WJ, Zhao Y, Qui GX. Comparing minimally invasive and open transforaminal lumbar interbody fusion for treatment of degenerative lumbar disease: a meta-analysis. Chin Med J. 2013;126(2):3962-3971.
26. Parker SL, Mendenhall SK, Shau DN, et al. Minimally invasive versus open transforaminal lumbar interbody fusion for degenerative spondylolisthesis: comparative effectiveness and cost-utility analysis. World Neurosurg. 2014;82(1-2):230-238.
27. Kotani Y, Abumi K, Ito M, Sudo H, Abe Y, Minami A. Mid-term clinical results of minimally invasive decompression and posterolateral fusion with percutaneous pedicle screws versus conventional approach for degenerative spondylolisthesis with spinal stenosis. Eur Spine J. 2012;21(6):1171-1177.
28. Pelton MA, Phillips FM, Singh K. A comparison of perioperative costs and outcomes in patients with and without worker’s compensation claims treated with MIS or open TLIF. Spine. 2012;37(22):1914-1919.
29. Wong AP, Smith ZA, Stadler JA 3rd, et al. Minimally invasive transforaminal lumbar interbody fusion (MI-TLIF). Surgical technique, long-term 4 year prospective outcomes and complications compared with an open TLIF cohort. Neurosurg Clin N Am. 2014;25(2):279-304.
1. Harms J, Rolinger H. A one-stager procedure in operative treatment of spondylolisthesis: dorsal traction-reposition and anterior fusion (author’s transl). Z Orthop Ihre Grenzgeb. 1982;120(3):343-347.
2. Jagannathan J, Sansur CA, Oskouian RJ Jr, Fu KM, Shaffrey CI. Radiographic restoration of lumbar alignment after transforaminal lumbar interbody fusion. Neurosurgery. 2009;64(5):955-963.
3. Foley KT, Holly LT, Schwender JD. Minimally invasive lumbar fusion. Spine. 2003;28(15 suppl):S26-S35.
4. Rouben D, Casnellie M, Ferguson M. Long-term durability of minimally invasive posterior transforaminal lumbar interbody fusion: a clinical and radiographic follow-up. J Spinal Disord Tech. 2011;24(5):288-296.
5. Schwender JD, Holly LT, Rouben DP, Foley KT. Minimally invasive transforaminal lumbar interbody fusion (TLIF): technical feasibility and initial results. J Spinal Disord Tech. 2005;18(suppl):S1-S6.
6. Goldstein CL, Macwan K, Sundararajan K, Rampersaud YR. Comparative outcomes of minimally invasive surgery for posterior lumbar fusion: a systematic review. Clin Orthop Relat Res. 2014;472(6):1727-1737.
7. Adogwa O, Parker SL, Bydon A, Cheng J, McGirt MJ. Comparative effectiveness of minimally invasive versus open transforaminal lumbar interbody fusion: 2-year assessment of narcotic use, return to work, disability, and quality of life. J Spinal Disord Tech. 2011;24(8):479-484.
8. Ghahreman A, Ferch RD, Rao PJ, Bogduk N. Minimal access versus open posterior lumbar interbody fusion in the treatment of spondylolisthesis. Neurosurgery. 2010;66(2):296-304.
9. Park Y, Ha JW. Comparison of one-level posterior lumbar interbody fusion performed with a minimally invasive approach or a traditional open approach. Spine. 2007;32(5):537-543.
10. Saetia K, Phankhongsab A, Kuansongtham V, Paiboonsirijit S. Comparison between minimally invasive and open transforaminal lumbar interbody fusion. J Med Assoc Thai. 2013;96(1):41-46.
11. Schizas C, Tzinieris N, Tsiridis E, Kosmopoulos V. Minimally invasive versus open transforaminal lumbar interbody fusion: evaluating initial experience. Int Ortop. 2009;33(6):1683-1688.
12. Wang J, Zhou Y, Zhang ZF, Li CQ, Zheng WJ, Liu J. Comparison of one-level minimally invasive and open transforaminal lumbar interbody fusion in degenerative and isthmic spondylolisthesis grades 1 and 2. Eur Spine J. 2010;19(1):1780-1784.
13. Lee KH, Yue WM, Yeo W, Soeharno H, Tan SB. Clinical and radiological outcomes of open versus minimally invasive transforaminal lumbar interbody fusion. Eur Spine J. 2012;21(11):2265-2270.
14. Peng CW, Yue WM, Poh SY, Yeo W, Tan SB. Clinical and radiological outcomes of minimally invasive versus open transforaminal lumbar interbody fusion. Spine. 2009;34(13):1385-1389.
15. Seng C, Siddiqui MA, Wong KP, et al. Five-year outcomes of minimally invasive versus open transforaminal lumbar interbody fusion: a matched-pair comparison study. Spine. 2013;38(23):2049-2055.
16. Fairbank JC, Pynsent PB. The Oswestry Disability Index. Spine. 2000;25(22):2940-2953.
17. Fairbank JC, Couper J, Davies JB, O’Brien JP. The Oswestry low back pain disability questionnaire. Physiotherapy. 1980;66(8):271-273.
18. Ware JE, Kosinski M, Keller SK. SF-36 Physical and Mental Health Summary Scales: A User’s Manual. Boston, MA: The Health Institute, 1994.
19. McCaffery M, Beebe A. Pain: Clinical Manual for Nursing Practice. Baltimore, MD: V.V. Mosby Company, 1993.
20. D’Agostino RB Jr. Propensity score methods for bias reduction in the comparison of a treatment to a non-randomized control group. Stat Med. 1998;17(19):2265-2281.
21. Rosenbaum PR. Model-based direct adjustment. J Am Stat Assn. 1987;82:387-394.
22. Glassman SD, Carreon LY, Djurasovic M, et al. Lumbar fusion outcomes stratified by specific diagnostic indication. Spine J. 2009;9(1):13-21.
23. Fan S, Hu Z, Zhao F, Zhao X, Huang Y, Fang X. Multifidus muscle changes and clinical effects of one-level posterior lumbar interbody fusion: minimally invasive procedure versus conventional open approach. Eur Spine J. 2010;19(2):316-324.
24. Kawaguchi Y, Matsui H, Tsuji H. Back muscle injury after posterior lumbar spine surgery. A histologic and enzymatic analysis. Spine. 1996;21(8):941-944.
25. Sun ZJ, Li WJ, Zhao Y, Qui GX. Comparing minimally invasive and open transforaminal lumbar interbody fusion for treatment of degenerative lumbar disease: a meta-analysis. Chin Med J. 2013;126(2):3962-3971.
26. Parker SL, Mendenhall SK, Shau DN, et al. Minimally invasive versus open transforaminal lumbar interbody fusion for degenerative spondylolisthesis: comparative effectiveness and cost-utility analysis. World Neurosurg. 2014;82(1-2):230-238.
27. Kotani Y, Abumi K, Ito M, Sudo H, Abe Y, Minami A. Mid-term clinical results of minimally invasive decompression and posterolateral fusion with percutaneous pedicle screws versus conventional approach for degenerative spondylolisthesis with spinal stenosis. Eur Spine J. 2012;21(6):1171-1177.
28. Pelton MA, Phillips FM, Singh K. A comparison of perioperative costs and outcomes in patients with and without worker’s compensation claims treated with MIS or open TLIF. Spine. 2012;37(22):1914-1919.
29. Wong AP, Smith ZA, Stadler JA 3rd, et al. Minimally invasive transforaminal lumbar interbody fusion (MI-TLIF). Surgical technique, long-term 4 year prospective outcomes and complications compared with an open TLIF cohort. Neurosurg Clin N Am. 2014;25(2):279-304.
Operative Versus Nonoperative Treatment of Jones Fractures: A Decision Analysis Model
The optimal management strategy for acute fractures of the metadiaphyseal fifth metatarsal (Jones fractures) is controversial. Patients can be successfully treated nonoperatively with non-weight-bearing and immobilization in a short leg cast1-7 or operatively with placement of an intramedullary screw.8-10 The primary advantage of nonoperative treatment is avoiding the risks and discomfort of surgery; disadvantages include the need for prolonged immobilization and protected weight-bearing as well as a decreased union rate.8,9 Advantages of operative treatment include accelerated functional recovery and an improved union rate; disadvantages include exposure to the risks, inconvenience, and discomfort of surgery. Clear, definitive evidence for guiding treatment is not available in the orthopedic literature, and treatment strategies vary substantially according to surgeon and patient preference.
Expected-value decision analysis, a research tool that helps guide decision-making in situations of uncertainty, has been effectively applied to other areas of uncertainty in the orthopedic literature.11-14 Borrowed from gaming theory, the technique involves creating a decision tree to define the clinical problem, determining outcome probabilities and utilities, performing a fold-back analysis to determine the optimal decision-making strategy, and performing a sensitivity analysis to model the effect of varying outcome probabilities and utilities on decision-making. Decision analysis may therefore allow the clinician and the patient to optimize decision-making based on best available evidence and patient preferences. It also helps determine the most important factors affecting management strategies and the decision-making process, which may not always be intuitive.
In the present study, we used expected-value decision analysis to determine the optimal management strategy, operative or nonoperative, for acute Jones fracture. We also explored factors with the most influence on the model and identified important questions for future research.
Materials and Methods
Institutional review board approval was obtained for this study. Analysis was performed with Treeage Pro statistical software (Treeage Software).
Outcome Probabilities
Outcome probabilities were determined by reviewing the literature for articles on Jones fractures. This body of literature was summarized in a comprehensive review by Dean and colleagues15, who extracted data from 19 studies: 1 randomized controlled trial, 1 prospective case series, and 17 retrospective case series.15 We used data from these studies to determine outcome probabilities (Table).
Outcome Utilities
Utilities represent patient preferences for various disease states. Outcome utility values were obtained from 32 adults (25 women, 7 men) with no history of foot injury. Mean age was 32.4 years (range, 20-69 years). The questionnaire presented scenarios for the different outcomes and asked patients to rate these outcomes on a scale ranging from 0 (worst possible outcome) to 10 (best possible outcome). The Sports subscale of the Foot and Ankle Ability Measure (FAAM) 16 was used to quantify patient activity level.
Decision Tree and Fold-Back Analysis
A decision tree was constructed with 1 decision node, 4 chance nodes, and 7 terminal nodes (Figure 1). The decision tree demonstrates 2 different strategies for managing a Jones fracture. The decision node divides the tree into 2 branches: initial operative or nonoperative treatment. Both branches are followed by various chance nodes, each terminating in a discrete clinical outcome. Per convention, utility data were placed to the right of the terminal nodes, and probability data were placed under the terminal nodes.
Fold-back analysis was performed to identify the optimal strategy. Fold-back analysis involves multiplying each outcome utility by its associated probability, thereby providing an “expected value” for each clinical endpoint. Then, the expected values for each endpoint can be summed for a given management strategy, and the ultimate expected values of the different strategies can be compared. The management strategy associated with the highest expected value is optimal for the given outcome utilities and probabilities.
Sensitivity Analysis
One-way sensitivity analysis was performed to model the effect on decision-making of changing the values for utility for uncomplicated surgery, utility for healing with nonoperative treatment, utility for uncomplicated treatment of nonunion, likelihood of healing with nonoperative treatment, likelihood of healing with surgery, and likelihood of minor complication with surgery. These were the variables found to affect the decision-making strategy within their clinically plausible ranges.
Results
Outcome Probabilities and Utilities
Outcome probabilities and utilities are illustrated in Figure 1. By convention, probabilities appear below the corresponding branches of the decision tree, and utilities appear at the end of each branch. Mean (SD) FAAM Sports subscale score was 84.6 (27.4). This subscale is scored as a percentage from 0% to 100%, with higher scores indicating a higher level of physical function.
Decision Analysis
The expected value for nonoperative treatment was 7.74, and the expected value for intramedullary screw fixation was 7.88 (Figure 1). Therefore, operative treatment was identified as the optimal treatment strategy.
Sensitivity analyses revealed that the optimal decision making strategy was very sensitive to small changes in several variables. Nonoperative treatment becomes the preferred strategy when the utility value for uncomplicated surgery falls below 8.04 (Figure 2), when the utility for healing with nonoperative treatment rises above 8.49 (Figure 3), when the likelihood of healing with nonoperative treatment rises above 82% (Figure 4), or when the probability of healing after surgery falls below 92% (Figure 5). Nonoperative treatment is also favored when the probability of minor complication with surgery is above 17% (Figure 6) and when utility for a successfully treated nonunion is higher than 6.9 (Figure 7).
Discussion
Optimal management of a metadiaphyseal fracture of the fifth metatarsal (Jones fracture) remains controversial. The decision between initial operative or nonoperative treatment lends itself to expected-value decision analysis because of well-defined treatment options and relatively discrete outcomes. The principal advantages of nonoperative treatment are that it allows the patient to avoid the risks and discomfort of surgery, and the principal advantages of operative treatment are that it maximizes the chance of fracture union and may accelerate functional recovery.
Our decision analysis determined that operative fixation is the optimal decision path, given the outcome probabilities derived from the literature and the utilities obtained from surveys. This finding is in accordance with several expert opinions in foot and ankle fracture surgery.17,18 However, the expected values of the operative and nonoperative treatment strategies differed by only 0.3 on a 10-point scale. Such similar expected values in our model are not surprising given the controversy surrounding clinical decision making in the treatment of these fractures.19
In addition, our analysis identified the important variables in the decision-making process. Patients averse to surgery, patients not averse to successful nonoperative treatment, and patients who view successful nonunion surgery after initial nonoperative treatment as a relatively positive outcome may be best treated nonoperatively. These findings emphasize the importance of patient preferences and shared decision-making. Higher rates of healing with nonoperative treatment, lower rates of healing with surgery, and higher complication rates with surgery also favor nonoperative management. It would therefore be valuable to identify risk factors for nonunion with nonoperative treatment and to identify the technical details of surgery that maximize rates of healing and minimize the risk of complications.
The limitations of decision analysis involve the methods by which probabilities and utilities are obtained. In general, the most accurate, stable, and robust estimates of outcome probabilities are derived from a meta-analytic synthesis of randomized clinical trials, the highest level of clinical evidence. In our model, data were extracted primarily from level IV studies; only 1 level III study20 and 1 level II study21 were available for analysis. Thus, as is the case with many foot and ankle disorders22, the information on treatment of Jones fractures is very limited in its level of clinical evidence.
Determination of outcome utility also has limitations. Utility is a subjective value that an individual places on a specific outcome. This can be very difficult to quantify. In general, the most robust estimates of patient-derived utilities are derived from complex qualitative methods, such as the standard reference gamble or time trade-offs, in which patients are asked to gamble or choose between health states usually referenced to death. In this study, we determined patient-derived utility values from a direct scaling method using a Likert scale because of the complexity of the standard reference gamble and the difficulty of referencing to death for metatarsal fracture. Although use of a direct scale to determine utility values is less rigorous than the standard reference gamble, this technique has been corroborated methodologically,23 is advantageous in terms of feasibility and reliability,24 and has been successfully used in other orthopedic decision analysis models.12,25,26 In our estimation, generally active patients without a history of foot pathology constituted a sample of convenience but also were representative of individuals at risk for Jones fracture. Although specific scenarios were presented, the patients who completed the questionnaire may not have had deep insights into the subtleties and implications of the various disease states and treatments. Regardless of how outcome probabilities and utilities are determined, they are considered point estimates in decision analysis, and sensitivity analyses are therefore performed to assess how decision making changes over a range of values.
Conclusion
The results of this study may help optimize the process of deciding between operative and nonoperative treatment for Jones fracture. For a given patient, the optimal strategy depends not only on the probabilities of the various outcomes but also on personal preference. Thus, there may not be one right answer for all patients. Patients who value a higher chance of fracture healing with initial treatment or an earlier return to sports are best treated operatively, whereas patients who are risk-averse and place a high value on fracture healing without surgery should be managed nonoperatively. We therefore advocate a model of shared medical decision-making in which the physician and the patient are jointly involved, considering both outcome probabilities and patient preferences. Ongoing research efforts should focus on predictors of nonunion with nonoperative treatment.
1. Dameron TB Jr. Fractures of the proximal fifth metatarsal: selecting the best treatment option. J Am Acad Orthop Surg. 1995;3(2):110-114.
2. Fetzer GB, Wright RW. Metatarsal shaft fractures and fractures of the proximal fifth metatarsal. Clin Sports Med. 2006;25(1):139-150, x.
3. Konkel KF, Menger AG, Retzlaff SA. Nonoperative treatment of fifth metatarsal fractures in an orthopaedic suburban private multispeciality practice. Foot Ankle Int. 2005;26(9):704-707.
4. Lawrence SJ, Botte MJ. Jones’ fractures and related fractures of the proximal fifth metatarsal. Foot Ankle. 1993;14(6):358-365.
5. Nunley JA. Fractures of the base of the fifth metatarsal: the Jones fracture. Orthop Clin North Am. 2001;32(1):171-180.
6. Quill GE Jr. Fractures of the proximal fifth metatarsal. Orthop Clin North Am. 1995;26(2):353-361.
7. Torg JS, Balduini FC, Zelko RR, Pavlov H, Peff TC, Das M. Fractures of the base of the fifth metatarsal distal to the tuberosity. Classification and guidelines for non-surgical and surgical management. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 1984;66(2):209-214.
8. DeLee JC, Evans JP, Julian J. Stress fracture of the fifth metatarsal. Am J Sports Med. 1983;11(5):349-353.
9. Kavanaugh JH, Brower TD, Mann RV. The Jones fracture revisited. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 1978;60(6):776-782.
10. Porter DA, Duncan M, Meyer SJ. Fifth metatarsal Jones fracture fixation with a 4.5-mm cannulated stainless steel screw in the competitive and recreational athlete: a clinical and radiographic evaluation. Am J Sports Med. 2005;33(5):726-733.
11. Aleem IS, Jalal H, Sheikh AA, Bhandari M. Clinical decision analysis: Incorporating the evidence with patient p. Patient Prefer Adherence. 2009;3:21-24.
12. Bishop J, Ring D. Management of radial nerve palsy associated with humeral shaft fracture: a decision analysis model. J Hand Surg Am. 2009;34(6):991-996.e1.
13. Chen NC, Shauver MJ, Chung KC. A primer on use of decision analysis methodology in hand surgery. J Hand Surg Am. 2009;34(6):983-990.
14. Kocher MS, Henley MB. It is money that matters: decision analysis and cost-effectiveness analysis. Clin Orthop Relat Res. 2003(413):106-116.
15. Dean BJ, Kothari A, Uppal H, Kankate R. The jones fracture classification, management, outcome, and complications: a systematic review. Foot Ankle Spec. 2012;5(4):256-259.
16. Martin RL, Irrgang JJ, Burdett RG, Conti SF, Van Swearingen JM. Evidence of validity for the Foot and Ankle Ability Measure (FAAM). Foot Ankle Int. 2005;26(11):968-983.
17. Roche AJ, Calder JD. Treatment and return to sport following a Jones fracture of the fifth metatarsal: a systematic review. Knee Surg Sports Traumatol Arthrosc. 2013;21(6):1307-1315.
18. Zwitser EW, Breederveld RS. Fractures of the fifth metatarsal; diagnosis and treatment. Injury. 2010;41(6):555-562.
19. McBryde AM Jr. The complicated Jones fracture, including revision and malalignment. Foot Ankle Clin. 2009;14(2):151-168.
20. Porter DA, Rund AM, Dobslaw R, Duncan M. Comparison of 4.5- and 5.5-mm cannulated stainless steel screws for fifth metatarsal Jones fracture fixation. Foot Ankle Int. 2009;30(1):27-33.
21. Mologne TS, Lundeen JM, Clapper MF, O’Brien TJ. Early screw fixation versus casting in the treatment of acute Jones fractures. Am J Sports Med. 2005;33(7):970-975.
22. Hunt KJ, Hurwit D. Use of patient-reported outcome measures in foot and ankle research. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2013;95(16):e118(1-9).
23. Stiggelbout AM, Eijkemans MJ, Kiebert GM, Kievit J, Leer JW, De Haes HJ. The ‘utility’ of the visual analog scale in medical decision making and technology assessment. Is it an alternative to the time trade-off? International journal of technology assessment in health care. Spring. 1996;12(2):291-298.
24. Parkin D, Devlin N. Is there a case for using visual analogue scale valuations in cost-utility analysis? Health Econ. 2006;15(7):653-664.
25. Bishop JA, Crall TS, Kocher MS. Operative versus nonoperative treatment after primary traumatic anterior glenohumeral dislocation: expected-value decision analysis. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2011;20(7):1087-1094.
26. Kocher MS, Bishop J, Marshall R, Briggs KK, Hawkins RJ. Operative versus nonoperative management of acute Achilles tendon rupture: expected-value decision analysis. Am J Sports Med. 2002;30(6):783-790.
27. Nagao M, Saita Y, Kameda S, et al. Headless compression screw fixation of jones fractures: an outcomes study in Japanese athletes. Am J Sports Med. 2012;40(11):2578-2582.
28. Thomas JL, Davis BC. Treatment of Jones fracture nonunion with isolated intramedullary screw fixation. J Foot Ankle Surg. 2011;50(5):566-568.
29. Habbu RA, Marsh RS, Anderson JG, Bohay DR. Closed intramedullary screw fixation for nonunion of fifth metatarsal Jones fracture. Foot Ankle Int. 2011;32(6):603-608.
30. Hunt KJ, Anderson RB. Treatment of Jones fracture nonunions and refractures in the elite athlete: outcomes of intramedullary screw fixation with bone grafting. Am J Sports Med. 2011;39(9):1948-1954.
31. Chuckpaiwong B, Queen RM, Easley ME, Nunley JA. Distinguishing Jones and proximal diaphyseal fractures of the fifth metatarsal. Clin Orthop Relat Res. 2008;466(8):1966-1970.
32. DeVries JG, Cuttica DJ, Hyer CF. Cannulated screw fixation of Jones fifth metatarsal fractures: a comparison of titanium and stainless steel screw fixation. J Foot Ankle Surg. 2011;50(2):207-212.
33. Reese K, Litsky A, Kaeding C, Pedroza A, Shah N. Cannulated screw fixation of Jones fractures: a clinical and biomechanical study. Am J Sports Med. 2004;32(7):1736-1742.
34. Lombardi CM, Connolly FG, Silhanek AD. The use of external fixation for treatment of the acute Jones fracture: a retrospective review of 10 cases. J Foot Ankle Surg. 2004;43(3):173-178.
35. Portland G, Kelikian A, Kodros S. Acute surgical management of Jones’ fractures. Foot Ankle Int. 2003;24(11):829-833.
36. Clapper MF, O’Brien TJ, Lyons PM. Fractures of the fifth metatarsal. Analysis of a fracture registry. Clin Orthop Relat Res. 1995(315):238-241.
37. Josefsson PO, Karlsson M, Redlund-Johnell I, Wendeberg B. Closed treatment of Jones fracture. Good results in 40 cases after 11-26 years. Orthop Scand. 1994;65(5):545-547.
38. Mindrebo N, Shelbourne KD, Van Meter CD, Rettig AC. Outpatient percutaneous screw fixation of the acute Jones fracture. Am J Sports Med. 1993;21(5):720-723.
39. Zogby RG, Baker BE. A review of nonoperative treatment of Jones’ fracture. Am J Sports Med. 1987;15(4):304-307.
40. Dameron TB Jr. Fractures and anatomical variations of the proximal portion of the fifth metatarsal. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 1975;57(6):788-792.
41. Fernandez Fairen M, Guillen J, Busto JM, Roura J. Fractures of the fifth metatarsal in basketball players. Knee Surg Sports Traumatol Arthrosc. 1999;7(6):373-377.
The optimal management strategy for acute fractures of the metadiaphyseal fifth metatarsal (Jones fractures) is controversial. Patients can be successfully treated nonoperatively with non-weight-bearing and immobilization in a short leg cast1-7 or operatively with placement of an intramedullary screw.8-10 The primary advantage of nonoperative treatment is avoiding the risks and discomfort of surgery; disadvantages include the need for prolonged immobilization and protected weight-bearing as well as a decreased union rate.8,9 Advantages of operative treatment include accelerated functional recovery and an improved union rate; disadvantages include exposure to the risks, inconvenience, and discomfort of surgery. Clear, definitive evidence for guiding treatment is not available in the orthopedic literature, and treatment strategies vary substantially according to surgeon and patient preference.
Expected-value decision analysis, a research tool that helps guide decision-making in situations of uncertainty, has been effectively applied to other areas of uncertainty in the orthopedic literature.11-14 Borrowed from gaming theory, the technique involves creating a decision tree to define the clinical problem, determining outcome probabilities and utilities, performing a fold-back analysis to determine the optimal decision-making strategy, and performing a sensitivity analysis to model the effect of varying outcome probabilities and utilities on decision-making. Decision analysis may therefore allow the clinician and the patient to optimize decision-making based on best available evidence and patient preferences. It also helps determine the most important factors affecting management strategies and the decision-making process, which may not always be intuitive.
In the present study, we used expected-value decision analysis to determine the optimal management strategy, operative or nonoperative, for acute Jones fracture. We also explored factors with the most influence on the model and identified important questions for future research.
Materials and Methods
Institutional review board approval was obtained for this study. Analysis was performed with Treeage Pro statistical software (Treeage Software).
Outcome Probabilities
Outcome probabilities were determined by reviewing the literature for articles on Jones fractures. This body of literature was summarized in a comprehensive review by Dean and colleagues15, who extracted data from 19 studies: 1 randomized controlled trial, 1 prospective case series, and 17 retrospective case series.15 We used data from these studies to determine outcome probabilities (Table).
Outcome Utilities
Utilities represent patient preferences for various disease states. Outcome utility values were obtained from 32 adults (25 women, 7 men) with no history of foot injury. Mean age was 32.4 years (range, 20-69 years). The questionnaire presented scenarios for the different outcomes and asked patients to rate these outcomes on a scale ranging from 0 (worst possible outcome) to 10 (best possible outcome). The Sports subscale of the Foot and Ankle Ability Measure (FAAM) 16 was used to quantify patient activity level.
Decision Tree and Fold-Back Analysis
A decision tree was constructed with 1 decision node, 4 chance nodes, and 7 terminal nodes (Figure 1). The decision tree demonstrates 2 different strategies for managing a Jones fracture. The decision node divides the tree into 2 branches: initial operative or nonoperative treatment. Both branches are followed by various chance nodes, each terminating in a discrete clinical outcome. Per convention, utility data were placed to the right of the terminal nodes, and probability data were placed under the terminal nodes.
Fold-back analysis was performed to identify the optimal strategy. Fold-back analysis involves multiplying each outcome utility by its associated probability, thereby providing an “expected value” for each clinical endpoint. Then, the expected values for each endpoint can be summed for a given management strategy, and the ultimate expected values of the different strategies can be compared. The management strategy associated with the highest expected value is optimal for the given outcome utilities and probabilities.
Sensitivity Analysis
One-way sensitivity analysis was performed to model the effect on decision-making of changing the values for utility for uncomplicated surgery, utility for healing with nonoperative treatment, utility for uncomplicated treatment of nonunion, likelihood of healing with nonoperative treatment, likelihood of healing with surgery, and likelihood of minor complication with surgery. These were the variables found to affect the decision-making strategy within their clinically plausible ranges.
Results
Outcome Probabilities and Utilities
Outcome probabilities and utilities are illustrated in Figure 1. By convention, probabilities appear below the corresponding branches of the decision tree, and utilities appear at the end of each branch. Mean (SD) FAAM Sports subscale score was 84.6 (27.4). This subscale is scored as a percentage from 0% to 100%, with higher scores indicating a higher level of physical function.
Decision Analysis
The expected value for nonoperative treatment was 7.74, and the expected value for intramedullary screw fixation was 7.88 (Figure 1). Therefore, operative treatment was identified as the optimal treatment strategy.
Sensitivity analyses revealed that the optimal decision making strategy was very sensitive to small changes in several variables. Nonoperative treatment becomes the preferred strategy when the utility value for uncomplicated surgery falls below 8.04 (Figure 2), when the utility for healing with nonoperative treatment rises above 8.49 (Figure 3), when the likelihood of healing with nonoperative treatment rises above 82% (Figure 4), or when the probability of healing after surgery falls below 92% (Figure 5). Nonoperative treatment is also favored when the probability of minor complication with surgery is above 17% (Figure 6) and when utility for a successfully treated nonunion is higher than 6.9 (Figure 7).
Discussion
Optimal management of a metadiaphyseal fracture of the fifth metatarsal (Jones fracture) remains controversial. The decision between initial operative or nonoperative treatment lends itself to expected-value decision analysis because of well-defined treatment options and relatively discrete outcomes. The principal advantages of nonoperative treatment are that it allows the patient to avoid the risks and discomfort of surgery, and the principal advantages of operative treatment are that it maximizes the chance of fracture union and may accelerate functional recovery.
Our decision analysis determined that operative fixation is the optimal decision path, given the outcome probabilities derived from the literature and the utilities obtained from surveys. This finding is in accordance with several expert opinions in foot and ankle fracture surgery.17,18 However, the expected values of the operative and nonoperative treatment strategies differed by only 0.3 on a 10-point scale. Such similar expected values in our model are not surprising given the controversy surrounding clinical decision making in the treatment of these fractures.19
In addition, our analysis identified the important variables in the decision-making process. Patients averse to surgery, patients not averse to successful nonoperative treatment, and patients who view successful nonunion surgery after initial nonoperative treatment as a relatively positive outcome may be best treated nonoperatively. These findings emphasize the importance of patient preferences and shared decision-making. Higher rates of healing with nonoperative treatment, lower rates of healing with surgery, and higher complication rates with surgery also favor nonoperative management. It would therefore be valuable to identify risk factors for nonunion with nonoperative treatment and to identify the technical details of surgery that maximize rates of healing and minimize the risk of complications.
The limitations of decision analysis involve the methods by which probabilities and utilities are obtained. In general, the most accurate, stable, and robust estimates of outcome probabilities are derived from a meta-analytic synthesis of randomized clinical trials, the highest level of clinical evidence. In our model, data were extracted primarily from level IV studies; only 1 level III study20 and 1 level II study21 were available for analysis. Thus, as is the case with many foot and ankle disorders22, the information on treatment of Jones fractures is very limited in its level of clinical evidence.
Determination of outcome utility also has limitations. Utility is a subjective value that an individual places on a specific outcome. This can be very difficult to quantify. In general, the most robust estimates of patient-derived utilities are derived from complex qualitative methods, such as the standard reference gamble or time trade-offs, in which patients are asked to gamble or choose between health states usually referenced to death. In this study, we determined patient-derived utility values from a direct scaling method using a Likert scale because of the complexity of the standard reference gamble and the difficulty of referencing to death for metatarsal fracture. Although use of a direct scale to determine utility values is less rigorous than the standard reference gamble, this technique has been corroborated methodologically,23 is advantageous in terms of feasibility and reliability,24 and has been successfully used in other orthopedic decision analysis models.12,25,26 In our estimation, generally active patients without a history of foot pathology constituted a sample of convenience but also were representative of individuals at risk for Jones fracture. Although specific scenarios were presented, the patients who completed the questionnaire may not have had deep insights into the subtleties and implications of the various disease states and treatments. Regardless of how outcome probabilities and utilities are determined, they are considered point estimates in decision analysis, and sensitivity analyses are therefore performed to assess how decision making changes over a range of values.
Conclusion
The results of this study may help optimize the process of deciding between operative and nonoperative treatment for Jones fracture. For a given patient, the optimal strategy depends not only on the probabilities of the various outcomes but also on personal preference. Thus, there may not be one right answer for all patients. Patients who value a higher chance of fracture healing with initial treatment or an earlier return to sports are best treated operatively, whereas patients who are risk-averse and place a high value on fracture healing without surgery should be managed nonoperatively. We therefore advocate a model of shared medical decision-making in which the physician and the patient are jointly involved, considering both outcome probabilities and patient preferences. Ongoing research efforts should focus on predictors of nonunion with nonoperative treatment.
The optimal management strategy for acute fractures of the metadiaphyseal fifth metatarsal (Jones fractures) is controversial. Patients can be successfully treated nonoperatively with non-weight-bearing and immobilization in a short leg cast1-7 or operatively with placement of an intramedullary screw.8-10 The primary advantage of nonoperative treatment is avoiding the risks and discomfort of surgery; disadvantages include the need for prolonged immobilization and protected weight-bearing as well as a decreased union rate.8,9 Advantages of operative treatment include accelerated functional recovery and an improved union rate; disadvantages include exposure to the risks, inconvenience, and discomfort of surgery. Clear, definitive evidence for guiding treatment is not available in the orthopedic literature, and treatment strategies vary substantially according to surgeon and patient preference.
Expected-value decision analysis, a research tool that helps guide decision-making in situations of uncertainty, has been effectively applied to other areas of uncertainty in the orthopedic literature.11-14 Borrowed from gaming theory, the technique involves creating a decision tree to define the clinical problem, determining outcome probabilities and utilities, performing a fold-back analysis to determine the optimal decision-making strategy, and performing a sensitivity analysis to model the effect of varying outcome probabilities and utilities on decision-making. Decision analysis may therefore allow the clinician and the patient to optimize decision-making based on best available evidence and patient preferences. It also helps determine the most important factors affecting management strategies and the decision-making process, which may not always be intuitive.
In the present study, we used expected-value decision analysis to determine the optimal management strategy, operative or nonoperative, for acute Jones fracture. We also explored factors with the most influence on the model and identified important questions for future research.
Materials and Methods
Institutional review board approval was obtained for this study. Analysis was performed with Treeage Pro statistical software (Treeage Software).
Outcome Probabilities
Outcome probabilities were determined by reviewing the literature for articles on Jones fractures. This body of literature was summarized in a comprehensive review by Dean and colleagues15, who extracted data from 19 studies: 1 randomized controlled trial, 1 prospective case series, and 17 retrospective case series.15 We used data from these studies to determine outcome probabilities (Table).
Outcome Utilities
Utilities represent patient preferences for various disease states. Outcome utility values were obtained from 32 adults (25 women, 7 men) with no history of foot injury. Mean age was 32.4 years (range, 20-69 years). The questionnaire presented scenarios for the different outcomes and asked patients to rate these outcomes on a scale ranging from 0 (worst possible outcome) to 10 (best possible outcome). The Sports subscale of the Foot and Ankle Ability Measure (FAAM) 16 was used to quantify patient activity level.
Decision Tree and Fold-Back Analysis
A decision tree was constructed with 1 decision node, 4 chance nodes, and 7 terminal nodes (Figure 1). The decision tree demonstrates 2 different strategies for managing a Jones fracture. The decision node divides the tree into 2 branches: initial operative or nonoperative treatment. Both branches are followed by various chance nodes, each terminating in a discrete clinical outcome. Per convention, utility data were placed to the right of the terminal nodes, and probability data were placed under the terminal nodes.
Fold-back analysis was performed to identify the optimal strategy. Fold-back analysis involves multiplying each outcome utility by its associated probability, thereby providing an “expected value” for each clinical endpoint. Then, the expected values for each endpoint can be summed for a given management strategy, and the ultimate expected values of the different strategies can be compared. The management strategy associated with the highest expected value is optimal for the given outcome utilities and probabilities.
Sensitivity Analysis
One-way sensitivity analysis was performed to model the effect on decision-making of changing the values for utility for uncomplicated surgery, utility for healing with nonoperative treatment, utility for uncomplicated treatment of nonunion, likelihood of healing with nonoperative treatment, likelihood of healing with surgery, and likelihood of minor complication with surgery. These were the variables found to affect the decision-making strategy within their clinically plausible ranges.
Results
Outcome Probabilities and Utilities
Outcome probabilities and utilities are illustrated in Figure 1. By convention, probabilities appear below the corresponding branches of the decision tree, and utilities appear at the end of each branch. Mean (SD) FAAM Sports subscale score was 84.6 (27.4). This subscale is scored as a percentage from 0% to 100%, with higher scores indicating a higher level of physical function.
Decision Analysis
The expected value for nonoperative treatment was 7.74, and the expected value for intramedullary screw fixation was 7.88 (Figure 1). Therefore, operative treatment was identified as the optimal treatment strategy.
Sensitivity analyses revealed that the optimal decision making strategy was very sensitive to small changes in several variables. Nonoperative treatment becomes the preferred strategy when the utility value for uncomplicated surgery falls below 8.04 (Figure 2), when the utility for healing with nonoperative treatment rises above 8.49 (Figure 3), when the likelihood of healing with nonoperative treatment rises above 82% (Figure 4), or when the probability of healing after surgery falls below 92% (Figure 5). Nonoperative treatment is also favored when the probability of minor complication with surgery is above 17% (Figure 6) and when utility for a successfully treated nonunion is higher than 6.9 (Figure 7).
Discussion
Optimal management of a metadiaphyseal fracture of the fifth metatarsal (Jones fracture) remains controversial. The decision between initial operative or nonoperative treatment lends itself to expected-value decision analysis because of well-defined treatment options and relatively discrete outcomes. The principal advantages of nonoperative treatment are that it allows the patient to avoid the risks and discomfort of surgery, and the principal advantages of operative treatment are that it maximizes the chance of fracture union and may accelerate functional recovery.
Our decision analysis determined that operative fixation is the optimal decision path, given the outcome probabilities derived from the literature and the utilities obtained from surveys. This finding is in accordance with several expert opinions in foot and ankle fracture surgery.17,18 However, the expected values of the operative and nonoperative treatment strategies differed by only 0.3 on a 10-point scale. Such similar expected values in our model are not surprising given the controversy surrounding clinical decision making in the treatment of these fractures.19
In addition, our analysis identified the important variables in the decision-making process. Patients averse to surgery, patients not averse to successful nonoperative treatment, and patients who view successful nonunion surgery after initial nonoperative treatment as a relatively positive outcome may be best treated nonoperatively. These findings emphasize the importance of patient preferences and shared decision-making. Higher rates of healing with nonoperative treatment, lower rates of healing with surgery, and higher complication rates with surgery also favor nonoperative management. It would therefore be valuable to identify risk factors for nonunion with nonoperative treatment and to identify the technical details of surgery that maximize rates of healing and minimize the risk of complications.
The limitations of decision analysis involve the methods by which probabilities and utilities are obtained. In general, the most accurate, stable, and robust estimates of outcome probabilities are derived from a meta-analytic synthesis of randomized clinical trials, the highest level of clinical evidence. In our model, data were extracted primarily from level IV studies; only 1 level III study20 and 1 level II study21 were available for analysis. Thus, as is the case with many foot and ankle disorders22, the information on treatment of Jones fractures is very limited in its level of clinical evidence.
Determination of outcome utility also has limitations. Utility is a subjective value that an individual places on a specific outcome. This can be very difficult to quantify. In general, the most robust estimates of patient-derived utilities are derived from complex qualitative methods, such as the standard reference gamble or time trade-offs, in which patients are asked to gamble or choose between health states usually referenced to death. In this study, we determined patient-derived utility values from a direct scaling method using a Likert scale because of the complexity of the standard reference gamble and the difficulty of referencing to death for metatarsal fracture. Although use of a direct scale to determine utility values is less rigorous than the standard reference gamble, this technique has been corroborated methodologically,23 is advantageous in terms of feasibility and reliability,24 and has been successfully used in other orthopedic decision analysis models.12,25,26 In our estimation, generally active patients without a history of foot pathology constituted a sample of convenience but also were representative of individuals at risk for Jones fracture. Although specific scenarios were presented, the patients who completed the questionnaire may not have had deep insights into the subtleties and implications of the various disease states and treatments. Regardless of how outcome probabilities and utilities are determined, they are considered point estimates in decision analysis, and sensitivity analyses are therefore performed to assess how decision making changes over a range of values.
Conclusion
The results of this study may help optimize the process of deciding between operative and nonoperative treatment for Jones fracture. For a given patient, the optimal strategy depends not only on the probabilities of the various outcomes but also on personal preference. Thus, there may not be one right answer for all patients. Patients who value a higher chance of fracture healing with initial treatment or an earlier return to sports are best treated operatively, whereas patients who are risk-averse and place a high value on fracture healing without surgery should be managed nonoperatively. We therefore advocate a model of shared medical decision-making in which the physician and the patient are jointly involved, considering both outcome probabilities and patient preferences. Ongoing research efforts should focus on predictors of nonunion with nonoperative treatment.
1. Dameron TB Jr. Fractures of the proximal fifth metatarsal: selecting the best treatment option. J Am Acad Orthop Surg. 1995;3(2):110-114.
2. Fetzer GB, Wright RW. Metatarsal shaft fractures and fractures of the proximal fifth metatarsal. Clin Sports Med. 2006;25(1):139-150, x.
3. Konkel KF, Menger AG, Retzlaff SA. Nonoperative treatment of fifth metatarsal fractures in an orthopaedic suburban private multispeciality practice. Foot Ankle Int. 2005;26(9):704-707.
4. Lawrence SJ, Botte MJ. Jones’ fractures and related fractures of the proximal fifth metatarsal. Foot Ankle. 1993;14(6):358-365.
5. Nunley JA. Fractures of the base of the fifth metatarsal: the Jones fracture. Orthop Clin North Am. 2001;32(1):171-180.
6. Quill GE Jr. Fractures of the proximal fifth metatarsal. Orthop Clin North Am. 1995;26(2):353-361.
7. Torg JS, Balduini FC, Zelko RR, Pavlov H, Peff TC, Das M. Fractures of the base of the fifth metatarsal distal to the tuberosity. Classification and guidelines for non-surgical and surgical management. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 1984;66(2):209-214.
8. DeLee JC, Evans JP, Julian J. Stress fracture of the fifth metatarsal. Am J Sports Med. 1983;11(5):349-353.
9. Kavanaugh JH, Brower TD, Mann RV. The Jones fracture revisited. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 1978;60(6):776-782.
10. Porter DA, Duncan M, Meyer SJ. Fifth metatarsal Jones fracture fixation with a 4.5-mm cannulated stainless steel screw in the competitive and recreational athlete: a clinical and radiographic evaluation. Am J Sports Med. 2005;33(5):726-733.
11. Aleem IS, Jalal H, Sheikh AA, Bhandari M. Clinical decision analysis: Incorporating the evidence with patient p. Patient Prefer Adherence. 2009;3:21-24.
12. Bishop J, Ring D. Management of radial nerve palsy associated with humeral shaft fracture: a decision analysis model. J Hand Surg Am. 2009;34(6):991-996.e1.
13. Chen NC, Shauver MJ, Chung KC. A primer on use of decision analysis methodology in hand surgery. J Hand Surg Am. 2009;34(6):983-990.
14. Kocher MS, Henley MB. It is money that matters: decision analysis and cost-effectiveness analysis. Clin Orthop Relat Res. 2003(413):106-116.
15. Dean BJ, Kothari A, Uppal H, Kankate R. The jones fracture classification, management, outcome, and complications: a systematic review. Foot Ankle Spec. 2012;5(4):256-259.
16. Martin RL, Irrgang JJ, Burdett RG, Conti SF, Van Swearingen JM. Evidence of validity for the Foot and Ankle Ability Measure (FAAM). Foot Ankle Int. 2005;26(11):968-983.
17. Roche AJ, Calder JD. Treatment and return to sport following a Jones fracture of the fifth metatarsal: a systematic review. Knee Surg Sports Traumatol Arthrosc. 2013;21(6):1307-1315.
18. Zwitser EW, Breederveld RS. Fractures of the fifth metatarsal; diagnosis and treatment. Injury. 2010;41(6):555-562.
19. McBryde AM Jr. The complicated Jones fracture, including revision and malalignment. Foot Ankle Clin. 2009;14(2):151-168.
20. Porter DA, Rund AM, Dobslaw R, Duncan M. Comparison of 4.5- and 5.5-mm cannulated stainless steel screws for fifth metatarsal Jones fracture fixation. Foot Ankle Int. 2009;30(1):27-33.
21. Mologne TS, Lundeen JM, Clapper MF, O’Brien TJ. Early screw fixation versus casting in the treatment of acute Jones fractures. Am J Sports Med. 2005;33(7):970-975.
22. Hunt KJ, Hurwit D. Use of patient-reported outcome measures in foot and ankle research. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2013;95(16):e118(1-9).
23. Stiggelbout AM, Eijkemans MJ, Kiebert GM, Kievit J, Leer JW, De Haes HJ. The ‘utility’ of the visual analog scale in medical decision making and technology assessment. Is it an alternative to the time trade-off? International journal of technology assessment in health care. Spring. 1996;12(2):291-298.
24. Parkin D, Devlin N. Is there a case for using visual analogue scale valuations in cost-utility analysis? Health Econ. 2006;15(7):653-664.
25. Bishop JA, Crall TS, Kocher MS. Operative versus nonoperative treatment after primary traumatic anterior glenohumeral dislocation: expected-value decision analysis. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2011;20(7):1087-1094.
26. Kocher MS, Bishop J, Marshall R, Briggs KK, Hawkins RJ. Operative versus nonoperative management of acute Achilles tendon rupture: expected-value decision analysis. Am J Sports Med. 2002;30(6):783-790.
27. Nagao M, Saita Y, Kameda S, et al. Headless compression screw fixation of jones fractures: an outcomes study in Japanese athletes. Am J Sports Med. 2012;40(11):2578-2582.
28. Thomas JL, Davis BC. Treatment of Jones fracture nonunion with isolated intramedullary screw fixation. J Foot Ankle Surg. 2011;50(5):566-568.
29. Habbu RA, Marsh RS, Anderson JG, Bohay DR. Closed intramedullary screw fixation for nonunion of fifth metatarsal Jones fracture. Foot Ankle Int. 2011;32(6):603-608.
30. Hunt KJ, Anderson RB. Treatment of Jones fracture nonunions and refractures in the elite athlete: outcomes of intramedullary screw fixation with bone grafting. Am J Sports Med. 2011;39(9):1948-1954.
31. Chuckpaiwong B, Queen RM, Easley ME, Nunley JA. Distinguishing Jones and proximal diaphyseal fractures of the fifth metatarsal. Clin Orthop Relat Res. 2008;466(8):1966-1970.
32. DeVries JG, Cuttica DJ, Hyer CF. Cannulated screw fixation of Jones fifth metatarsal fractures: a comparison of titanium and stainless steel screw fixation. J Foot Ankle Surg. 2011;50(2):207-212.
33. Reese K, Litsky A, Kaeding C, Pedroza A, Shah N. Cannulated screw fixation of Jones fractures: a clinical and biomechanical study. Am J Sports Med. 2004;32(7):1736-1742.
34. Lombardi CM, Connolly FG, Silhanek AD. The use of external fixation for treatment of the acute Jones fracture: a retrospective review of 10 cases. J Foot Ankle Surg. 2004;43(3):173-178.
35. Portland G, Kelikian A, Kodros S. Acute surgical management of Jones’ fractures. Foot Ankle Int. 2003;24(11):829-833.
36. Clapper MF, O’Brien TJ, Lyons PM. Fractures of the fifth metatarsal. Analysis of a fracture registry. Clin Orthop Relat Res. 1995(315):238-241.
37. Josefsson PO, Karlsson M, Redlund-Johnell I, Wendeberg B. Closed treatment of Jones fracture. Good results in 40 cases after 11-26 years. Orthop Scand. 1994;65(5):545-547.
38. Mindrebo N, Shelbourne KD, Van Meter CD, Rettig AC. Outpatient percutaneous screw fixation of the acute Jones fracture. Am J Sports Med. 1993;21(5):720-723.
39. Zogby RG, Baker BE. A review of nonoperative treatment of Jones’ fracture. Am J Sports Med. 1987;15(4):304-307.
40. Dameron TB Jr. Fractures and anatomical variations of the proximal portion of the fifth metatarsal. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 1975;57(6):788-792.
41. Fernandez Fairen M, Guillen J, Busto JM, Roura J. Fractures of the fifth metatarsal in basketball players. Knee Surg Sports Traumatol Arthrosc. 1999;7(6):373-377.
1. Dameron TB Jr. Fractures of the proximal fifth metatarsal: selecting the best treatment option. J Am Acad Orthop Surg. 1995;3(2):110-114.
2. Fetzer GB, Wright RW. Metatarsal shaft fractures and fractures of the proximal fifth metatarsal. Clin Sports Med. 2006;25(1):139-150, x.
3. Konkel KF, Menger AG, Retzlaff SA. Nonoperative treatment of fifth metatarsal fractures in an orthopaedic suburban private multispeciality practice. Foot Ankle Int. 2005;26(9):704-707.
4. Lawrence SJ, Botte MJ. Jones’ fractures and related fractures of the proximal fifth metatarsal. Foot Ankle. 1993;14(6):358-365.
5. Nunley JA. Fractures of the base of the fifth metatarsal: the Jones fracture. Orthop Clin North Am. 2001;32(1):171-180.
6. Quill GE Jr. Fractures of the proximal fifth metatarsal. Orthop Clin North Am. 1995;26(2):353-361.
7. Torg JS, Balduini FC, Zelko RR, Pavlov H, Peff TC, Das M. Fractures of the base of the fifth metatarsal distal to the tuberosity. Classification and guidelines for non-surgical and surgical management. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 1984;66(2):209-214.
8. DeLee JC, Evans JP, Julian J. Stress fracture of the fifth metatarsal. Am J Sports Med. 1983;11(5):349-353.
9. Kavanaugh JH, Brower TD, Mann RV. The Jones fracture revisited. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 1978;60(6):776-782.
10. Porter DA, Duncan M, Meyer SJ. Fifth metatarsal Jones fracture fixation with a 4.5-mm cannulated stainless steel screw in the competitive and recreational athlete: a clinical and radiographic evaluation. Am J Sports Med. 2005;33(5):726-733.
11. Aleem IS, Jalal H, Sheikh AA, Bhandari M. Clinical decision analysis: Incorporating the evidence with patient p. Patient Prefer Adherence. 2009;3:21-24.
12. Bishop J, Ring D. Management of radial nerve palsy associated with humeral shaft fracture: a decision analysis model. J Hand Surg Am. 2009;34(6):991-996.e1.
13. Chen NC, Shauver MJ, Chung KC. A primer on use of decision analysis methodology in hand surgery. J Hand Surg Am. 2009;34(6):983-990.
14. Kocher MS, Henley MB. It is money that matters: decision analysis and cost-effectiveness analysis. Clin Orthop Relat Res. 2003(413):106-116.
15. Dean BJ, Kothari A, Uppal H, Kankate R. The jones fracture classification, management, outcome, and complications: a systematic review. Foot Ankle Spec. 2012;5(4):256-259.
16. Martin RL, Irrgang JJ, Burdett RG, Conti SF, Van Swearingen JM. Evidence of validity for the Foot and Ankle Ability Measure (FAAM). Foot Ankle Int. 2005;26(11):968-983.
17. Roche AJ, Calder JD. Treatment and return to sport following a Jones fracture of the fifth metatarsal: a systematic review. Knee Surg Sports Traumatol Arthrosc. 2013;21(6):1307-1315.
18. Zwitser EW, Breederveld RS. Fractures of the fifth metatarsal; diagnosis and treatment. Injury. 2010;41(6):555-562.
19. McBryde AM Jr. The complicated Jones fracture, including revision and malalignment. Foot Ankle Clin. 2009;14(2):151-168.
20. Porter DA, Rund AM, Dobslaw R, Duncan M. Comparison of 4.5- and 5.5-mm cannulated stainless steel screws for fifth metatarsal Jones fracture fixation. Foot Ankle Int. 2009;30(1):27-33.
21. Mologne TS, Lundeen JM, Clapper MF, O’Brien TJ. Early screw fixation versus casting in the treatment of acute Jones fractures. Am J Sports Med. 2005;33(7):970-975.
22. Hunt KJ, Hurwit D. Use of patient-reported outcome measures in foot and ankle research. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2013;95(16):e118(1-9).
23. Stiggelbout AM, Eijkemans MJ, Kiebert GM, Kievit J, Leer JW, De Haes HJ. The ‘utility’ of the visual analog scale in medical decision making and technology assessment. Is it an alternative to the time trade-off? International journal of technology assessment in health care. Spring. 1996;12(2):291-298.
24. Parkin D, Devlin N. Is there a case for using visual analogue scale valuations in cost-utility analysis? Health Econ. 2006;15(7):653-664.
25. Bishop JA, Crall TS, Kocher MS. Operative versus nonoperative treatment after primary traumatic anterior glenohumeral dislocation: expected-value decision analysis. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2011;20(7):1087-1094.
26. Kocher MS, Bishop J, Marshall R, Briggs KK, Hawkins RJ. Operative versus nonoperative management of acute Achilles tendon rupture: expected-value decision analysis. Am J Sports Med. 2002;30(6):783-790.
27. Nagao M, Saita Y, Kameda S, et al. Headless compression screw fixation of jones fractures: an outcomes study in Japanese athletes. Am J Sports Med. 2012;40(11):2578-2582.
28. Thomas JL, Davis BC. Treatment of Jones fracture nonunion with isolated intramedullary screw fixation. J Foot Ankle Surg. 2011;50(5):566-568.
29. Habbu RA, Marsh RS, Anderson JG, Bohay DR. Closed intramedullary screw fixation for nonunion of fifth metatarsal Jones fracture. Foot Ankle Int. 2011;32(6):603-608.
30. Hunt KJ, Anderson RB. Treatment of Jones fracture nonunions and refractures in the elite athlete: outcomes of intramedullary screw fixation with bone grafting. Am J Sports Med. 2011;39(9):1948-1954.
31. Chuckpaiwong B, Queen RM, Easley ME, Nunley JA. Distinguishing Jones and proximal diaphyseal fractures of the fifth metatarsal. Clin Orthop Relat Res. 2008;466(8):1966-1970.
32. DeVries JG, Cuttica DJ, Hyer CF. Cannulated screw fixation of Jones fifth metatarsal fractures: a comparison of titanium and stainless steel screw fixation. J Foot Ankle Surg. 2011;50(2):207-212.
33. Reese K, Litsky A, Kaeding C, Pedroza A, Shah N. Cannulated screw fixation of Jones fractures: a clinical and biomechanical study. Am J Sports Med. 2004;32(7):1736-1742.
34. Lombardi CM, Connolly FG, Silhanek AD. The use of external fixation for treatment of the acute Jones fracture: a retrospective review of 10 cases. J Foot Ankle Surg. 2004;43(3):173-178.
35. Portland G, Kelikian A, Kodros S. Acute surgical management of Jones’ fractures. Foot Ankle Int. 2003;24(11):829-833.
36. Clapper MF, O’Brien TJ, Lyons PM. Fractures of the fifth metatarsal. Analysis of a fracture registry. Clin Orthop Relat Res. 1995(315):238-241.
37. Josefsson PO, Karlsson M, Redlund-Johnell I, Wendeberg B. Closed treatment of Jones fracture. Good results in 40 cases after 11-26 years. Orthop Scand. 1994;65(5):545-547.
38. Mindrebo N, Shelbourne KD, Van Meter CD, Rettig AC. Outpatient percutaneous screw fixation of the acute Jones fracture. Am J Sports Med. 1993;21(5):720-723.
39. Zogby RG, Baker BE. A review of nonoperative treatment of Jones’ fracture. Am J Sports Med. 1987;15(4):304-307.
40. Dameron TB Jr. Fractures and anatomical variations of the proximal portion of the fifth metatarsal. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 1975;57(6):788-792.
41. Fernandez Fairen M, Guillen J, Busto JM, Roura J. Fractures of the fifth metatarsal in basketball players. Knee Surg Sports Traumatol Arthrosc. 1999;7(6):373-377.
Epidemiology and Impact of Knee Injuries in Major and Minor League Baseball Players
Injuries among professional baseball players have been on the rise for several years.1,2 From 1989 to 1999, the number of disabled list (DL) reports increased 38% (266 to 367 annual reports),1 and a similar increase in injury rates was noted from the 2002 to the 2008 seasons (37%).2 These injuries have important implications for future injury risk and time away from play. Identifying these injuries and determining correlates and risk factors is important for targeted prevention efforts.
Several studies have explored the prevalence of upper extremity injuries in professional and collegiate baseball players;2-4 however, detailed epidemiology of knee injuries in Major League Baseball (MLB) and Minor League Baseball (MiLB) players is lacking. Much more is known about the prevalence, treatment, and outcomes of knee injuries in other professional sporting organizations, such as the National Basketball Association (NBA), National Football League (NFL), and National Hockey League (NHL).4-12 A recent meta-analysis exploring injuries in professional athletes found that studies on lower extremity injuries comprised approximately 12% of the literature reporting injuries in MLB players.4 In other professional leagues, publications on lower extremity injuries comprise approximately 56% of the sports medicine literature in the NFL, 54% in the NBA, and 62% in the NHL.4 Since few studies have investigated lower extremity injuries among professional baseball players, there is an opportunity for additional research to guide evidence-based prevention strategies.
A better understanding of the nature of these injuries is one of the first steps towards developing targeted injury prevention programs and treatment algorithms. The study of injury epidemiology among professional baseball players has been aided by the creation of an injury tracking system initiated by the MLB, its minor league affiliates, and the Major League Baseball Players Association.5,13,14 This surveillance system allows for the tracking of medical histories and injuries to players as they move across major and minor league organizations. Similar systems have been utilized in the National Collegiate Athletic Association and other professional sports organizations.3,15-17 A unique advantage of the MLB surveillance system is the required participation of all major and minor league teams, which allows for investigation of the entire population of players rather than simply a sample of players from select teams. This system has propelled an effort to identify injury patterns as a means of developing appropriate targets for potential preventative measures.5
The purpose of this descriptive epidemiologic study is to better understand the distribution and characteristics of knee injuries in these elite athletes by reporting on all knee injuries occurring over a span of 4 seasons (2011-2014). Additionally, this study seeks to characterize the impact of these injuries by analyzing the time required for return to play and the treatments rendered (surgical and nonsurgical).
Materials and Methods
After approval from the Johns Hopkins Bloomberg School of Public Health Institutional Review Board, detailed data regarding knee injuries in both MLB and MiLB baseball players were extracted from the de-identified MLB Health and Injury Tracking System (HITS). The HITS database is a centralized database that contains data on injuries from an electronic medical record (EMR). All players provided consent to have their data included in this EMR. HITS system captures injuries reported by the athletic trainers for all professional baseball players from 30 MLB clubs and their 230 minor league affiliates. Additional details on this population of professional baseball players have been published elsewhere.5 Only injuries that result in time out of play (≥1 day missed) are included in the database, and they are logged with basic information such as region of the body, diagnosis, date, player position, activity leading to injury, and general treatment. Any injury that affects participation in any aspect of baseball-related activity (eg, game, practice, warm-up, conditioning, weight training) is captured in HITS.
All baseball-related knee injuries occurring during the 2011-2014 seasons that resulted in time out of sport were included in the study. These injuries were identified based on the Sports Medicine Diagnostic Coding System (SMDCS) to capture injuries by diagnostic groups.18 Knee injuries were included if they occurred during spring training, regular season, or postseason play. Offseason injuries were not included. Injury events that were classified as “season-ending” were not included in the analysis of days missed because many of these players may not have been cleared to play until the beginning of the following season. To determine the proportion of knee injuries during the study period, all injuries were included for comparative purposes (subdivided based on 30 anatomic regions or types).
For each knee injury, a number of variables were analyzed, including diagnosis, level of play (MLB vs. MiLB), age, player position at the time of injury (pitcher, catcher, infield, outfield, base runner, or batter), field location where the injury occurred (home plate, pitcher’s mound, infield, outfield, foul territory or bullpen, or other), mechanism of injury, days missed, and treatment rendered (conservative vs surgical). The classification used to describe the mechanism of injury consisted of contact with ball, contact with ground, contact with another player, contact with another object, or noncontact.
Statistical Analysis Epidemiologic data are presented with descriptive statistics such as mean, median, frequency, and percentage where appropriate. When comparing player age, days missed, and surgical vs nonsurgical treatment between MLB and MiLB players, t-tests and tests for difference in proportions were applied as appropriate. Statistical significance was established for P values < .05.
The distribution of days missed for the variables considered was often skewed to the right (ie, days missed mostly concentrated on the low to moderate number of days, with fewer values in the much higher days missed range), even after excluding the season-ending injuries; hence the mean (or average) days missed was often larger than the median days missed. Reporting the median would allow for a robust estimate of the expected number of days missed, but would down weight those instances when knee injuries result in much longer missed days, as reflected by the mean. Because of the importance of the days missed measure for professional baseball, both the mean and median are presented.
In order to estimate exposure, the average number of players per team per game was calculated based on analysis of regular season game participation via box scores. This average number over a season, multiplied by the number of team games at each professional level of baseball, was used as an estimate of athlete exposures in order to provide rates comparable to those of other injury surveillance systems. Injury rates were reported as injuries per 1000 athlete-exposures (AE) for those knee injuries that occurred during the regular season. It should be noted that the number of regular season knee injuries and the subsequent AE rates are based on injuries that were deemed work-related during the regular season. This does not necessarily only include injuries occurring during the course of a game, but injuries in game preparation as well. Due to the variations in spring training games and fluctuating rosters, an exposure rate could not be calculated for spring training knee injuries.
RESULTS
Overall Summary
Of the 30 general body regions/systems included in the HITS database, injuries to the knee were the fifth most common reason for days missed in all of professional baseball from 2011-2014 (Table 1). Injuries to the knee represented 6.5% of the nearly 34,000 injuries sustained during the study period. Knee injuries were the fifth most common reason for time out of play for players in both the MiLB and MLB.
A total of 2171 isolated knee injuries resulted in time out of sport for professional baseball players (Table 2). Of these, 410 (19%) occurred in MLB players and 1761 (81%) occurred in MiLB players. MLB players were older than MiLB players at the time of injury (29.5 vs 22.8 years, respectively). Overall mean number of days missed was 16.2 days per knee injury, with MLB players missing an approximately 7 days more per injury than MiLB athletes (21.8 vs. 14.9 days respectively; P = .001).Over the course of the 4 seasons, a total of 30,449 days were missed due to knee injuries in professional baseball, giving an average rate of 7612 days lost per season. Surgery was performed for 263 (12.1%) of the 2171 knee injuries, with a greater proportion of MLB players requiring surgery than MiLB players (17.3% vs 10.9%) (P < .001). With respect to number of days missed per injury, 26% of knee injuries in the minor leagues resulted in greater than 30 days missed, while this number rose to 32% for knee injuries in MLB players (Table 3).
For regular season games, it was estimated that there were 1,197,738 MiLB and 276,608 MLB AE, respectively, over the course of the 4 seasons (2011-2014). The overall knee injury rate across both the MiLB and MLB was 1.2 per 1000 AE, based on the subset of 308 and 1473 regular season knee injuries in MiLB and MLB, respectively. The rate of knee injury was similar and not significantly different between the MiLB and MLB (1.2 per 1000 AE in the MiLB and 1.1 per 1000 AE in the MLB).
Characteristics of Injuries
When considering the position of the player during injury, defensive players were most frequently injured (n = 742, 56.5%), with pitchers (n = 227, 17.3%), infielders (n =193, 14.7%), outfielders (n = 193, 14.7%), and catchers (n = 129, 9.8%) sustaining injuries in decreasing frequency. Injuries while on offense (n = 571, 43.5%) were most frequent in base runners (n = 320, 24.4%) followed by batters (n = 251, 19.1%) (Table 4). Injuries while on defense occurring in infielders and catchers resulted in the longest period of time away from play (average of 22.4 and 20.8 days missed, respectively), while those occurring in batters resulted in the least average days missed (8.9 days).
The most common field location for knee injuries to occur was the infield, which was responsible for n = 647 (29.8%) of the total knee injuries (Table 4). This was followed by home plate (n = 493, 22.7%), other locations outside those specified (n = 394, 18.1%), outfield (n = 320, 14.7%), pitcher’s mound (n = 210, 9.7%), and foul territory or the bullpen (n = 107, 4.9%). Of the knee injuries with a specified location, those occurring in foul territory or the bullpen resulted in the highest mean days missed (18.4), while those occurring at home plate resulted in the least mean days missed (13.4 days).
When analyzed by mechanism of injury, noncontact injuries (n = 953, 43.9%) were more common than being hit with the ball (n = 374, 17.2%), striking the ground (n = 409, 18.8%), other mechanisms not listed (n = 196, 9%), contact with another player (n = 176, 8.1%), or contact with other objects (n = 63, 2.9%) (Table 4). Noncontact injuries and player to player collisions resulted in the greatest number of missed days (21.6 and 17.1 days, respectively) while being struck by the ball resulted in the least mean days missed (5.1).
Of the n = 493 knee injuries occurring at home plate, n = 212 (43%) occurred to the batter, n = 100 (20%) to the catcher, n = 34 (6.9%) to base runners, and n = 7 (1.4%) to pitchers (Table 5). The majority of knee injuries in the infield occurred to base runners (n = 283, 43.7%). Player-to-player collisions at home plate were responsible for 51 (2.3%) knee injuries, while 163 (24%) were noncontact injuries and 376 (56%) were the result of a player being hit by the ball (Table 5).
Injury Diagnosis
By diagnosis, the most common knee injuries observed were contusions or hematomas (n = 662, 30.5%), other injuries (n = 415, 19.1%), sprains or ligament injuries (n = 380, 17.5%), tendinopathies or bursitis (n = 367, 16.9%), and meniscal or cartilage injury (n = 200, 9.2%) (Table 6). Injuries resulting in the greatest mean number of days missed included meniscal or cartilage injuries (44 days), sprains or ligament injuries (30 days), or dislocations (22 days).
Based on specific SMDCS descriptors, the most frequent knee injuries reported were contusion (n = 662, 30.5%), patella tendinopathy (n = 222, 10.2%), and meniscal tears (n = 200, 9.2%) (Table 6). Complete anterior cruciate ligament tears, although infrequent, were responsible for the greatest mean days missed (156.2 days). This was followed by lateral meniscus tears (47.5 days) and medial meniscus tears (41.2 days). Knee contusions, although very common, resulted in the least number of days missed (6.0 days).
Discussion
Although much is known about knee injuries in other professional athletic leagues, little is known about knee injuries in professional baseball players.2-4 The majority of epidemiologic studies regarding baseball players at any level emphasizes the study of shoulder and elbow injuries.3,4,19 Since the implementation of the electronic medical record and the HITS database in professional baseball, there has been increased effort to document injuries that have received less attention in the existing literature. Understanding the epidemiology of these injuries is important for the development of targeted prevention efforts.
Prior studies of injuries in professional baseball relied on data captured by the publicly available DL. Posner and colleagues2 provide one of the most comprehensive reports on MLB injuries in a report utilizing DL assignment data over a period of 7 seasons.They demonstrated that knee injuries were responsible for 7.7% (12.5% for fielders and 3.7% for pitchers) of assignments to the DL. The current study utilized a comprehensive surveillance and builds on this existing knowledge. The present study found similar trends to Posner and colleagues2 in that knee injuries were responsible for 6.5% of injuries in professional baseball players that resulted in missed games. From the 2002 season to the 2008 season, knee injuries were the fifth most common reason MLB players were placed on the DL,2 and the current study indicates that they remain the fifth most common reason for missed time from play based on the HITS data. Since the prevalence of these injuries have remained constant since the 2002 season, efforts to better understand these injuries are warranted in order to identify strategies to prevent them. These analyses have generated important data towards achieving this understanding.
As with most injuries in professional sports, goals for treatment are aimed at maximizing patient function and performance while minimizing time out of play. For the 2011-2014 professional baseball seasons, a total of 2171 players sustained knee injuries and missed an average of 16.2 days per injury. Knee injuries were responsible for a total of 7612 days of missed work for MLB and MiLB players per season (30,449 days over the 4-season study period). This is equivalent to a total of 20.9 years of players’ time lost in professional baseball per season over the last 4 years. The implications of this amount of time away from sport are significant, and further study should be targeted at prevention of these injuries and optimizing return to play times.
When attempting to reduce the burden of knee injuries in professional baseball, it may prove beneficial to first understand how the injuries occur, where on the field, and who is at greatest risk. From 2011 to 2014, nearly 44% of knee injuries occurred by noncontact mechanisms. Among all locations on the field where knee injuries occurred, those occurring in the infield were responsible for the greatest mean days missed. The players who seem to be at greatest risk for knee injuries appear to be base runners. These data suggest the need for prevention efforts targeting base runners and infield players, as well as players in MiLB, where the largest number of injuries occurred.
Recently, playing rules implemented by MLB after consultation with players have focused on reducing the number of player-to-player collisions at home plate in an attempt to decrease the injury burden to catchers and base runners.20 This present analysis suggests that this rule change may also reduce the occurrence of knee injuries, as player collisions at home plate were responsible for a total of 51 knee injuries during the study period. The impact of this rule change on injury rates should also be explored. Interestingly, of the 51 knees injuries occurring due to contact at home plate, 23 occurred in 2011, and only 2 occurred in 2014—the first year of the new rule. Additional areas that resulted in high numbers of knee injuries were player-to-player contact in the infield and player contact with the ground in the infield.
Attempting to reduce injury burden and time out of play related to knee injuries in professional baseball players will likely prove to be a difficult task. In order to generate meaningful improvement, a comprehensive approach that involves players, management, trainers, therapists, and physicians will likely be required. As the first report of the epidemiology of knee injuries in professional baseball players, this study is one important step in that process. The strengths of this study are its comprehensive nature that analyzes injuries from an entire population of players on more than 200 teams over a 3-year period. Also, this research is strengthened by its focus on one particular region of the body that has received limited attention in the empirical literature, but represents a significant source of lost time during the baseball season.
There are some limitations to this study. As with any injury surveillance system, there is the possibility that not all cases were captured. Additionally, since the surveillance system is based on data from multiple teams, data entry discrepancy is possible; however, the presence of dropdown boxes and systematic definitions for injuries reduces this risk. Finally, this study did not investigate the various treatments for knee injuries beyond whether or not the injury required surgery. Since this was the first comprehensive exploration of knee injuries in professional baseball, future studies are needed to explore additional facets including outcomes related to treatment, return to play, and performance.
Conclusion
Knee injuries represent 6.5% of all injuries in professional baseball, occurring at a rate of 1.3 per 1000 AE. The burden of these injuries is significant for professional baseball players. This study fills a critical gap in sports injury research by contributing to the knowledge about the effect of knee injuries in professional baseball. It also provides an important foundation for future epidemiologic inquiry to identify modifiable risk factors and interventions that may reduce the impact of these injuries in athletes.
1. Conte S, Requa RK, Garrick JG. Disability days in major league baseball. Am J Sports Med. 2001;29(4):431-436.
2. Posner M, Cameron KL, Wolf JM, Belmont PJ Jr, Owens BD. Epidemiology of Major League Baseball injuries. Am J Sports Med. 2011;39(8):1676-1680.
3. Dick R, Sauers EL, Agel J, et al. Descriptive epidemiology of collegiate men’s baseball injuries: National Collegiate Athletic Association Injury Surveillance System, 1988-1989 through 2003-2004. J Athletic Training. 2007;42(2):183-193.
4. Makhni EC, Buza JA, Byram I, Ahmad CS. Sports reporting: A comprehensive review of the medical literature regarding North American professional sports. Phys Sportsmed. 2014;42(2):154-162.
5. Ahmad CS, Dick RW, Snell E, et al. Major and Minor League Baseball hamstring injuries: epidemiologic findings from the Major League Baseball Injury Surveillance System. Am J Sports Med. 2014;42(6):1464-1470.
6. Aune KT, Andrews JR, Dugas JR, Cain EL Jr. Return to play after partial lateral meniscectomy in National Football League Athletes. Am J Sports Med. 2014;42(8):1865-1872.
7. Brophy RH, Gill CS, Lyman S, Barnes RP, Rodeo SA, Warren RF. Effect of anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction and meniscectomy on length of career in National Football League athletes: a case control study. Am J Sports Med. 2009;37(11):2102-2107.
8. Brophy RH, Rodeo SA, Barnes RP, Powell JW, Warren RF. Knee articular cartilage injuries in the National Football League: epidemiology and treatment approach by team physicians. J Knee Surg. 2009;22(4):331-338.
9. Cerynik DL, Lewullis GE, Joves BC, Palmer MP, Tom JA. Outcomes of microfracture in professional basketball players. Knee Surg Sports Traumatol Arthrosc. 2009;17(9):1135-1139.
10. Hershman EB, Anderson R, Bergfeld JA, et al; National Football League Injury and Safety Panel. An analysis of specific lower extremity injury rates on grass and FieldTurf playing surfaces in National Football League Games: 2000-2009 seasons. Am J Sports Med. 2012;40(10):2200-2205.
11. Namdari S, Baldwin K, Anakwenze O, Park MJ, Huffman GR, Sennett BJ. Results and performance after microfracture in National Basketball Association athletes. Am J Sports Med. 2009;37(5):943-948.
12. Yeh PC, Starkey C, Lombardo S, Vitti G, Kharrazi FD. Epidemiology of isolated meniscal injury and its effect on performance in athletes from the National Basketball Association. Am J Sports Med. 2012;40(3):589-594.
13. Pollack KM, D’Angelo J, Green G, et al. Developing and implementing major league baseball’s health and injury tracking system. Am J Epidem. (accepted), 2016.
14. Green GA, Pollack KM, D’Angelo J, et al. Mild traumatic brain injury in major and Minor League Baseball players. Am J Sports Med. 2015;43(5):1118-1126.
15. Dick R, Agel J, Marshall SW. National Collegiate Athletic Association Injury Surveillance System commentaries: introduction and methods. J Athletic Training. 2007;42(2):173-182.
16. Pellman EJ, Viano DC, Casson IR, Arfken C, Feuer H. Concussion in professional football players returning to the same game—part 7. Neurosurg. 2005;56(1):79-90.
17. Stevens ST, Lassonde M, De Beaumont L, Keenan JP. The effect of visors on head and facial injury in national hockey league players. J Sci Med Sport. 2006;9(3):238-242.
18. Meeuwisse WH, Wiley JP. The sport medicine diagnostic coding system. Clin J Sport Med. 2007;17(3):205-207.
19. Mcfarland EG, Wasik M. Epidemiology of collegiate baseball injuries. Clin J Sport Med. 1998;8(1):10-13.
20. Hagen P. New rule on home-plate collisions put into effect. Major League Baseball website. http://m.mlb.com/news/article/68267610/mlb-institutes-new-rule-on-home-plate-collisions. Accessed December 5, 2014.
Injuries among professional baseball players have been on the rise for several years.1,2 From 1989 to 1999, the number of disabled list (DL) reports increased 38% (266 to 367 annual reports),1 and a similar increase in injury rates was noted from the 2002 to the 2008 seasons (37%).2 These injuries have important implications for future injury risk and time away from play. Identifying these injuries and determining correlates and risk factors is important for targeted prevention efforts.
Several studies have explored the prevalence of upper extremity injuries in professional and collegiate baseball players;2-4 however, detailed epidemiology of knee injuries in Major League Baseball (MLB) and Minor League Baseball (MiLB) players is lacking. Much more is known about the prevalence, treatment, and outcomes of knee injuries in other professional sporting organizations, such as the National Basketball Association (NBA), National Football League (NFL), and National Hockey League (NHL).4-12 A recent meta-analysis exploring injuries in professional athletes found that studies on lower extremity injuries comprised approximately 12% of the literature reporting injuries in MLB players.4 In other professional leagues, publications on lower extremity injuries comprise approximately 56% of the sports medicine literature in the NFL, 54% in the NBA, and 62% in the NHL.4 Since few studies have investigated lower extremity injuries among professional baseball players, there is an opportunity for additional research to guide evidence-based prevention strategies.
A better understanding of the nature of these injuries is one of the first steps towards developing targeted injury prevention programs and treatment algorithms. The study of injury epidemiology among professional baseball players has been aided by the creation of an injury tracking system initiated by the MLB, its minor league affiliates, and the Major League Baseball Players Association.5,13,14 This surveillance system allows for the tracking of medical histories and injuries to players as they move across major and minor league organizations. Similar systems have been utilized in the National Collegiate Athletic Association and other professional sports organizations.3,15-17 A unique advantage of the MLB surveillance system is the required participation of all major and minor league teams, which allows for investigation of the entire population of players rather than simply a sample of players from select teams. This system has propelled an effort to identify injury patterns as a means of developing appropriate targets for potential preventative measures.5
The purpose of this descriptive epidemiologic study is to better understand the distribution and characteristics of knee injuries in these elite athletes by reporting on all knee injuries occurring over a span of 4 seasons (2011-2014). Additionally, this study seeks to characterize the impact of these injuries by analyzing the time required for return to play and the treatments rendered (surgical and nonsurgical).
Materials and Methods
After approval from the Johns Hopkins Bloomberg School of Public Health Institutional Review Board, detailed data regarding knee injuries in both MLB and MiLB baseball players were extracted from the de-identified MLB Health and Injury Tracking System (HITS). The HITS database is a centralized database that contains data on injuries from an electronic medical record (EMR). All players provided consent to have their data included in this EMR. HITS system captures injuries reported by the athletic trainers for all professional baseball players from 30 MLB clubs and their 230 minor league affiliates. Additional details on this population of professional baseball players have been published elsewhere.5 Only injuries that result in time out of play (≥1 day missed) are included in the database, and they are logged with basic information such as region of the body, diagnosis, date, player position, activity leading to injury, and general treatment. Any injury that affects participation in any aspect of baseball-related activity (eg, game, practice, warm-up, conditioning, weight training) is captured in HITS.
All baseball-related knee injuries occurring during the 2011-2014 seasons that resulted in time out of sport were included in the study. These injuries were identified based on the Sports Medicine Diagnostic Coding System (SMDCS) to capture injuries by diagnostic groups.18 Knee injuries were included if they occurred during spring training, regular season, or postseason play. Offseason injuries were not included. Injury events that were classified as “season-ending” were not included in the analysis of days missed because many of these players may not have been cleared to play until the beginning of the following season. To determine the proportion of knee injuries during the study period, all injuries were included for comparative purposes (subdivided based on 30 anatomic regions or types).
For each knee injury, a number of variables were analyzed, including diagnosis, level of play (MLB vs. MiLB), age, player position at the time of injury (pitcher, catcher, infield, outfield, base runner, or batter), field location where the injury occurred (home plate, pitcher’s mound, infield, outfield, foul territory or bullpen, or other), mechanism of injury, days missed, and treatment rendered (conservative vs surgical). The classification used to describe the mechanism of injury consisted of contact with ball, contact with ground, contact with another player, contact with another object, or noncontact.
Statistical Analysis Epidemiologic data are presented with descriptive statistics such as mean, median, frequency, and percentage where appropriate. When comparing player age, days missed, and surgical vs nonsurgical treatment between MLB and MiLB players, t-tests and tests for difference in proportions were applied as appropriate. Statistical significance was established for P values < .05.
The distribution of days missed for the variables considered was often skewed to the right (ie, days missed mostly concentrated on the low to moderate number of days, with fewer values in the much higher days missed range), even after excluding the season-ending injuries; hence the mean (or average) days missed was often larger than the median days missed. Reporting the median would allow for a robust estimate of the expected number of days missed, but would down weight those instances when knee injuries result in much longer missed days, as reflected by the mean. Because of the importance of the days missed measure for professional baseball, both the mean and median are presented.
In order to estimate exposure, the average number of players per team per game was calculated based on analysis of regular season game participation via box scores. This average number over a season, multiplied by the number of team games at each professional level of baseball, was used as an estimate of athlete exposures in order to provide rates comparable to those of other injury surveillance systems. Injury rates were reported as injuries per 1000 athlete-exposures (AE) for those knee injuries that occurred during the regular season. It should be noted that the number of regular season knee injuries and the subsequent AE rates are based on injuries that were deemed work-related during the regular season. This does not necessarily only include injuries occurring during the course of a game, but injuries in game preparation as well. Due to the variations in spring training games and fluctuating rosters, an exposure rate could not be calculated for spring training knee injuries.
RESULTS
Overall Summary
Of the 30 general body regions/systems included in the HITS database, injuries to the knee were the fifth most common reason for days missed in all of professional baseball from 2011-2014 (Table 1). Injuries to the knee represented 6.5% of the nearly 34,000 injuries sustained during the study period. Knee injuries were the fifth most common reason for time out of play for players in both the MiLB and MLB.
A total of 2171 isolated knee injuries resulted in time out of sport for professional baseball players (Table 2). Of these, 410 (19%) occurred in MLB players and 1761 (81%) occurred in MiLB players. MLB players were older than MiLB players at the time of injury (29.5 vs 22.8 years, respectively). Overall mean number of days missed was 16.2 days per knee injury, with MLB players missing an approximately 7 days more per injury than MiLB athletes (21.8 vs. 14.9 days respectively; P = .001).Over the course of the 4 seasons, a total of 30,449 days were missed due to knee injuries in professional baseball, giving an average rate of 7612 days lost per season. Surgery was performed for 263 (12.1%) of the 2171 knee injuries, with a greater proportion of MLB players requiring surgery than MiLB players (17.3% vs 10.9%) (P < .001). With respect to number of days missed per injury, 26% of knee injuries in the minor leagues resulted in greater than 30 days missed, while this number rose to 32% for knee injuries in MLB players (Table 3).
For regular season games, it was estimated that there were 1,197,738 MiLB and 276,608 MLB AE, respectively, over the course of the 4 seasons (2011-2014). The overall knee injury rate across both the MiLB and MLB was 1.2 per 1000 AE, based on the subset of 308 and 1473 regular season knee injuries in MiLB and MLB, respectively. The rate of knee injury was similar and not significantly different between the MiLB and MLB (1.2 per 1000 AE in the MiLB and 1.1 per 1000 AE in the MLB).
Characteristics of Injuries
When considering the position of the player during injury, defensive players were most frequently injured (n = 742, 56.5%), with pitchers (n = 227, 17.3%), infielders (n =193, 14.7%), outfielders (n = 193, 14.7%), and catchers (n = 129, 9.8%) sustaining injuries in decreasing frequency. Injuries while on offense (n = 571, 43.5%) were most frequent in base runners (n = 320, 24.4%) followed by batters (n = 251, 19.1%) (Table 4). Injuries while on defense occurring in infielders and catchers resulted in the longest period of time away from play (average of 22.4 and 20.8 days missed, respectively), while those occurring in batters resulted in the least average days missed (8.9 days).
The most common field location for knee injuries to occur was the infield, which was responsible for n = 647 (29.8%) of the total knee injuries (Table 4). This was followed by home plate (n = 493, 22.7%), other locations outside those specified (n = 394, 18.1%), outfield (n = 320, 14.7%), pitcher’s mound (n = 210, 9.7%), and foul territory or the bullpen (n = 107, 4.9%). Of the knee injuries with a specified location, those occurring in foul territory or the bullpen resulted in the highest mean days missed (18.4), while those occurring at home plate resulted in the least mean days missed (13.4 days).
When analyzed by mechanism of injury, noncontact injuries (n = 953, 43.9%) were more common than being hit with the ball (n = 374, 17.2%), striking the ground (n = 409, 18.8%), other mechanisms not listed (n = 196, 9%), contact with another player (n = 176, 8.1%), or contact with other objects (n = 63, 2.9%) (Table 4). Noncontact injuries and player to player collisions resulted in the greatest number of missed days (21.6 and 17.1 days, respectively) while being struck by the ball resulted in the least mean days missed (5.1).
Of the n = 493 knee injuries occurring at home plate, n = 212 (43%) occurred to the batter, n = 100 (20%) to the catcher, n = 34 (6.9%) to base runners, and n = 7 (1.4%) to pitchers (Table 5). The majority of knee injuries in the infield occurred to base runners (n = 283, 43.7%). Player-to-player collisions at home plate were responsible for 51 (2.3%) knee injuries, while 163 (24%) were noncontact injuries and 376 (56%) were the result of a player being hit by the ball (Table 5).
Injury Diagnosis
By diagnosis, the most common knee injuries observed were contusions or hematomas (n = 662, 30.5%), other injuries (n = 415, 19.1%), sprains or ligament injuries (n = 380, 17.5%), tendinopathies or bursitis (n = 367, 16.9%), and meniscal or cartilage injury (n = 200, 9.2%) (Table 6). Injuries resulting in the greatest mean number of days missed included meniscal or cartilage injuries (44 days), sprains or ligament injuries (30 days), or dislocations (22 days).
Based on specific SMDCS descriptors, the most frequent knee injuries reported were contusion (n = 662, 30.5%), patella tendinopathy (n = 222, 10.2%), and meniscal tears (n = 200, 9.2%) (Table 6). Complete anterior cruciate ligament tears, although infrequent, were responsible for the greatest mean days missed (156.2 days). This was followed by lateral meniscus tears (47.5 days) and medial meniscus tears (41.2 days). Knee contusions, although very common, resulted in the least number of days missed (6.0 days).
Discussion
Although much is known about knee injuries in other professional athletic leagues, little is known about knee injuries in professional baseball players.2-4 The majority of epidemiologic studies regarding baseball players at any level emphasizes the study of shoulder and elbow injuries.3,4,19 Since the implementation of the electronic medical record and the HITS database in professional baseball, there has been increased effort to document injuries that have received less attention in the existing literature. Understanding the epidemiology of these injuries is important for the development of targeted prevention efforts.
Prior studies of injuries in professional baseball relied on data captured by the publicly available DL. Posner and colleagues2 provide one of the most comprehensive reports on MLB injuries in a report utilizing DL assignment data over a period of 7 seasons.They demonstrated that knee injuries were responsible for 7.7% (12.5% for fielders and 3.7% for pitchers) of assignments to the DL. The current study utilized a comprehensive surveillance and builds on this existing knowledge. The present study found similar trends to Posner and colleagues2 in that knee injuries were responsible for 6.5% of injuries in professional baseball players that resulted in missed games. From the 2002 season to the 2008 season, knee injuries were the fifth most common reason MLB players were placed on the DL,2 and the current study indicates that they remain the fifth most common reason for missed time from play based on the HITS data. Since the prevalence of these injuries have remained constant since the 2002 season, efforts to better understand these injuries are warranted in order to identify strategies to prevent them. These analyses have generated important data towards achieving this understanding.
As with most injuries in professional sports, goals for treatment are aimed at maximizing patient function and performance while minimizing time out of play. For the 2011-2014 professional baseball seasons, a total of 2171 players sustained knee injuries and missed an average of 16.2 days per injury. Knee injuries were responsible for a total of 7612 days of missed work for MLB and MiLB players per season (30,449 days over the 4-season study period). This is equivalent to a total of 20.9 years of players’ time lost in professional baseball per season over the last 4 years. The implications of this amount of time away from sport are significant, and further study should be targeted at prevention of these injuries and optimizing return to play times.
When attempting to reduce the burden of knee injuries in professional baseball, it may prove beneficial to first understand how the injuries occur, where on the field, and who is at greatest risk. From 2011 to 2014, nearly 44% of knee injuries occurred by noncontact mechanisms. Among all locations on the field where knee injuries occurred, those occurring in the infield were responsible for the greatest mean days missed. The players who seem to be at greatest risk for knee injuries appear to be base runners. These data suggest the need for prevention efforts targeting base runners and infield players, as well as players in MiLB, where the largest number of injuries occurred.
Recently, playing rules implemented by MLB after consultation with players have focused on reducing the number of player-to-player collisions at home plate in an attempt to decrease the injury burden to catchers and base runners.20 This present analysis suggests that this rule change may also reduce the occurrence of knee injuries, as player collisions at home plate were responsible for a total of 51 knee injuries during the study period. The impact of this rule change on injury rates should also be explored. Interestingly, of the 51 knees injuries occurring due to contact at home plate, 23 occurred in 2011, and only 2 occurred in 2014—the first year of the new rule. Additional areas that resulted in high numbers of knee injuries were player-to-player contact in the infield and player contact with the ground in the infield.
Attempting to reduce injury burden and time out of play related to knee injuries in professional baseball players will likely prove to be a difficult task. In order to generate meaningful improvement, a comprehensive approach that involves players, management, trainers, therapists, and physicians will likely be required. As the first report of the epidemiology of knee injuries in professional baseball players, this study is one important step in that process. The strengths of this study are its comprehensive nature that analyzes injuries from an entire population of players on more than 200 teams over a 3-year period. Also, this research is strengthened by its focus on one particular region of the body that has received limited attention in the empirical literature, but represents a significant source of lost time during the baseball season.
There are some limitations to this study. As with any injury surveillance system, there is the possibility that not all cases were captured. Additionally, since the surveillance system is based on data from multiple teams, data entry discrepancy is possible; however, the presence of dropdown boxes and systematic definitions for injuries reduces this risk. Finally, this study did not investigate the various treatments for knee injuries beyond whether or not the injury required surgery. Since this was the first comprehensive exploration of knee injuries in professional baseball, future studies are needed to explore additional facets including outcomes related to treatment, return to play, and performance.
Conclusion
Knee injuries represent 6.5% of all injuries in professional baseball, occurring at a rate of 1.3 per 1000 AE. The burden of these injuries is significant for professional baseball players. This study fills a critical gap in sports injury research by contributing to the knowledge about the effect of knee injuries in professional baseball. It also provides an important foundation for future epidemiologic inquiry to identify modifiable risk factors and interventions that may reduce the impact of these injuries in athletes.
Injuries among professional baseball players have been on the rise for several years.1,2 From 1989 to 1999, the number of disabled list (DL) reports increased 38% (266 to 367 annual reports),1 and a similar increase in injury rates was noted from the 2002 to the 2008 seasons (37%).2 These injuries have important implications for future injury risk and time away from play. Identifying these injuries and determining correlates and risk factors is important for targeted prevention efforts.
Several studies have explored the prevalence of upper extremity injuries in professional and collegiate baseball players;2-4 however, detailed epidemiology of knee injuries in Major League Baseball (MLB) and Minor League Baseball (MiLB) players is lacking. Much more is known about the prevalence, treatment, and outcomes of knee injuries in other professional sporting organizations, such as the National Basketball Association (NBA), National Football League (NFL), and National Hockey League (NHL).4-12 A recent meta-analysis exploring injuries in professional athletes found that studies on lower extremity injuries comprised approximately 12% of the literature reporting injuries in MLB players.4 In other professional leagues, publications on lower extremity injuries comprise approximately 56% of the sports medicine literature in the NFL, 54% in the NBA, and 62% in the NHL.4 Since few studies have investigated lower extremity injuries among professional baseball players, there is an opportunity for additional research to guide evidence-based prevention strategies.
A better understanding of the nature of these injuries is one of the first steps towards developing targeted injury prevention programs and treatment algorithms. The study of injury epidemiology among professional baseball players has been aided by the creation of an injury tracking system initiated by the MLB, its minor league affiliates, and the Major League Baseball Players Association.5,13,14 This surveillance system allows for the tracking of medical histories and injuries to players as they move across major and minor league organizations. Similar systems have been utilized in the National Collegiate Athletic Association and other professional sports organizations.3,15-17 A unique advantage of the MLB surveillance system is the required participation of all major and minor league teams, which allows for investigation of the entire population of players rather than simply a sample of players from select teams. This system has propelled an effort to identify injury patterns as a means of developing appropriate targets for potential preventative measures.5
The purpose of this descriptive epidemiologic study is to better understand the distribution and characteristics of knee injuries in these elite athletes by reporting on all knee injuries occurring over a span of 4 seasons (2011-2014). Additionally, this study seeks to characterize the impact of these injuries by analyzing the time required for return to play and the treatments rendered (surgical and nonsurgical).
Materials and Methods
After approval from the Johns Hopkins Bloomberg School of Public Health Institutional Review Board, detailed data regarding knee injuries in both MLB and MiLB baseball players were extracted from the de-identified MLB Health and Injury Tracking System (HITS). The HITS database is a centralized database that contains data on injuries from an electronic medical record (EMR). All players provided consent to have their data included in this EMR. HITS system captures injuries reported by the athletic trainers for all professional baseball players from 30 MLB clubs and their 230 minor league affiliates. Additional details on this population of professional baseball players have been published elsewhere.5 Only injuries that result in time out of play (≥1 day missed) are included in the database, and they are logged with basic information such as region of the body, diagnosis, date, player position, activity leading to injury, and general treatment. Any injury that affects participation in any aspect of baseball-related activity (eg, game, practice, warm-up, conditioning, weight training) is captured in HITS.
All baseball-related knee injuries occurring during the 2011-2014 seasons that resulted in time out of sport were included in the study. These injuries were identified based on the Sports Medicine Diagnostic Coding System (SMDCS) to capture injuries by diagnostic groups.18 Knee injuries were included if they occurred during spring training, regular season, or postseason play. Offseason injuries were not included. Injury events that were classified as “season-ending” were not included in the analysis of days missed because many of these players may not have been cleared to play until the beginning of the following season. To determine the proportion of knee injuries during the study period, all injuries were included for comparative purposes (subdivided based on 30 anatomic regions or types).
For each knee injury, a number of variables were analyzed, including diagnosis, level of play (MLB vs. MiLB), age, player position at the time of injury (pitcher, catcher, infield, outfield, base runner, or batter), field location where the injury occurred (home plate, pitcher’s mound, infield, outfield, foul territory or bullpen, or other), mechanism of injury, days missed, and treatment rendered (conservative vs surgical). The classification used to describe the mechanism of injury consisted of contact with ball, contact with ground, contact with another player, contact with another object, or noncontact.
Statistical Analysis Epidemiologic data are presented with descriptive statistics such as mean, median, frequency, and percentage where appropriate. When comparing player age, days missed, and surgical vs nonsurgical treatment between MLB and MiLB players, t-tests and tests for difference in proportions were applied as appropriate. Statistical significance was established for P values < .05.
The distribution of days missed for the variables considered was often skewed to the right (ie, days missed mostly concentrated on the low to moderate number of days, with fewer values in the much higher days missed range), even after excluding the season-ending injuries; hence the mean (or average) days missed was often larger than the median days missed. Reporting the median would allow for a robust estimate of the expected number of days missed, but would down weight those instances when knee injuries result in much longer missed days, as reflected by the mean. Because of the importance of the days missed measure for professional baseball, both the mean and median are presented.
In order to estimate exposure, the average number of players per team per game was calculated based on analysis of regular season game participation via box scores. This average number over a season, multiplied by the number of team games at each professional level of baseball, was used as an estimate of athlete exposures in order to provide rates comparable to those of other injury surveillance systems. Injury rates were reported as injuries per 1000 athlete-exposures (AE) for those knee injuries that occurred during the regular season. It should be noted that the number of regular season knee injuries and the subsequent AE rates are based on injuries that were deemed work-related during the regular season. This does not necessarily only include injuries occurring during the course of a game, but injuries in game preparation as well. Due to the variations in spring training games and fluctuating rosters, an exposure rate could not be calculated for spring training knee injuries.
RESULTS
Overall Summary
Of the 30 general body regions/systems included in the HITS database, injuries to the knee were the fifth most common reason for days missed in all of professional baseball from 2011-2014 (Table 1). Injuries to the knee represented 6.5% of the nearly 34,000 injuries sustained during the study period. Knee injuries were the fifth most common reason for time out of play for players in both the MiLB and MLB.
A total of 2171 isolated knee injuries resulted in time out of sport for professional baseball players (Table 2). Of these, 410 (19%) occurred in MLB players and 1761 (81%) occurred in MiLB players. MLB players were older than MiLB players at the time of injury (29.5 vs 22.8 years, respectively). Overall mean number of days missed was 16.2 days per knee injury, with MLB players missing an approximately 7 days more per injury than MiLB athletes (21.8 vs. 14.9 days respectively; P = .001).Over the course of the 4 seasons, a total of 30,449 days were missed due to knee injuries in professional baseball, giving an average rate of 7612 days lost per season. Surgery was performed for 263 (12.1%) of the 2171 knee injuries, with a greater proportion of MLB players requiring surgery than MiLB players (17.3% vs 10.9%) (P < .001). With respect to number of days missed per injury, 26% of knee injuries in the minor leagues resulted in greater than 30 days missed, while this number rose to 32% for knee injuries in MLB players (Table 3).
For regular season games, it was estimated that there were 1,197,738 MiLB and 276,608 MLB AE, respectively, over the course of the 4 seasons (2011-2014). The overall knee injury rate across both the MiLB and MLB was 1.2 per 1000 AE, based on the subset of 308 and 1473 regular season knee injuries in MiLB and MLB, respectively. The rate of knee injury was similar and not significantly different between the MiLB and MLB (1.2 per 1000 AE in the MiLB and 1.1 per 1000 AE in the MLB).
Characteristics of Injuries
When considering the position of the player during injury, defensive players were most frequently injured (n = 742, 56.5%), with pitchers (n = 227, 17.3%), infielders (n =193, 14.7%), outfielders (n = 193, 14.7%), and catchers (n = 129, 9.8%) sustaining injuries in decreasing frequency. Injuries while on offense (n = 571, 43.5%) were most frequent in base runners (n = 320, 24.4%) followed by batters (n = 251, 19.1%) (Table 4). Injuries while on defense occurring in infielders and catchers resulted in the longest period of time away from play (average of 22.4 and 20.8 days missed, respectively), while those occurring in batters resulted in the least average days missed (8.9 days).
The most common field location for knee injuries to occur was the infield, which was responsible for n = 647 (29.8%) of the total knee injuries (Table 4). This was followed by home plate (n = 493, 22.7%), other locations outside those specified (n = 394, 18.1%), outfield (n = 320, 14.7%), pitcher’s mound (n = 210, 9.7%), and foul territory or the bullpen (n = 107, 4.9%). Of the knee injuries with a specified location, those occurring in foul territory or the bullpen resulted in the highest mean days missed (18.4), while those occurring at home plate resulted in the least mean days missed (13.4 days).
When analyzed by mechanism of injury, noncontact injuries (n = 953, 43.9%) were more common than being hit with the ball (n = 374, 17.2%), striking the ground (n = 409, 18.8%), other mechanisms not listed (n = 196, 9%), contact with another player (n = 176, 8.1%), or contact with other objects (n = 63, 2.9%) (Table 4). Noncontact injuries and player to player collisions resulted in the greatest number of missed days (21.6 and 17.1 days, respectively) while being struck by the ball resulted in the least mean days missed (5.1).
Of the n = 493 knee injuries occurring at home plate, n = 212 (43%) occurred to the batter, n = 100 (20%) to the catcher, n = 34 (6.9%) to base runners, and n = 7 (1.4%) to pitchers (Table 5). The majority of knee injuries in the infield occurred to base runners (n = 283, 43.7%). Player-to-player collisions at home plate were responsible for 51 (2.3%) knee injuries, while 163 (24%) were noncontact injuries and 376 (56%) were the result of a player being hit by the ball (Table 5).
Injury Diagnosis
By diagnosis, the most common knee injuries observed were contusions or hematomas (n = 662, 30.5%), other injuries (n = 415, 19.1%), sprains or ligament injuries (n = 380, 17.5%), tendinopathies or bursitis (n = 367, 16.9%), and meniscal or cartilage injury (n = 200, 9.2%) (Table 6). Injuries resulting in the greatest mean number of days missed included meniscal or cartilage injuries (44 days), sprains or ligament injuries (30 days), or dislocations (22 days).
Based on specific SMDCS descriptors, the most frequent knee injuries reported were contusion (n = 662, 30.5%), patella tendinopathy (n = 222, 10.2%), and meniscal tears (n = 200, 9.2%) (Table 6). Complete anterior cruciate ligament tears, although infrequent, were responsible for the greatest mean days missed (156.2 days). This was followed by lateral meniscus tears (47.5 days) and medial meniscus tears (41.2 days). Knee contusions, although very common, resulted in the least number of days missed (6.0 days).
Discussion
Although much is known about knee injuries in other professional athletic leagues, little is known about knee injuries in professional baseball players.2-4 The majority of epidemiologic studies regarding baseball players at any level emphasizes the study of shoulder and elbow injuries.3,4,19 Since the implementation of the electronic medical record and the HITS database in professional baseball, there has been increased effort to document injuries that have received less attention in the existing literature. Understanding the epidemiology of these injuries is important for the development of targeted prevention efforts.
Prior studies of injuries in professional baseball relied on data captured by the publicly available DL. Posner and colleagues2 provide one of the most comprehensive reports on MLB injuries in a report utilizing DL assignment data over a period of 7 seasons.They demonstrated that knee injuries were responsible for 7.7% (12.5% for fielders and 3.7% for pitchers) of assignments to the DL. The current study utilized a comprehensive surveillance and builds on this existing knowledge. The present study found similar trends to Posner and colleagues2 in that knee injuries were responsible for 6.5% of injuries in professional baseball players that resulted in missed games. From the 2002 season to the 2008 season, knee injuries were the fifth most common reason MLB players were placed on the DL,2 and the current study indicates that they remain the fifth most common reason for missed time from play based on the HITS data. Since the prevalence of these injuries have remained constant since the 2002 season, efforts to better understand these injuries are warranted in order to identify strategies to prevent them. These analyses have generated important data towards achieving this understanding.
As with most injuries in professional sports, goals for treatment are aimed at maximizing patient function and performance while minimizing time out of play. For the 2011-2014 professional baseball seasons, a total of 2171 players sustained knee injuries and missed an average of 16.2 days per injury. Knee injuries were responsible for a total of 7612 days of missed work for MLB and MiLB players per season (30,449 days over the 4-season study period). This is equivalent to a total of 20.9 years of players’ time lost in professional baseball per season over the last 4 years. The implications of this amount of time away from sport are significant, and further study should be targeted at prevention of these injuries and optimizing return to play times.
When attempting to reduce the burden of knee injuries in professional baseball, it may prove beneficial to first understand how the injuries occur, where on the field, and who is at greatest risk. From 2011 to 2014, nearly 44% of knee injuries occurred by noncontact mechanisms. Among all locations on the field where knee injuries occurred, those occurring in the infield were responsible for the greatest mean days missed. The players who seem to be at greatest risk for knee injuries appear to be base runners. These data suggest the need for prevention efforts targeting base runners and infield players, as well as players in MiLB, where the largest number of injuries occurred.
Recently, playing rules implemented by MLB after consultation with players have focused on reducing the number of player-to-player collisions at home plate in an attempt to decrease the injury burden to catchers and base runners.20 This present analysis suggests that this rule change may also reduce the occurrence of knee injuries, as player collisions at home plate were responsible for a total of 51 knee injuries during the study period. The impact of this rule change on injury rates should also be explored. Interestingly, of the 51 knees injuries occurring due to contact at home plate, 23 occurred in 2011, and only 2 occurred in 2014—the first year of the new rule. Additional areas that resulted in high numbers of knee injuries were player-to-player contact in the infield and player contact with the ground in the infield.
Attempting to reduce injury burden and time out of play related to knee injuries in professional baseball players will likely prove to be a difficult task. In order to generate meaningful improvement, a comprehensive approach that involves players, management, trainers, therapists, and physicians will likely be required. As the first report of the epidemiology of knee injuries in professional baseball players, this study is one important step in that process. The strengths of this study are its comprehensive nature that analyzes injuries from an entire population of players on more than 200 teams over a 3-year period. Also, this research is strengthened by its focus on one particular region of the body that has received limited attention in the empirical literature, but represents a significant source of lost time during the baseball season.
There are some limitations to this study. As with any injury surveillance system, there is the possibility that not all cases were captured. Additionally, since the surveillance system is based on data from multiple teams, data entry discrepancy is possible; however, the presence of dropdown boxes and systematic definitions for injuries reduces this risk. Finally, this study did not investigate the various treatments for knee injuries beyond whether or not the injury required surgery. Since this was the first comprehensive exploration of knee injuries in professional baseball, future studies are needed to explore additional facets including outcomes related to treatment, return to play, and performance.
Conclusion
Knee injuries represent 6.5% of all injuries in professional baseball, occurring at a rate of 1.3 per 1000 AE. The burden of these injuries is significant for professional baseball players. This study fills a critical gap in sports injury research by contributing to the knowledge about the effect of knee injuries in professional baseball. It also provides an important foundation for future epidemiologic inquiry to identify modifiable risk factors and interventions that may reduce the impact of these injuries in athletes.
1. Conte S, Requa RK, Garrick JG. Disability days in major league baseball. Am J Sports Med. 2001;29(4):431-436.
2. Posner M, Cameron KL, Wolf JM, Belmont PJ Jr, Owens BD. Epidemiology of Major League Baseball injuries. Am J Sports Med. 2011;39(8):1676-1680.
3. Dick R, Sauers EL, Agel J, et al. Descriptive epidemiology of collegiate men’s baseball injuries: National Collegiate Athletic Association Injury Surveillance System, 1988-1989 through 2003-2004. J Athletic Training. 2007;42(2):183-193.
4. Makhni EC, Buza JA, Byram I, Ahmad CS. Sports reporting: A comprehensive review of the medical literature regarding North American professional sports. Phys Sportsmed. 2014;42(2):154-162.
5. Ahmad CS, Dick RW, Snell E, et al. Major and Minor League Baseball hamstring injuries: epidemiologic findings from the Major League Baseball Injury Surveillance System. Am J Sports Med. 2014;42(6):1464-1470.
6. Aune KT, Andrews JR, Dugas JR, Cain EL Jr. Return to play after partial lateral meniscectomy in National Football League Athletes. Am J Sports Med. 2014;42(8):1865-1872.
7. Brophy RH, Gill CS, Lyman S, Barnes RP, Rodeo SA, Warren RF. Effect of anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction and meniscectomy on length of career in National Football League athletes: a case control study. Am J Sports Med. 2009;37(11):2102-2107.
8. Brophy RH, Rodeo SA, Barnes RP, Powell JW, Warren RF. Knee articular cartilage injuries in the National Football League: epidemiology and treatment approach by team physicians. J Knee Surg. 2009;22(4):331-338.
9. Cerynik DL, Lewullis GE, Joves BC, Palmer MP, Tom JA. Outcomes of microfracture in professional basketball players. Knee Surg Sports Traumatol Arthrosc. 2009;17(9):1135-1139.
10. Hershman EB, Anderson R, Bergfeld JA, et al; National Football League Injury and Safety Panel. An analysis of specific lower extremity injury rates on grass and FieldTurf playing surfaces in National Football League Games: 2000-2009 seasons. Am J Sports Med. 2012;40(10):2200-2205.
11. Namdari S, Baldwin K, Anakwenze O, Park MJ, Huffman GR, Sennett BJ. Results and performance after microfracture in National Basketball Association athletes. Am J Sports Med. 2009;37(5):943-948.
12. Yeh PC, Starkey C, Lombardo S, Vitti G, Kharrazi FD. Epidemiology of isolated meniscal injury and its effect on performance in athletes from the National Basketball Association. Am J Sports Med. 2012;40(3):589-594.
13. Pollack KM, D’Angelo J, Green G, et al. Developing and implementing major league baseball’s health and injury tracking system. Am J Epidem. (accepted), 2016.
14. Green GA, Pollack KM, D’Angelo J, et al. Mild traumatic brain injury in major and Minor League Baseball players. Am J Sports Med. 2015;43(5):1118-1126.
15. Dick R, Agel J, Marshall SW. National Collegiate Athletic Association Injury Surveillance System commentaries: introduction and methods. J Athletic Training. 2007;42(2):173-182.
16. Pellman EJ, Viano DC, Casson IR, Arfken C, Feuer H. Concussion in professional football players returning to the same game—part 7. Neurosurg. 2005;56(1):79-90.
17. Stevens ST, Lassonde M, De Beaumont L, Keenan JP. The effect of visors on head and facial injury in national hockey league players. J Sci Med Sport. 2006;9(3):238-242.
18. Meeuwisse WH, Wiley JP. The sport medicine diagnostic coding system. Clin J Sport Med. 2007;17(3):205-207.
19. Mcfarland EG, Wasik M. Epidemiology of collegiate baseball injuries. Clin J Sport Med. 1998;8(1):10-13.
20. Hagen P. New rule on home-plate collisions put into effect. Major League Baseball website. http://m.mlb.com/news/article/68267610/mlb-institutes-new-rule-on-home-plate-collisions. Accessed December 5, 2014.
1. Conte S, Requa RK, Garrick JG. Disability days in major league baseball. Am J Sports Med. 2001;29(4):431-436.
2. Posner M, Cameron KL, Wolf JM, Belmont PJ Jr, Owens BD. Epidemiology of Major League Baseball injuries. Am J Sports Med. 2011;39(8):1676-1680.
3. Dick R, Sauers EL, Agel J, et al. Descriptive epidemiology of collegiate men’s baseball injuries: National Collegiate Athletic Association Injury Surveillance System, 1988-1989 through 2003-2004. J Athletic Training. 2007;42(2):183-193.
4. Makhni EC, Buza JA, Byram I, Ahmad CS. Sports reporting: A comprehensive review of the medical literature regarding North American professional sports. Phys Sportsmed. 2014;42(2):154-162.
5. Ahmad CS, Dick RW, Snell E, et al. Major and Minor League Baseball hamstring injuries: epidemiologic findings from the Major League Baseball Injury Surveillance System. Am J Sports Med. 2014;42(6):1464-1470.
6. Aune KT, Andrews JR, Dugas JR, Cain EL Jr. Return to play after partial lateral meniscectomy in National Football League Athletes. Am J Sports Med. 2014;42(8):1865-1872.
7. Brophy RH, Gill CS, Lyman S, Barnes RP, Rodeo SA, Warren RF. Effect of anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction and meniscectomy on length of career in National Football League athletes: a case control study. Am J Sports Med. 2009;37(11):2102-2107.
8. Brophy RH, Rodeo SA, Barnes RP, Powell JW, Warren RF. Knee articular cartilage injuries in the National Football League: epidemiology and treatment approach by team physicians. J Knee Surg. 2009;22(4):331-338.
9. Cerynik DL, Lewullis GE, Joves BC, Palmer MP, Tom JA. Outcomes of microfracture in professional basketball players. Knee Surg Sports Traumatol Arthrosc. 2009;17(9):1135-1139.
10. Hershman EB, Anderson R, Bergfeld JA, et al; National Football League Injury and Safety Panel. An analysis of specific lower extremity injury rates on grass and FieldTurf playing surfaces in National Football League Games: 2000-2009 seasons. Am J Sports Med. 2012;40(10):2200-2205.
11. Namdari S, Baldwin K, Anakwenze O, Park MJ, Huffman GR, Sennett BJ. Results and performance after microfracture in National Basketball Association athletes. Am J Sports Med. 2009;37(5):943-948.
12. Yeh PC, Starkey C, Lombardo S, Vitti G, Kharrazi FD. Epidemiology of isolated meniscal injury and its effect on performance in athletes from the National Basketball Association. Am J Sports Med. 2012;40(3):589-594.
13. Pollack KM, D’Angelo J, Green G, et al. Developing and implementing major league baseball’s health and injury tracking system. Am J Epidem. (accepted), 2016.
14. Green GA, Pollack KM, D’Angelo J, et al. Mild traumatic brain injury in major and Minor League Baseball players. Am J Sports Med. 2015;43(5):1118-1126.
15. Dick R, Agel J, Marshall SW. National Collegiate Athletic Association Injury Surveillance System commentaries: introduction and methods. J Athletic Training. 2007;42(2):173-182.
16. Pellman EJ, Viano DC, Casson IR, Arfken C, Feuer H. Concussion in professional football players returning to the same game—part 7. Neurosurg. 2005;56(1):79-90.
17. Stevens ST, Lassonde M, De Beaumont L, Keenan JP. The effect of visors on head and facial injury in national hockey league players. J Sci Med Sport. 2006;9(3):238-242.
18. Meeuwisse WH, Wiley JP. The sport medicine diagnostic coding system. Clin J Sport Med. 2007;17(3):205-207.
19. Mcfarland EG, Wasik M. Epidemiology of collegiate baseball injuries. Clin J Sport Med. 1998;8(1):10-13.
20. Hagen P. New rule on home-plate collisions put into effect. Major League Baseball website. http://m.mlb.com/news/article/68267610/mlb-institutes-new-rule-on-home-plate-collisions. Accessed December 5, 2014.
A Patient's Perspective on Readmissions
Years into the national discourse on reducing readmissions, hospitals and providers are still struggling with how to sustainably reduce 30‐day readmissions.[1] All‐cause hospital readmission rates for Medicare benificiaries averaged 19% from 2007 through 2011 and showed only a modest improvement to 18.4% in 2012.[2] A review of 43 studies in 2011 concluded that no single intervention was reliably associated with reducing readmission rates.[3] However, although no institution has found a magic bullet for reducing readmissions, progress has been made. A 2014 meta‐analysis of randomized trials aimed at preventing 30‐day readmissions found that overall readmission interventions are effective, and that the most successful interventions are more complex in nature and focus on empowering patients to engage in self‐care after discharge.[4] Readmission reduction efforts for patients with specific diagnoses have also made gains. Among patients with heart failure, for instance, higher rates of early outpatient follow‐up and care‐transition interventions for high‐risk patients have been shown to reduce 30‐day readmissions.[5, 6]
An emerging, yet still underexplored, area in readmissions is the importance of evaluating patient perspectives. The patient has intimate knowledge of the circumstances surrounding their readmission and can be a valuable resource. This is particularly true given evidence that patient perspectives do not always align with those of providers.[7, 8] Coleman's Care Transitions Intervention was one of the earliest care‐transition models demonstrating value in engaging patients to become actively involved in their care.[9] Since then, others have begun to analyze transitions of care from the patient perspective, identifying patient‐reported needs in anticipation of discharge and after they are home.[10, 11, 12, 13, 14] However, still only a few studies have endeavored to gain a thorough understanding of the readmitted patient perspective.[7, 15, 16] These studies have already identified important issues such as lack of patient readiness for discharge and the need for additional advanced care planning and caregiver resources. A few smaller studies have interviewed readmitted patients with specific diagnoses and have also shed light on disease‐specific issues.[17, 18, 19, 20] Outside the field of readmissions, improving patient‐centered communication has been shown to reduce expenditures on diagnostic tests,[21, 22] increase adherence to treatment,[23] and improve health outcomes.[24, 25] It is time for us to incorporate the patient voice into all areas of care.
In 2014, our group published the results of a study aimed at understanding the patient perspective surrounding readmissions. In this study, 27% of patients believed their readmission could have been prevented. This opinion was associated with not feeling ready for discharge, not having a follow‐up appointment scheduled, and poor satisfaction with the discharging team.[7] A key observation in these initial interviews was that patients often expressed sentiments of relief rather than frustration when they returned to the hospital. With the results of this previous study in mind, we designed a more comprehensive evaluation to investigate why patients felt unprepared for discharge, explore reasons for and attitudes surrounding readmissions, and identify patient‐centered interventions that could prevent future readmissions.
METHODS
Study Design and Recruitment
We designed the study as an in‐person survey of readmitted patients. Over a 7‐month period (February 11, 2014September 8, 2014), we identified all patients readmitted within 30 days to general medicine and cardiology services through daily queries from the electronic health record. The study took place in a 540‐bed tertiary academic medical center, as well as a 266‐bed affiliated community hospital. We reviewed the discharge summary from the index admission and the history and physical documentation from the readmission for exclusion criteria. Patients were excluded if they were: (1) readmitted to the intensive care unit, (2) had a planned readmission, (3) received an organ transplant in the preceding 3 months, (4) did not speak English, or (5) had a physical or mental incapacity preventing interview and no family member or caregiver was available to interview.
Patient Interviews
Five trained study volunteers approached all eligible patients for an interview starting the day after the patient was readmitted. Prior to the start of the interview, we obtained verbal consent from all patients. Interviews typically lasted 10 to 30 minutes in the patient's hospital room. Caregivers and/or family members were allowed to respond to interview questions if the patient granted them permission or if the patient was unable to participate. The interviewers were not part of the patient's medical team and the patients could refuse the interview at any time. According to the University of California Los Angeles (UCLA) Institutional Review Board, this work met criteria for quality‐improvement activities and was deemed to be exempt.
The survey was comprised of 24 questions addressing causes, preventability, and attitudes toward readmissions, readiness for discharge, quality of the discharge process, outpatient resources, and follow‐up care (see Supporting Information in the online version of this article). These areas of focus were chosen based on a pilot study of 98 patient interviews in which these topics emerged as worthy of further investigation.[7] With regard to patient readiness for discharge, we investigated correlations between patient readiness and symptom resolution, pain control, discharge location, level of support at home, and concerns about independent self‐care after discharge.
Data Analysis
We administered the surveys, collected and managed the data using REDCap (Research Electronic Data Capture) hosted at UCLA.[26] We collected demographic data, including race, ethnicity, and insurance status retrospectively though automated chart abstraction.
We summarized descriptive characteristics by mean and standard deviation (SD) for continuous variables (except for length of stay, which was summarized by median and range) and by proportions for categorical variables. To compare demographic variables between interviewed participants and those not interviewed (not available, not approached, refused, or excluded) we used Pearson 2 tests and Fisher exact tests for categorical variables and Student t tests for the only continuous variable, age. In evaluating patient readiness for discharge, we divided patients into groups of ready and not ready as determined by interview responses, then performed Pearson 2 tests and Fisher exact tests where appropriate.
For comparing the extent of burden and relief patients endorsed upon being readmitted, we subtracted the burden score (110) from the relief score (110) for each patient, resulting in a net relief score. We then performed a 1‐sample t test to determine whether the net relief was significantly different from 0. A P value of<0.05 was considered to be statistically significant. All statistical analyses were performed using R version 3.0.2 (
RESULTS
Patient Characteristics
Eight hundred nineteen patients were readmitted to general medicine and cardiology services over the 7‐month study period at both institutions. Two hundred thirty‐five patients (29%) were excluded based on the predetermined exclusion criteria, and 105 patients (13%) were not approached for interview due to time constraints. Of the 479 eligible patients approached for interview, 164 patients (34%) could not be interviewed because they were unavailable, and 85 patients (18%) refused. We interviewed 230 patients (48%). We conducted 115 interviews at our academic medical center and 115 at our community affiliate. The only significant demographic difference between interviewed and not‐interviewed patients was race (P=0.004).
Interviewed patients had a mean (SD) age of 63 (SD 20) years, and 45% were male. Sixty‐three percent of interviewees were white, 21% black, 8% Asian, and 8% other. The index admission median length of stay was 4 days, and the average time between admission and readmission was 13 days (Table 1). Seventy‐nine percent of the interviews were performed directly with the patient, and 21% were conducted predominantly with the patient's caregiver.
| Characteristic | Value |
|---|---|
| |
| Age, y, mean (SD) | 62.9 (20.2) |
| Female, n (%) | 127 (55.2) |
| Insurance status, n (%) | |
| Commercial | 36 (16.3) |
| Medi‐Cal/Medicaid | 31 (14.0) |
| Medicare | 123 (55.7) |
| Other | 5 (2.3) |
| UCLA managed care | 26 (11.8) |
| Missing | 9 |
| Race, n (%) | |
| Asian | 18 (7.9) |
| Black or African American | 48 (21.1) |
| Other/refused | 19 (8.3) |
| White or Caucasian | 143 (62.7) |
| Missing | 2 |
| Index length of stay, d, median (maximum, minimum) | 4 (1, 49) |
| Time between discharge and readmission, d, mean (SD) | 13 (9) |
| Discharge location following index admission, n (%) | |
| Home | 202 (88.2) |
| Skilled nursing facility | 3 (1.3) |
| Acute rehab facility | 17 (7.4) |
| Assisted living facility | 2 (0.9) |
| Other | 5 (2.2) |
| Missing | 1 |
Patient Readiness
Twenty‐eight percent of patients reported feeling unready for discharge from their index admission. Patients who felt that their readmission was preventable were significantly more likely to report feeling unready at the time of discharge compared to those who did not classify their readmission as preventable (53% vs 17%, P<0.01). Among patients who did not feel ready for discharge, over two‐thirds felt their symptoms were not adequately resolved. Conversely, among patients who did feel ready for discharge, only 8% felt their symptoms were not resolved (P<0.01). Patients who felt they were not ready for discharge were also significantly more likely to endorse poor pain control (43% vs 7%, P<0.01). The location of discharge (ie, home, rehab facility, or skilled nursing facility) and having someone to help take care of them at home did not significantly correlate with patient readiness. Over 80% of patients in both groups reported having someone to help at home, but patients who felt unready for discharge were significantly more likely to have concerns about taking care of themselves at home (54% vs 25%, P<0.001) (Table 2).
| All Participants, n=230 | Ready, n=164 | Not Ready, n=65 | P Value | |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Symptoms were resolved enough to leave the hospital, n=227 | 170 (74.9%) | 149 (92.0%) | 21 (32.3%) | <0.01 |
| Felt pain was under control when left the hospital, n=229 | 190 (83.0%) | 153 (93.3%) | 37 (56.9%) | <0.01 |
| Discharged to home following index admission, n=229 | 202 (88.2%) | 146 (89.6%) | 56 (86.2%) | 0.62 |
| If discharged home, had someone at home able to help, n=202 | 178 (88.1%) | 132 (90.4%) | 46 (82.1%) | 0.17 |
| If discharged home, had concerns about being able to take of themselves at home or not being strong enough to go home, n=202 | 67 (33.2%) | 37 (25.3%) | 30 (53.6%) | <0.01 |
| Thought something could have been done to prevent them from coming back to the hospital, n=228 | 75 (32.9%) | 35 (21.6%) | 39 (60.0%) | <0.01 |
Discharge Instructions
Twenty‐nine percent of patients did not recall a physician talking to them about their discharge, and 35% did not remember receiving and reviewing the discharge paperwork. Of those who read the discharge paperwork, 23% noted difficulty identifying contact phone numbers, and 22% could not locate warning symptoms indicating when to seek medical attention. Patients were able to identify medications and follow‐up appointments on the discharge paperwork a majority of the time (92% and 85%, respectively).
Ambulatory Resources and Utilization
Patients were asked about their access to outpatient resources as well as their reason(s) for returning to the hospital. Eighty‐five percent of patients reported having a primary care doctor that they would feel comfortable calling if their symptoms worsened at home. Of the patients who indicated that they were given a contact number by their discharging team, only 56% contacted a doctor before returning to the emergency room. One‐third of patients reported knowing where to obtain urgent or same‐day care besides the emergency room. Among those who did report knowledge of same‐day care centers, 89% still chose not to utilize them.
Attitudes About Readmission
To investigate the patient experience with readmissions, patients were asked to rate the extent of the burden they felt upon returning to the hospital on a scale of 1 to 10, where 1 was no burden and 10 was extreme burden. Patients were also asked to evaluate the extent of relief they felt upon readmission using the same scale. On average, patients rated their sense of relief 1.8 points higher than their sense of burden upon readmission to the hospital (7.7 [SD 2.8] vs 5.9 [SD 3.4], P<0.001). The relief of readmission was rated as equal to or greater than the burden of readmission in 79% of cases. Lastly, patients' mean (SD) overall satisfaction with their medical care was 8.5 (SD 2.0) on a scale of 1 to 10, where 1 was the least satisfied and 10 was the most satisfied a patient could imagine.
DISCUSSION
This study performs a comprehensive evaluation of the patient perspective on 30‐day readmissions. Our previous work indicated that patients associate preventable readmissions with lack of preparedness at the time of discharge.[7] This study further evaluates the basis of this association. We found that nearly 1 in 3 readmitted patients did not feel ready to leave the hospital at the time of initial discharge. Feelings of inadequate symptom resolution and poor pain control appear to be major contributors to this sentiment. Furthermore, although 88% of patients endorse having a caretaker at home, patients with concerns about taking care of themselves are more likely to feel unready at discharge. Presumably, when healthcare providers discharge patients, they believe that the patient is ready to be discharged. However, our findings suggest that often patients do not agree, highlighting a gap between the beliefs of patients and those of healthcare providers. Creating patient‐centered education on symptom management and engaging patients in developing skills for independent self‐care may minimize this gap and allow patients to feel more prepared at discharge. Future research investigating provider opinions and the steps providers take when there is a disagreement over discharge readiness would also be useful.
One way to enhance education at the time of discharge is through improvements in printed discharge instructions. Jha et al. previously showed that chart documentation of providing discharge instructions does not correlate with patients reporting receiving discharge instructions.[27] Our study echoes this finding, with only 65% of the patients remembering receiving and reviewing the discharge paperwork. Horwitz et al. have also previously demonstrated poor comprehension of discharge planning and postdischarge care among patients discharged from an academic medical center.[28] Ensuring that all patients understand and retain their discharge instructions is an essential step in improving the patient experience and potentially decreasing readmissions. Our surveys have illuminated potential shortcomings in our own center's discharge instructions. Interventions aimed at clarifying critical pieces of information on the discharge paperwork, such as warning symptoms, contact phone numbers and follow‐up appointments, could be especially helpful.
After discharge, our findings suggest that only about half of patients will call a physician before returning to the hospital. Furthermore, there is limited knowledge and poor utilization of same‐day treatment centers besides the emergency room. In previous studies, Long et al. found that frequently readmitted patients self‐triage to the emergency room because they believe primary care clinics cannot treat acute illness.[11] Another study concluded that low‐income patients prefer hospital care to ambulatory care because of a greater sense of trust in inpatient care.[29]
Our patients' attitudes about readmission may also be different from those of providers. For patients, coming back to the hospital is not a significant burden, and satisfaction with their medical care remains high despite readmission. Additional research is needed to further explore the complex emotions patients have when coming back to the hospital and why patients may not be as upset with returning to the hospital as providers may expect. Ultimately, if patients continue to feel more comfortable being hospitalized, there are few incentives for patients to stay out of the hospital, and readmission rates will remain elevated.
Based on our survey results we have hypothesized a potential framework for studying readmissions from a patient‐centered approach (Figure 1). This figure is not meant to imply causality, but rather to highlight a potential journey from discharge to readmission for a patient who does not feel ready to go home. This schema principally applies to patients who are worried about symptom management and/or self‐care before discharge and may not apply to everyone. Each asterisk in this framework represents an area where an intervention could be designed to improve the patient experience and possibly reduce readmissions. Such interventions should be centered around increasing patient education about symptom management and self‐care at the time of discharge, improving printed discharge instructions, increasing patient awareness of outpatient resources, enhancing communication after discharge, and changing patients' attitudes about readmissions.
This study's limitations include that it is a single‐institution study focusing on patients admitted to a large academic medical center and its partner community hospital. Only English‐speaking patients were included, and thus our results may not be generalizable to other populations. All patients were interviewed at the time of readmission, potentially introducing recall bias regarding their prior discharge. For example, patients might be more likely to state they were not ready for discharge once they have been readmitted to the hospital. Lastly, because there are only a few prior studies interviewing readmitted patients, our survey instrument was not previously validated. Nevertheless, we believe this study offers a unique view on 30‐day readmissions from the patient perspective, with a focus on identifying areas for quality‐improvement interventions.
In conclusion, this study has enabled us to understand readmissions from a patient‐centered perspective. This perspective helps to challenge provider assumptions and gives much‐needed insight into the patient experience. For example, prior to surveying patients, one might assume that if a patient has a caregiver at home, they are unlikely to have concerns about taking care of themselves. We now know this is not the case. Similarly, we have discovered sections of our discharge paperwork that are confusing. Additionally, this study has revealed that patient attitudes regarding readmission can vary significantly from provider attitudes. By exploring the patient perspective and creating a new transition framework, we have identified specific target areas for interventions that would be meaningful to patients. As the nation continues to strive to identify sustainable solutions to reduce readmissions, the way to redesign care must always start and end with the patient.
Acknowledgements
The authors acknowledge Puneet Rana, James Haggerty‐Skeans, Jae Kim, Rhea Mathew, and Anna Do (UCLA volunteers) for helping to perform the patient interviews. We acknowledge Sandy Berry, MA (Senior Behavioral Scientist at RAND Corporation) for her help in reviewing our patient interview script. Additionally Anna Dermenchyan, RN, BSN (Senior Clinical Quality Specialist in the Department of Medicine at UCLA) provided significant administrative support.
Disclosures: This project was supported by a Patient Experience Grant from the Beryl Institute awarded to Jessica Howard‐Anderson, Sarah Lonowski, Ashley Busuttil, and Nasim Afsar‐manesh. Dr. Howard‐Anderson had full access to all of the data in the study and takes responsibility for the integrity of the data and the accuracy of the data analysis. All coauthors have seen and agree with the contents of the article. The article is not under review by any other publication. An earlier version of this work was written as a research report (not peer reviewed) for the Beryl Institute (available at:
- , . What will it take to move the needle on hospital readmissions? Am J Med Qual. 2013;29(4):357–359.
- , , , , , . Medicare readmission rates showed meaningful decline in 2012. Medicare Medicaid Res Rev. 2013;3(2):E1–E12.
- , , , , . Interventions to reduce 30‐day rehospitalization: a systematic review. Ann Intern Med. 2011;155(8):520–528.
- , , , et al. Preventing 30‐day hospital readmissions: a systematic review and meta‐analysis of randomized trials. JAMA Intern Med. 2014;174(7):1095–1107.
- , , , et al. Relationship between early physician follow‐up and 30‐day readmission among Medicare beneficiaries hospitalized for heart failure. JAMA. 2010;303(17):1716–1722.
- , , , et al. Allocating scarce resources in real‐time to reduce heart failure readmissions: a prospective, controlled study. BMJ Qual Saf. 2013;22(12):998–1005.
- , , , , , . Readmissions in the era of patient engagement. JAMA Intern Med. 2014;174(11):1870–1872.
- , , , et al. Comparing perspectives of patients, caregivers, and clinicians on heart failure management [published online October 23, 2015]. J Card Fail. doi: 10.1016/j.cardfail.2015.10.011.
- , , , . The care transitions intervention: results of a randomized controlled trial. Arch Intern Med. 2006;166(17):1822–1828.
- , , . Understanding rehospitalization risk: can hospital discharge be modified to reduce recurrent hospitalization? J Hosp Med. 2007;2(5):297–304.
- , , . Reasons for readmission in an underserved high‐risk population: a qualitative analysis of a series of inpatient interviews. BMJ Open. 2013;3(9):e003212.
- , , , , , . Improving care transitions: the patient perspective. J Health Commun. 2012;17(suppl 3):312–324.
- , , , et al. Challenges faced by patients with low socioeconomic status during the post‐hospital transition. J Gen Intern Med. 2014;29(2):283–289.
- , , , et al. “Missing pieces”—functional, social, and environmental barriers to recovery for vulnerable older adults transitioning from hospital to home. J Am Geriatr Soc. 2014;62(8):1556–1561.
- , , , , , . Perceptions of readmitted patients on the transition from hospital to home. J Hosp Med. 2012;7(9):709–712.
- , , , et al. Factors contributing to all‐cause 30‐day readmissions: a structured case series across 18 hospitals. Med Care. 2012;50(7):599–605.
- , , . Reasons for readmission in heart failure: perspectives of patients, caregivers, cardiologists, and heart failure nurses. Heart Lung. 2009;38(5):427–434.
- , , , et al. Patient‐identified factors related to heart failure readmissions. Circ Cardiovasc Qual Outcomes. 2013;6(2):171–177.
- , , , , . Early readmission among patients with diabetes: a qualitative assessment of contributing factors. J Diabetes Complications. 2014;28(6):869–873.
- , , , , . “Because I was sick”: seriously ill veterans' perspectives on reason for 30‐day readmissions. J Am Geriatr Soc. 2015;63(3):537–542.
- , , , et al. The impact of patient‐centered care on outcomes. J Fam Pract. 2000;49(9):796–804.
- , , , et al. Patient‐centered communication and diagnostic testing. Ann Fam Med. 2005;3(5):415–421.
- , . Physician communication and patient adherence to treatment: a meta‐analysis. Med Care. 2009;47(8):826–834.
- , , , et al. Closing the loop: physician communication with diabetic patients who have low health literacy. Arch Intern Med. 2003;163(1):83–90.
- , , , , . Patients' participation in medical care: effects on blood sugar control and quality of life in diabetes. J Gen Intern Med. 1988;3(5):448–457.
- , , , , , . Research electronic data capture (REDCap)—a metadata‐driven methodology and workflow process for providing translational research informatics support. J Biomed Inform. 2009;42(2):377–381.
- , , . Public reporting of discharge planning and rates of readmissions. N Engl J Med. 2009;361(27):2637–2645.
- , , , et al. Quality of discharge practices and patient understanding at an academic medical center. JAMA Intern Med. 2013;173(18):1715–1722
- , , , , , . Understanding why patients of low socioeconomic status prefer hospitals over ambulatory care. Health Aff (Millwood). 2013;32(7):1196–1203.
Years into the national discourse on reducing readmissions, hospitals and providers are still struggling with how to sustainably reduce 30‐day readmissions.[1] All‐cause hospital readmission rates for Medicare benificiaries averaged 19% from 2007 through 2011 and showed only a modest improvement to 18.4% in 2012.[2] A review of 43 studies in 2011 concluded that no single intervention was reliably associated with reducing readmission rates.[3] However, although no institution has found a magic bullet for reducing readmissions, progress has been made. A 2014 meta‐analysis of randomized trials aimed at preventing 30‐day readmissions found that overall readmission interventions are effective, and that the most successful interventions are more complex in nature and focus on empowering patients to engage in self‐care after discharge.[4] Readmission reduction efforts for patients with specific diagnoses have also made gains. Among patients with heart failure, for instance, higher rates of early outpatient follow‐up and care‐transition interventions for high‐risk patients have been shown to reduce 30‐day readmissions.[5, 6]
An emerging, yet still underexplored, area in readmissions is the importance of evaluating patient perspectives. The patient has intimate knowledge of the circumstances surrounding their readmission and can be a valuable resource. This is particularly true given evidence that patient perspectives do not always align with those of providers.[7, 8] Coleman's Care Transitions Intervention was one of the earliest care‐transition models demonstrating value in engaging patients to become actively involved in their care.[9] Since then, others have begun to analyze transitions of care from the patient perspective, identifying patient‐reported needs in anticipation of discharge and after they are home.[10, 11, 12, 13, 14] However, still only a few studies have endeavored to gain a thorough understanding of the readmitted patient perspective.[7, 15, 16] These studies have already identified important issues such as lack of patient readiness for discharge and the need for additional advanced care planning and caregiver resources. A few smaller studies have interviewed readmitted patients with specific diagnoses and have also shed light on disease‐specific issues.[17, 18, 19, 20] Outside the field of readmissions, improving patient‐centered communication has been shown to reduce expenditures on diagnostic tests,[21, 22] increase adherence to treatment,[23] and improve health outcomes.[24, 25] It is time for us to incorporate the patient voice into all areas of care.
In 2014, our group published the results of a study aimed at understanding the patient perspective surrounding readmissions. In this study, 27% of patients believed their readmission could have been prevented. This opinion was associated with not feeling ready for discharge, not having a follow‐up appointment scheduled, and poor satisfaction with the discharging team.[7] A key observation in these initial interviews was that patients often expressed sentiments of relief rather than frustration when they returned to the hospital. With the results of this previous study in mind, we designed a more comprehensive evaluation to investigate why patients felt unprepared for discharge, explore reasons for and attitudes surrounding readmissions, and identify patient‐centered interventions that could prevent future readmissions.
METHODS
Study Design and Recruitment
We designed the study as an in‐person survey of readmitted patients. Over a 7‐month period (February 11, 2014September 8, 2014), we identified all patients readmitted within 30 days to general medicine and cardiology services through daily queries from the electronic health record. The study took place in a 540‐bed tertiary academic medical center, as well as a 266‐bed affiliated community hospital. We reviewed the discharge summary from the index admission and the history and physical documentation from the readmission for exclusion criteria. Patients were excluded if they were: (1) readmitted to the intensive care unit, (2) had a planned readmission, (3) received an organ transplant in the preceding 3 months, (4) did not speak English, or (5) had a physical or mental incapacity preventing interview and no family member or caregiver was available to interview.
Patient Interviews
Five trained study volunteers approached all eligible patients for an interview starting the day after the patient was readmitted. Prior to the start of the interview, we obtained verbal consent from all patients. Interviews typically lasted 10 to 30 minutes in the patient's hospital room. Caregivers and/or family members were allowed to respond to interview questions if the patient granted them permission or if the patient was unable to participate. The interviewers were not part of the patient's medical team and the patients could refuse the interview at any time. According to the University of California Los Angeles (UCLA) Institutional Review Board, this work met criteria for quality‐improvement activities and was deemed to be exempt.
The survey was comprised of 24 questions addressing causes, preventability, and attitudes toward readmissions, readiness for discharge, quality of the discharge process, outpatient resources, and follow‐up care (see Supporting Information in the online version of this article). These areas of focus were chosen based on a pilot study of 98 patient interviews in which these topics emerged as worthy of further investigation.[7] With regard to patient readiness for discharge, we investigated correlations between patient readiness and symptom resolution, pain control, discharge location, level of support at home, and concerns about independent self‐care after discharge.
Data Analysis
We administered the surveys, collected and managed the data using REDCap (Research Electronic Data Capture) hosted at UCLA.[26] We collected demographic data, including race, ethnicity, and insurance status retrospectively though automated chart abstraction.
We summarized descriptive characteristics by mean and standard deviation (SD) for continuous variables (except for length of stay, which was summarized by median and range) and by proportions for categorical variables. To compare demographic variables between interviewed participants and those not interviewed (not available, not approached, refused, or excluded) we used Pearson 2 tests and Fisher exact tests for categorical variables and Student t tests for the only continuous variable, age. In evaluating patient readiness for discharge, we divided patients into groups of ready and not ready as determined by interview responses, then performed Pearson 2 tests and Fisher exact tests where appropriate.
For comparing the extent of burden and relief patients endorsed upon being readmitted, we subtracted the burden score (110) from the relief score (110) for each patient, resulting in a net relief score. We then performed a 1‐sample t test to determine whether the net relief was significantly different from 0. A P value of<0.05 was considered to be statistically significant. All statistical analyses were performed using R version 3.0.2 (
RESULTS
Patient Characteristics
Eight hundred nineteen patients were readmitted to general medicine and cardiology services over the 7‐month study period at both institutions. Two hundred thirty‐five patients (29%) were excluded based on the predetermined exclusion criteria, and 105 patients (13%) were not approached for interview due to time constraints. Of the 479 eligible patients approached for interview, 164 patients (34%) could not be interviewed because they were unavailable, and 85 patients (18%) refused. We interviewed 230 patients (48%). We conducted 115 interviews at our academic medical center and 115 at our community affiliate. The only significant demographic difference between interviewed and not‐interviewed patients was race (P=0.004).
Interviewed patients had a mean (SD) age of 63 (SD 20) years, and 45% were male. Sixty‐three percent of interviewees were white, 21% black, 8% Asian, and 8% other. The index admission median length of stay was 4 days, and the average time between admission and readmission was 13 days (Table 1). Seventy‐nine percent of the interviews were performed directly with the patient, and 21% were conducted predominantly with the patient's caregiver.
| Characteristic | Value |
|---|---|
| |
| Age, y, mean (SD) | 62.9 (20.2) |
| Female, n (%) | 127 (55.2) |
| Insurance status, n (%) | |
| Commercial | 36 (16.3) |
| Medi‐Cal/Medicaid | 31 (14.0) |
| Medicare | 123 (55.7) |
| Other | 5 (2.3) |
| UCLA managed care | 26 (11.8) |
| Missing | 9 |
| Race, n (%) | |
| Asian | 18 (7.9) |
| Black or African American | 48 (21.1) |
| Other/refused | 19 (8.3) |
| White or Caucasian | 143 (62.7) |
| Missing | 2 |
| Index length of stay, d, median (maximum, minimum) | 4 (1, 49) |
| Time between discharge and readmission, d, mean (SD) | 13 (9) |
| Discharge location following index admission, n (%) | |
| Home | 202 (88.2) |
| Skilled nursing facility | 3 (1.3) |
| Acute rehab facility | 17 (7.4) |
| Assisted living facility | 2 (0.9) |
| Other | 5 (2.2) |
| Missing | 1 |
Patient Readiness
Twenty‐eight percent of patients reported feeling unready for discharge from their index admission. Patients who felt that their readmission was preventable were significantly more likely to report feeling unready at the time of discharge compared to those who did not classify their readmission as preventable (53% vs 17%, P<0.01). Among patients who did not feel ready for discharge, over two‐thirds felt their symptoms were not adequately resolved. Conversely, among patients who did feel ready for discharge, only 8% felt their symptoms were not resolved (P<0.01). Patients who felt they were not ready for discharge were also significantly more likely to endorse poor pain control (43% vs 7%, P<0.01). The location of discharge (ie, home, rehab facility, or skilled nursing facility) and having someone to help take care of them at home did not significantly correlate with patient readiness. Over 80% of patients in both groups reported having someone to help at home, but patients who felt unready for discharge were significantly more likely to have concerns about taking care of themselves at home (54% vs 25%, P<0.001) (Table 2).
| All Participants, n=230 | Ready, n=164 | Not Ready, n=65 | P Value | |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Symptoms were resolved enough to leave the hospital, n=227 | 170 (74.9%) | 149 (92.0%) | 21 (32.3%) | <0.01 |
| Felt pain was under control when left the hospital, n=229 | 190 (83.0%) | 153 (93.3%) | 37 (56.9%) | <0.01 |
| Discharged to home following index admission, n=229 | 202 (88.2%) | 146 (89.6%) | 56 (86.2%) | 0.62 |
| If discharged home, had someone at home able to help, n=202 | 178 (88.1%) | 132 (90.4%) | 46 (82.1%) | 0.17 |
| If discharged home, had concerns about being able to take of themselves at home or not being strong enough to go home, n=202 | 67 (33.2%) | 37 (25.3%) | 30 (53.6%) | <0.01 |
| Thought something could have been done to prevent them from coming back to the hospital, n=228 | 75 (32.9%) | 35 (21.6%) | 39 (60.0%) | <0.01 |
Discharge Instructions
Twenty‐nine percent of patients did not recall a physician talking to them about their discharge, and 35% did not remember receiving and reviewing the discharge paperwork. Of those who read the discharge paperwork, 23% noted difficulty identifying contact phone numbers, and 22% could not locate warning symptoms indicating when to seek medical attention. Patients were able to identify medications and follow‐up appointments on the discharge paperwork a majority of the time (92% and 85%, respectively).
Ambulatory Resources and Utilization
Patients were asked about their access to outpatient resources as well as their reason(s) for returning to the hospital. Eighty‐five percent of patients reported having a primary care doctor that they would feel comfortable calling if their symptoms worsened at home. Of the patients who indicated that they were given a contact number by their discharging team, only 56% contacted a doctor before returning to the emergency room. One‐third of patients reported knowing where to obtain urgent or same‐day care besides the emergency room. Among those who did report knowledge of same‐day care centers, 89% still chose not to utilize them.
Attitudes About Readmission
To investigate the patient experience with readmissions, patients were asked to rate the extent of the burden they felt upon returning to the hospital on a scale of 1 to 10, where 1 was no burden and 10 was extreme burden. Patients were also asked to evaluate the extent of relief they felt upon readmission using the same scale. On average, patients rated their sense of relief 1.8 points higher than their sense of burden upon readmission to the hospital (7.7 [SD 2.8] vs 5.9 [SD 3.4], P<0.001). The relief of readmission was rated as equal to or greater than the burden of readmission in 79% of cases. Lastly, patients' mean (SD) overall satisfaction with their medical care was 8.5 (SD 2.0) on a scale of 1 to 10, where 1 was the least satisfied and 10 was the most satisfied a patient could imagine.
DISCUSSION
This study performs a comprehensive evaluation of the patient perspective on 30‐day readmissions. Our previous work indicated that patients associate preventable readmissions with lack of preparedness at the time of discharge.[7] This study further evaluates the basis of this association. We found that nearly 1 in 3 readmitted patients did not feel ready to leave the hospital at the time of initial discharge. Feelings of inadequate symptom resolution and poor pain control appear to be major contributors to this sentiment. Furthermore, although 88% of patients endorse having a caretaker at home, patients with concerns about taking care of themselves are more likely to feel unready at discharge. Presumably, when healthcare providers discharge patients, they believe that the patient is ready to be discharged. However, our findings suggest that often patients do not agree, highlighting a gap between the beliefs of patients and those of healthcare providers. Creating patient‐centered education on symptom management and engaging patients in developing skills for independent self‐care may minimize this gap and allow patients to feel more prepared at discharge. Future research investigating provider opinions and the steps providers take when there is a disagreement over discharge readiness would also be useful.
One way to enhance education at the time of discharge is through improvements in printed discharge instructions. Jha et al. previously showed that chart documentation of providing discharge instructions does not correlate with patients reporting receiving discharge instructions.[27] Our study echoes this finding, with only 65% of the patients remembering receiving and reviewing the discharge paperwork. Horwitz et al. have also previously demonstrated poor comprehension of discharge planning and postdischarge care among patients discharged from an academic medical center.[28] Ensuring that all patients understand and retain their discharge instructions is an essential step in improving the patient experience and potentially decreasing readmissions. Our surveys have illuminated potential shortcomings in our own center's discharge instructions. Interventions aimed at clarifying critical pieces of information on the discharge paperwork, such as warning symptoms, contact phone numbers and follow‐up appointments, could be especially helpful.
After discharge, our findings suggest that only about half of patients will call a physician before returning to the hospital. Furthermore, there is limited knowledge and poor utilization of same‐day treatment centers besides the emergency room. In previous studies, Long et al. found that frequently readmitted patients self‐triage to the emergency room because they believe primary care clinics cannot treat acute illness.[11] Another study concluded that low‐income patients prefer hospital care to ambulatory care because of a greater sense of trust in inpatient care.[29]
Our patients' attitudes about readmission may also be different from those of providers. For patients, coming back to the hospital is not a significant burden, and satisfaction with their medical care remains high despite readmission. Additional research is needed to further explore the complex emotions patients have when coming back to the hospital and why patients may not be as upset with returning to the hospital as providers may expect. Ultimately, if patients continue to feel more comfortable being hospitalized, there are few incentives for patients to stay out of the hospital, and readmission rates will remain elevated.
Based on our survey results we have hypothesized a potential framework for studying readmissions from a patient‐centered approach (Figure 1). This figure is not meant to imply causality, but rather to highlight a potential journey from discharge to readmission for a patient who does not feel ready to go home. This schema principally applies to patients who are worried about symptom management and/or self‐care before discharge and may not apply to everyone. Each asterisk in this framework represents an area where an intervention could be designed to improve the patient experience and possibly reduce readmissions. Such interventions should be centered around increasing patient education about symptom management and self‐care at the time of discharge, improving printed discharge instructions, increasing patient awareness of outpatient resources, enhancing communication after discharge, and changing patients' attitudes about readmissions.
This study's limitations include that it is a single‐institution study focusing on patients admitted to a large academic medical center and its partner community hospital. Only English‐speaking patients were included, and thus our results may not be generalizable to other populations. All patients were interviewed at the time of readmission, potentially introducing recall bias regarding their prior discharge. For example, patients might be more likely to state they were not ready for discharge once they have been readmitted to the hospital. Lastly, because there are only a few prior studies interviewing readmitted patients, our survey instrument was not previously validated. Nevertheless, we believe this study offers a unique view on 30‐day readmissions from the patient perspective, with a focus on identifying areas for quality‐improvement interventions.
In conclusion, this study has enabled us to understand readmissions from a patient‐centered perspective. This perspective helps to challenge provider assumptions and gives much‐needed insight into the patient experience. For example, prior to surveying patients, one might assume that if a patient has a caregiver at home, they are unlikely to have concerns about taking care of themselves. We now know this is not the case. Similarly, we have discovered sections of our discharge paperwork that are confusing. Additionally, this study has revealed that patient attitudes regarding readmission can vary significantly from provider attitudes. By exploring the patient perspective and creating a new transition framework, we have identified specific target areas for interventions that would be meaningful to patients. As the nation continues to strive to identify sustainable solutions to reduce readmissions, the way to redesign care must always start and end with the patient.
Acknowledgements
The authors acknowledge Puneet Rana, James Haggerty‐Skeans, Jae Kim, Rhea Mathew, and Anna Do (UCLA volunteers) for helping to perform the patient interviews. We acknowledge Sandy Berry, MA (Senior Behavioral Scientist at RAND Corporation) for her help in reviewing our patient interview script. Additionally Anna Dermenchyan, RN, BSN (Senior Clinical Quality Specialist in the Department of Medicine at UCLA) provided significant administrative support.
Disclosures: This project was supported by a Patient Experience Grant from the Beryl Institute awarded to Jessica Howard‐Anderson, Sarah Lonowski, Ashley Busuttil, and Nasim Afsar‐manesh. Dr. Howard‐Anderson had full access to all of the data in the study and takes responsibility for the integrity of the data and the accuracy of the data analysis. All coauthors have seen and agree with the contents of the article. The article is not under review by any other publication. An earlier version of this work was written as a research report (not peer reviewed) for the Beryl Institute (available at:
Years into the national discourse on reducing readmissions, hospitals and providers are still struggling with how to sustainably reduce 30‐day readmissions.[1] All‐cause hospital readmission rates for Medicare benificiaries averaged 19% from 2007 through 2011 and showed only a modest improvement to 18.4% in 2012.[2] A review of 43 studies in 2011 concluded that no single intervention was reliably associated with reducing readmission rates.[3] However, although no institution has found a magic bullet for reducing readmissions, progress has been made. A 2014 meta‐analysis of randomized trials aimed at preventing 30‐day readmissions found that overall readmission interventions are effective, and that the most successful interventions are more complex in nature and focus on empowering patients to engage in self‐care after discharge.[4] Readmission reduction efforts for patients with specific diagnoses have also made gains. Among patients with heart failure, for instance, higher rates of early outpatient follow‐up and care‐transition interventions for high‐risk patients have been shown to reduce 30‐day readmissions.[5, 6]
An emerging, yet still underexplored, area in readmissions is the importance of evaluating patient perspectives. The patient has intimate knowledge of the circumstances surrounding their readmission and can be a valuable resource. This is particularly true given evidence that patient perspectives do not always align with those of providers.[7, 8] Coleman's Care Transitions Intervention was one of the earliest care‐transition models demonstrating value in engaging patients to become actively involved in their care.[9] Since then, others have begun to analyze transitions of care from the patient perspective, identifying patient‐reported needs in anticipation of discharge and after they are home.[10, 11, 12, 13, 14] However, still only a few studies have endeavored to gain a thorough understanding of the readmitted patient perspective.[7, 15, 16] These studies have already identified important issues such as lack of patient readiness for discharge and the need for additional advanced care planning and caregiver resources. A few smaller studies have interviewed readmitted patients with specific diagnoses and have also shed light on disease‐specific issues.[17, 18, 19, 20] Outside the field of readmissions, improving patient‐centered communication has been shown to reduce expenditures on diagnostic tests,[21, 22] increase adherence to treatment,[23] and improve health outcomes.[24, 25] It is time for us to incorporate the patient voice into all areas of care.
In 2014, our group published the results of a study aimed at understanding the patient perspective surrounding readmissions. In this study, 27% of patients believed their readmission could have been prevented. This opinion was associated with not feeling ready for discharge, not having a follow‐up appointment scheduled, and poor satisfaction with the discharging team.[7] A key observation in these initial interviews was that patients often expressed sentiments of relief rather than frustration when they returned to the hospital. With the results of this previous study in mind, we designed a more comprehensive evaluation to investigate why patients felt unprepared for discharge, explore reasons for and attitudes surrounding readmissions, and identify patient‐centered interventions that could prevent future readmissions.
METHODS
Study Design and Recruitment
We designed the study as an in‐person survey of readmitted patients. Over a 7‐month period (February 11, 2014September 8, 2014), we identified all patients readmitted within 30 days to general medicine and cardiology services through daily queries from the electronic health record. The study took place in a 540‐bed tertiary academic medical center, as well as a 266‐bed affiliated community hospital. We reviewed the discharge summary from the index admission and the history and physical documentation from the readmission for exclusion criteria. Patients were excluded if they were: (1) readmitted to the intensive care unit, (2) had a planned readmission, (3) received an organ transplant in the preceding 3 months, (4) did not speak English, or (5) had a physical or mental incapacity preventing interview and no family member or caregiver was available to interview.
Patient Interviews
Five trained study volunteers approached all eligible patients for an interview starting the day after the patient was readmitted. Prior to the start of the interview, we obtained verbal consent from all patients. Interviews typically lasted 10 to 30 minutes in the patient's hospital room. Caregivers and/or family members were allowed to respond to interview questions if the patient granted them permission or if the patient was unable to participate. The interviewers were not part of the patient's medical team and the patients could refuse the interview at any time. According to the University of California Los Angeles (UCLA) Institutional Review Board, this work met criteria for quality‐improvement activities and was deemed to be exempt.
The survey was comprised of 24 questions addressing causes, preventability, and attitudes toward readmissions, readiness for discharge, quality of the discharge process, outpatient resources, and follow‐up care (see Supporting Information in the online version of this article). These areas of focus were chosen based on a pilot study of 98 patient interviews in which these topics emerged as worthy of further investigation.[7] With regard to patient readiness for discharge, we investigated correlations between patient readiness and symptom resolution, pain control, discharge location, level of support at home, and concerns about independent self‐care after discharge.
Data Analysis
We administered the surveys, collected and managed the data using REDCap (Research Electronic Data Capture) hosted at UCLA.[26] We collected demographic data, including race, ethnicity, and insurance status retrospectively though automated chart abstraction.
We summarized descriptive characteristics by mean and standard deviation (SD) for continuous variables (except for length of stay, which was summarized by median and range) and by proportions for categorical variables. To compare demographic variables between interviewed participants and those not interviewed (not available, not approached, refused, or excluded) we used Pearson 2 tests and Fisher exact tests for categorical variables and Student t tests for the only continuous variable, age. In evaluating patient readiness for discharge, we divided patients into groups of ready and not ready as determined by interview responses, then performed Pearson 2 tests and Fisher exact tests where appropriate.
For comparing the extent of burden and relief patients endorsed upon being readmitted, we subtracted the burden score (110) from the relief score (110) for each patient, resulting in a net relief score. We then performed a 1‐sample t test to determine whether the net relief was significantly different from 0. A P value of<0.05 was considered to be statistically significant. All statistical analyses were performed using R version 3.0.2 (
RESULTS
Patient Characteristics
Eight hundred nineteen patients were readmitted to general medicine and cardiology services over the 7‐month study period at both institutions. Two hundred thirty‐five patients (29%) were excluded based on the predetermined exclusion criteria, and 105 patients (13%) were not approached for interview due to time constraints. Of the 479 eligible patients approached for interview, 164 patients (34%) could not be interviewed because they were unavailable, and 85 patients (18%) refused. We interviewed 230 patients (48%). We conducted 115 interviews at our academic medical center and 115 at our community affiliate. The only significant demographic difference between interviewed and not‐interviewed patients was race (P=0.004).
Interviewed patients had a mean (SD) age of 63 (SD 20) years, and 45% were male. Sixty‐three percent of interviewees were white, 21% black, 8% Asian, and 8% other. The index admission median length of stay was 4 days, and the average time between admission and readmission was 13 days (Table 1). Seventy‐nine percent of the interviews were performed directly with the patient, and 21% were conducted predominantly with the patient's caregiver.
| Characteristic | Value |
|---|---|
| |
| Age, y, mean (SD) | 62.9 (20.2) |
| Female, n (%) | 127 (55.2) |
| Insurance status, n (%) | |
| Commercial | 36 (16.3) |
| Medi‐Cal/Medicaid | 31 (14.0) |
| Medicare | 123 (55.7) |
| Other | 5 (2.3) |
| UCLA managed care | 26 (11.8) |
| Missing | 9 |
| Race, n (%) | |
| Asian | 18 (7.9) |
| Black or African American | 48 (21.1) |
| Other/refused | 19 (8.3) |
| White or Caucasian | 143 (62.7) |
| Missing | 2 |
| Index length of stay, d, median (maximum, minimum) | 4 (1, 49) |
| Time between discharge and readmission, d, mean (SD) | 13 (9) |
| Discharge location following index admission, n (%) | |
| Home | 202 (88.2) |
| Skilled nursing facility | 3 (1.3) |
| Acute rehab facility | 17 (7.4) |
| Assisted living facility | 2 (0.9) |
| Other | 5 (2.2) |
| Missing | 1 |
Patient Readiness
Twenty‐eight percent of patients reported feeling unready for discharge from their index admission. Patients who felt that their readmission was preventable were significantly more likely to report feeling unready at the time of discharge compared to those who did not classify their readmission as preventable (53% vs 17%, P<0.01). Among patients who did not feel ready for discharge, over two‐thirds felt their symptoms were not adequately resolved. Conversely, among patients who did feel ready for discharge, only 8% felt their symptoms were not resolved (P<0.01). Patients who felt they were not ready for discharge were also significantly more likely to endorse poor pain control (43% vs 7%, P<0.01). The location of discharge (ie, home, rehab facility, or skilled nursing facility) and having someone to help take care of them at home did not significantly correlate with patient readiness. Over 80% of patients in both groups reported having someone to help at home, but patients who felt unready for discharge were significantly more likely to have concerns about taking care of themselves at home (54% vs 25%, P<0.001) (Table 2).
| All Participants, n=230 | Ready, n=164 | Not Ready, n=65 | P Value | |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Symptoms were resolved enough to leave the hospital, n=227 | 170 (74.9%) | 149 (92.0%) | 21 (32.3%) | <0.01 |
| Felt pain was under control when left the hospital, n=229 | 190 (83.0%) | 153 (93.3%) | 37 (56.9%) | <0.01 |
| Discharged to home following index admission, n=229 | 202 (88.2%) | 146 (89.6%) | 56 (86.2%) | 0.62 |
| If discharged home, had someone at home able to help, n=202 | 178 (88.1%) | 132 (90.4%) | 46 (82.1%) | 0.17 |
| If discharged home, had concerns about being able to take of themselves at home or not being strong enough to go home, n=202 | 67 (33.2%) | 37 (25.3%) | 30 (53.6%) | <0.01 |
| Thought something could have been done to prevent them from coming back to the hospital, n=228 | 75 (32.9%) | 35 (21.6%) | 39 (60.0%) | <0.01 |
Discharge Instructions
Twenty‐nine percent of patients did not recall a physician talking to them about their discharge, and 35% did not remember receiving and reviewing the discharge paperwork. Of those who read the discharge paperwork, 23% noted difficulty identifying contact phone numbers, and 22% could not locate warning symptoms indicating when to seek medical attention. Patients were able to identify medications and follow‐up appointments on the discharge paperwork a majority of the time (92% and 85%, respectively).
Ambulatory Resources and Utilization
Patients were asked about their access to outpatient resources as well as their reason(s) for returning to the hospital. Eighty‐five percent of patients reported having a primary care doctor that they would feel comfortable calling if their symptoms worsened at home. Of the patients who indicated that they were given a contact number by their discharging team, only 56% contacted a doctor before returning to the emergency room. One‐third of patients reported knowing where to obtain urgent or same‐day care besides the emergency room. Among those who did report knowledge of same‐day care centers, 89% still chose not to utilize them.
Attitudes About Readmission
To investigate the patient experience with readmissions, patients were asked to rate the extent of the burden they felt upon returning to the hospital on a scale of 1 to 10, where 1 was no burden and 10 was extreme burden. Patients were also asked to evaluate the extent of relief they felt upon readmission using the same scale. On average, patients rated their sense of relief 1.8 points higher than their sense of burden upon readmission to the hospital (7.7 [SD 2.8] vs 5.9 [SD 3.4], P<0.001). The relief of readmission was rated as equal to or greater than the burden of readmission in 79% of cases. Lastly, patients' mean (SD) overall satisfaction with their medical care was 8.5 (SD 2.0) on a scale of 1 to 10, where 1 was the least satisfied and 10 was the most satisfied a patient could imagine.
DISCUSSION
This study performs a comprehensive evaluation of the patient perspective on 30‐day readmissions. Our previous work indicated that patients associate preventable readmissions with lack of preparedness at the time of discharge.[7] This study further evaluates the basis of this association. We found that nearly 1 in 3 readmitted patients did not feel ready to leave the hospital at the time of initial discharge. Feelings of inadequate symptom resolution and poor pain control appear to be major contributors to this sentiment. Furthermore, although 88% of patients endorse having a caretaker at home, patients with concerns about taking care of themselves are more likely to feel unready at discharge. Presumably, when healthcare providers discharge patients, they believe that the patient is ready to be discharged. However, our findings suggest that often patients do not agree, highlighting a gap between the beliefs of patients and those of healthcare providers. Creating patient‐centered education on symptom management and engaging patients in developing skills for independent self‐care may minimize this gap and allow patients to feel more prepared at discharge. Future research investigating provider opinions and the steps providers take when there is a disagreement over discharge readiness would also be useful.
One way to enhance education at the time of discharge is through improvements in printed discharge instructions. Jha et al. previously showed that chart documentation of providing discharge instructions does not correlate with patients reporting receiving discharge instructions.[27] Our study echoes this finding, with only 65% of the patients remembering receiving and reviewing the discharge paperwork. Horwitz et al. have also previously demonstrated poor comprehension of discharge planning and postdischarge care among patients discharged from an academic medical center.[28] Ensuring that all patients understand and retain their discharge instructions is an essential step in improving the patient experience and potentially decreasing readmissions. Our surveys have illuminated potential shortcomings in our own center's discharge instructions. Interventions aimed at clarifying critical pieces of information on the discharge paperwork, such as warning symptoms, contact phone numbers and follow‐up appointments, could be especially helpful.
After discharge, our findings suggest that only about half of patients will call a physician before returning to the hospital. Furthermore, there is limited knowledge and poor utilization of same‐day treatment centers besides the emergency room. In previous studies, Long et al. found that frequently readmitted patients self‐triage to the emergency room because they believe primary care clinics cannot treat acute illness.[11] Another study concluded that low‐income patients prefer hospital care to ambulatory care because of a greater sense of trust in inpatient care.[29]
Our patients' attitudes about readmission may also be different from those of providers. For patients, coming back to the hospital is not a significant burden, and satisfaction with their medical care remains high despite readmission. Additional research is needed to further explore the complex emotions patients have when coming back to the hospital and why patients may not be as upset with returning to the hospital as providers may expect. Ultimately, if patients continue to feel more comfortable being hospitalized, there are few incentives for patients to stay out of the hospital, and readmission rates will remain elevated.
Based on our survey results we have hypothesized a potential framework for studying readmissions from a patient‐centered approach (Figure 1). This figure is not meant to imply causality, but rather to highlight a potential journey from discharge to readmission for a patient who does not feel ready to go home. This schema principally applies to patients who are worried about symptom management and/or self‐care before discharge and may not apply to everyone. Each asterisk in this framework represents an area where an intervention could be designed to improve the patient experience and possibly reduce readmissions. Such interventions should be centered around increasing patient education about symptom management and self‐care at the time of discharge, improving printed discharge instructions, increasing patient awareness of outpatient resources, enhancing communication after discharge, and changing patients' attitudes about readmissions.
This study's limitations include that it is a single‐institution study focusing on patients admitted to a large academic medical center and its partner community hospital. Only English‐speaking patients were included, and thus our results may not be generalizable to other populations. All patients were interviewed at the time of readmission, potentially introducing recall bias regarding their prior discharge. For example, patients might be more likely to state they were not ready for discharge once they have been readmitted to the hospital. Lastly, because there are only a few prior studies interviewing readmitted patients, our survey instrument was not previously validated. Nevertheless, we believe this study offers a unique view on 30‐day readmissions from the patient perspective, with a focus on identifying areas for quality‐improvement interventions.
In conclusion, this study has enabled us to understand readmissions from a patient‐centered perspective. This perspective helps to challenge provider assumptions and gives much‐needed insight into the patient experience. For example, prior to surveying patients, one might assume that if a patient has a caregiver at home, they are unlikely to have concerns about taking care of themselves. We now know this is not the case. Similarly, we have discovered sections of our discharge paperwork that are confusing. Additionally, this study has revealed that patient attitudes regarding readmission can vary significantly from provider attitudes. By exploring the patient perspective and creating a new transition framework, we have identified specific target areas for interventions that would be meaningful to patients. As the nation continues to strive to identify sustainable solutions to reduce readmissions, the way to redesign care must always start and end with the patient.
Acknowledgements
The authors acknowledge Puneet Rana, James Haggerty‐Skeans, Jae Kim, Rhea Mathew, and Anna Do (UCLA volunteers) for helping to perform the patient interviews. We acknowledge Sandy Berry, MA (Senior Behavioral Scientist at RAND Corporation) for her help in reviewing our patient interview script. Additionally Anna Dermenchyan, RN, BSN (Senior Clinical Quality Specialist in the Department of Medicine at UCLA) provided significant administrative support.
Disclosures: This project was supported by a Patient Experience Grant from the Beryl Institute awarded to Jessica Howard‐Anderson, Sarah Lonowski, Ashley Busuttil, and Nasim Afsar‐manesh. Dr. Howard‐Anderson had full access to all of the data in the study and takes responsibility for the integrity of the data and the accuracy of the data analysis. All coauthors have seen and agree with the contents of the article. The article is not under review by any other publication. An earlier version of this work was written as a research report (not peer reviewed) for the Beryl Institute (available at:
- , . What will it take to move the needle on hospital readmissions? Am J Med Qual. 2013;29(4):357–359.
- , , , , , . Medicare readmission rates showed meaningful decline in 2012. Medicare Medicaid Res Rev. 2013;3(2):E1–E12.
- , , , , . Interventions to reduce 30‐day rehospitalization: a systematic review. Ann Intern Med. 2011;155(8):520–528.
- , , , et al. Preventing 30‐day hospital readmissions: a systematic review and meta‐analysis of randomized trials. JAMA Intern Med. 2014;174(7):1095–1107.
- , , , et al. Relationship between early physician follow‐up and 30‐day readmission among Medicare beneficiaries hospitalized for heart failure. JAMA. 2010;303(17):1716–1722.
- , , , et al. Allocating scarce resources in real‐time to reduce heart failure readmissions: a prospective, controlled study. BMJ Qual Saf. 2013;22(12):998–1005.
- , , , , , . Readmissions in the era of patient engagement. JAMA Intern Med. 2014;174(11):1870–1872.
- , , , et al. Comparing perspectives of patients, caregivers, and clinicians on heart failure management [published online October 23, 2015]. J Card Fail. doi: 10.1016/j.cardfail.2015.10.011.
- , , , . The care transitions intervention: results of a randomized controlled trial. Arch Intern Med. 2006;166(17):1822–1828.
- , , . Understanding rehospitalization risk: can hospital discharge be modified to reduce recurrent hospitalization? J Hosp Med. 2007;2(5):297–304.
- , , . Reasons for readmission in an underserved high‐risk population: a qualitative analysis of a series of inpatient interviews. BMJ Open. 2013;3(9):e003212.
- , , , , , . Improving care transitions: the patient perspective. J Health Commun. 2012;17(suppl 3):312–324.
- , , , et al. Challenges faced by patients with low socioeconomic status during the post‐hospital transition. J Gen Intern Med. 2014;29(2):283–289.
- , , , et al. “Missing pieces”—functional, social, and environmental barriers to recovery for vulnerable older adults transitioning from hospital to home. J Am Geriatr Soc. 2014;62(8):1556–1561.
- , , , , , . Perceptions of readmitted patients on the transition from hospital to home. J Hosp Med. 2012;7(9):709–712.
- , , , et al. Factors contributing to all‐cause 30‐day readmissions: a structured case series across 18 hospitals. Med Care. 2012;50(7):599–605.
- , , . Reasons for readmission in heart failure: perspectives of patients, caregivers, cardiologists, and heart failure nurses. Heart Lung. 2009;38(5):427–434.
- , , , et al. Patient‐identified factors related to heart failure readmissions. Circ Cardiovasc Qual Outcomes. 2013;6(2):171–177.
- , , , , . Early readmission among patients with diabetes: a qualitative assessment of contributing factors. J Diabetes Complications. 2014;28(6):869–873.
- , , , , . “Because I was sick”: seriously ill veterans' perspectives on reason for 30‐day readmissions. J Am Geriatr Soc. 2015;63(3):537–542.
- , , , et al. The impact of patient‐centered care on outcomes. J Fam Pract. 2000;49(9):796–804.
- , , , et al. Patient‐centered communication and diagnostic testing. Ann Fam Med. 2005;3(5):415–421.
- , . Physician communication and patient adherence to treatment: a meta‐analysis. Med Care. 2009;47(8):826–834.
- , , , et al. Closing the loop: physician communication with diabetic patients who have low health literacy. Arch Intern Med. 2003;163(1):83–90.
- , , , , . Patients' participation in medical care: effects on blood sugar control and quality of life in diabetes. J Gen Intern Med. 1988;3(5):448–457.
- , , , , , . Research electronic data capture (REDCap)—a metadata‐driven methodology and workflow process for providing translational research informatics support. J Biomed Inform. 2009;42(2):377–381.
- , , . Public reporting of discharge planning and rates of readmissions. N Engl J Med. 2009;361(27):2637–2645.
- , , , et al. Quality of discharge practices and patient understanding at an academic medical center. JAMA Intern Med. 2013;173(18):1715–1722
- , , , , , . Understanding why patients of low socioeconomic status prefer hospitals over ambulatory care. Health Aff (Millwood). 2013;32(7):1196–1203.
- , . What will it take to move the needle on hospital readmissions? Am J Med Qual. 2013;29(4):357–359.
- , , , , , . Medicare readmission rates showed meaningful decline in 2012. Medicare Medicaid Res Rev. 2013;3(2):E1–E12.
- , , , , . Interventions to reduce 30‐day rehospitalization: a systematic review. Ann Intern Med. 2011;155(8):520–528.
- , , , et al. Preventing 30‐day hospital readmissions: a systematic review and meta‐analysis of randomized trials. JAMA Intern Med. 2014;174(7):1095–1107.
- , , , et al. Relationship between early physician follow‐up and 30‐day readmission among Medicare beneficiaries hospitalized for heart failure. JAMA. 2010;303(17):1716–1722.
- , , , et al. Allocating scarce resources in real‐time to reduce heart failure readmissions: a prospective, controlled study. BMJ Qual Saf. 2013;22(12):998–1005.
- , , , , , . Readmissions in the era of patient engagement. JAMA Intern Med. 2014;174(11):1870–1872.
- , , , et al. Comparing perspectives of patients, caregivers, and clinicians on heart failure management [published online October 23, 2015]. J Card Fail. doi: 10.1016/j.cardfail.2015.10.011.
- , , , . The care transitions intervention: results of a randomized controlled trial. Arch Intern Med. 2006;166(17):1822–1828.
- , , . Understanding rehospitalization risk: can hospital discharge be modified to reduce recurrent hospitalization? J Hosp Med. 2007;2(5):297–304.
- , , . Reasons for readmission in an underserved high‐risk population: a qualitative analysis of a series of inpatient interviews. BMJ Open. 2013;3(9):e003212.
- , , , , , . Improving care transitions: the patient perspective. J Health Commun. 2012;17(suppl 3):312–324.
- , , , et al. Challenges faced by patients with low socioeconomic status during the post‐hospital transition. J Gen Intern Med. 2014;29(2):283–289.
- , , , et al. “Missing pieces”—functional, social, and environmental barriers to recovery for vulnerable older adults transitioning from hospital to home. J Am Geriatr Soc. 2014;62(8):1556–1561.
- , , , , , . Perceptions of readmitted patients on the transition from hospital to home. J Hosp Med. 2012;7(9):709–712.
- , , , et al. Factors contributing to all‐cause 30‐day readmissions: a structured case series across 18 hospitals. Med Care. 2012;50(7):599–605.
- , , . Reasons for readmission in heart failure: perspectives of patients, caregivers, cardiologists, and heart failure nurses. Heart Lung. 2009;38(5):427–434.
- , , , et al. Patient‐identified factors related to heart failure readmissions. Circ Cardiovasc Qual Outcomes. 2013;6(2):171–177.
- , , , , . Early readmission among patients with diabetes: a qualitative assessment of contributing factors. J Diabetes Complications. 2014;28(6):869–873.
- , , , , . “Because I was sick”: seriously ill veterans' perspectives on reason for 30‐day readmissions. J Am Geriatr Soc. 2015;63(3):537–542.
- , , , et al. The impact of patient‐centered care on outcomes. J Fam Pract. 2000;49(9):796–804.
- , , , et al. Patient‐centered communication and diagnostic testing. Ann Fam Med. 2005;3(5):415–421.
- , . Physician communication and patient adherence to treatment: a meta‐analysis. Med Care. 2009;47(8):826–834.
- , , , et al. Closing the loop: physician communication with diabetic patients who have low health literacy. Arch Intern Med. 2003;163(1):83–90.
- , , , , . Patients' participation in medical care: effects on blood sugar control and quality of life in diabetes. J Gen Intern Med. 1988;3(5):448–457.
- , , , , , . Research electronic data capture (REDCap)—a metadata‐driven methodology and workflow process for providing translational research informatics support. J Biomed Inform. 2009;42(2):377–381.
- , , . Public reporting of discharge planning and rates of readmissions. N Engl J Med. 2009;361(27):2637–2645.
- , , , et al. Quality of discharge practices and patient understanding at an academic medical center. JAMA Intern Med. 2013;173(18):1715–1722
- , , , , , . Understanding why patients of low socioeconomic status prefer hospitals over ambulatory care. Health Aff (Millwood). 2013;32(7):1196–1203.
© 2016 Society of Hospital Medicine
Arthroscopic Management of Full-Thickness Rotator Cuff Tears in Major League Baseball Pitchers: The Lateralized Footprint Repair Technique
Rotator cuff injuries can be a source of debilitating pain and dysfunction in athletes at all levels, occasionally precluding return to competitive sport. Overhead athletes place extraordinary physiologic demands on the shoulder, as humeral angular velocities of 7000° to 8000° per second and rotational torques higher than 70 Nm have been measured during the baseball pitch.1 Repetitive supraphysiologic loading of the rotator cuff throughout the coordinated phases of throwing can result in a characteristic spectrum of shoulder pathology in overhead throwers. Several studies have demonstrated partial-thickness articular-sided rotator cuff tears (RCTs) in the area of the posterior supraspinatus and anterior infraspinatus tendons.2-4 Although the precise mechanism remains unclear, plausible explanations for the pathogenesis of these injuries include eccentric tensile and shear forces that lead to tendon failure with repetitive throwing, as well as internal impingement (mechanical impingement of the aforementioned tendons against the posterosuperior glenoid at 90° of shoulder abduction and maximum external rotation).5,6
Whereas partial-thickness articular-sided RCTs have been described in overhead athletes with rotator cuff pathology, full-thickness tears are encountered less often.7,8 Accordingly, there is a paucity of literature on clinical outcomes in professional baseball players with these injuries. To our knowledge, only 2 studies have investigated functional outcomes of open surgical repair of full-thickness tears in this population, and the outcomes have been uniformly poor.8,9
An anatomical description of rotator cuff anatomy has demonstrated a consistent pattern of supraspinatus and infraspinatus tendon insertion relative to the articular surface, biceps groove, and the bare area of the humerus.10 Using gross and microscopic analyses, the authors noted that the supraspinatus tendon inserted immediately adjacent to the articular margin, and the infraspinatus and teres minor tapered laterally away from the margin to form the bare area. Detailed knowledge of the insertional anatomy of the rotator cuff is important, as surgical repair should recreate the broad footprint to restore normal biomechanics and increase the surface area available for healing.11,12 Medial advancement of the rotator cuff insertion during surgical repair can have deleterious biomechanical effects on glenohumeral motion.11
Given the unfavorable results found after routine open repair of full-thickness tears, we altered our approach to these injuries and adopted an arthroscopic technique in which the tendon is repaired immediately lateral to the anatomical footprint. Research studies have demonstrated that chronic stress from repetitive throwing can lead to attenuation of soft-tissue restraints, and we think preservation of these adaptive changes after surgical repair may be important for these athletes to maintain extraordinary glenohumeral rotation and achieve high throwing velocities.13 We conducted a study to describe the lateralized repair technique for full-thickness RCTs and to report functional outcomes in Major League Baseball (MLB) pitchers treated with this procedure at minimum 2-year follow-up. We hypothesized that use of this novel technique would result in a higher rate of return to preinjury level of play in comparison with open rotator cuff repair in comparable cohorts, as reported in other studies.8,9
Materials and Methods
After obtaining Institutional Review Board approval for this study, we performed a retrospective chart review of MLB players treated by Dr. Altchek. We identified all professional baseball players who received a diagnosis of full-thickness RCT after preoperative magnetic resonance imaging with subsequent confirmation during surgery. Any patient who underwent arthroscopic repair using the lateralized footprint technique was included in the study. Demographic and preoperative injury information was collected from the chart, and final follow-up data were collected at the last available clinic visit. From available team records, we also obtained return-to-play data and objective pitching statistics: seasons played, games played, innings pitched, strikeouts per 9 innings, walks per 9 innings, and earned run average.
Surgical Technique
We routinely perform arthroscopic rotator cuff repairs with the patient under regional anesthesia in the beach-chair position. The operative extremity is placed in a Spider Limb Positioner (Smith & Nephew) to facilitate easy manipulation of the arm throughout the procedure. A standard posterior portal is established, and then an anterior portal is placed in the superolateral aspect of the rotator interval directly anterior to the leading edge of the supraspinatus tendon. A lateral portal created 2 to 3 cm distal to the anterolateral margin of the acromion may be used as an additional working portal. A thorough diagnostic arthroscopy is performed to evaluate the glenohumeral joint for any concomitant intra-articular pathology. Particular attention is directed to inspection of the superior labrum, biceps tendon, and capsuloligamentous structures, as injuries to these structures are often associated with rotator cuff pathology in overhead athletes.
Once presence of an RCT is confirmed, a thorough subacromial bursectomy is performed to help with visualization and inspection of the injury. The tissue is provisionally grasped and mobilized to measure the amount of available tendon excursion. In this unique population, the vast majority of injuries are diagnosed in an expeditious manner, thereby precluding the presence of significant retraction, poor tissue quality, and inadequate mobilization of the tendons. The greater tuberosity is identified, and the area immediately adjacent to the articular margin is abraded with a mechanical shaver to enhance healing potential. For supraspinatus tears, an anchor is placed immediately lateral to the articular margin in the region of the anterior attachment of the rotator cable (Figure 1). The posterior anchor is placed about 10 to 15 mm lateral to the articular margin to reattach the infraspinatus tendon (Figure 2). When the medial row sutures are tied down, anatomical placement of these anchors effectively re-creates the bare area described by Curtis and colleagues10 (Figure 3). In most cases, the medial row sutures are left intact and fixed laterally with a knotless anchor to provide a transosseous equivalent (double-row) repair.
Results
We identified 6 MLB pitchers who underwent arthroscopic rotator cuff repair using the aforementioned technique over an 8-year period. Each patient presented with complaints of debilitating shoulder pain and decreased pitching performance, including loss of throwing accuracy and velocity. There were 4 right-hand–dominant pitchers and 2 left-hand–dominant pitchers; rotator cuff pathology was observed in the dominant pitching arm in each case. Three players were classified as starting pitchers; the other 3 pitched in a relief role. Mean age of all pitchers at time of surgery was 29.8 years (range, 25-37 years). According to records, 2 patients (33%) underwent previous rotator cuff débridement for partial-thickness RCTs before surgical intervention at our institution. Operative information on the depth of the partial-thickness tears observed during the previous procedures was not available for review. At time of rotator cuff repair, 3 patients (50%) underwent concomitant procedures, including superior labrum anterior-posterior (SLAP) lesion repair (1 patient) and posterior labrum débridement (2 patients). A double-row fixation construct was achieved in each case. Review of operative records revealed a mean tear size of 2.1 cm (range, 1.5-3.0 cm) measured anterior to posterior, and all tears involved the supraspinatus and/or infraspinatus tendons. Postoperative rehabilitation included immobilization in a sling for 4 weeks. Hand, wrist, and elbow range-of-motion (ROM) exercises were started immediately to help reduce inflammation. Passive ROM exercises in the plane of the scapula were begun 4 weeks after surgery. Isometric scapular stabilization exercises were also incorporated at that time. Active-assisted ROM exercises were started at about 6 weeks, and isometric strengthening exercises were started at week 8 with progression to eccentric strengthening and weight training at about 3 months. Most pitchers were allowed to begin an interval throwing program at 24 weeks. There were no significant differences in the therapy programs for pitchers who underwent concomitant labral procedures, but the patient who underwent SLAP repair was limited to 30° of external rotation and 90° of forward flexion, with avoidance of active biceps contractions, for the first 6 weeks of rehabilitation.
By mean follow-up of 66.7 months (range, 23.2-94.6 months), 5 pitchers (83%) returned to their preinjury level of competition for at least 1 full season. One player pitched at Minor League Class AA level for about 1 season but was forced to retire because of persistent symptoms related to the shoulder. This pitcher underwent simultaneous rotator cuff and SLAP lesion repair. Of the 5 pitchers who resumed MLB play, none returned to their preoperative pitching productivity; mean number of innings pitched decreased from 1806.5 to 183.7. Three (60%) of these 5 pitchers experienced a slight reduction in performance as measured by earned run average. Interestingly, both players over age 30 years at time of surgery, versus 3 of the 4 pitchers under age 30 years, returned to their preoperative level of competition for at least 1 season. The Table summarizes MLB player data and objective pitching statistics. There were no perioperative complications related to this arthroscopic technique, and there were no glenohumeral ROM deficits at final follow-up.
Discussion
Although the incidence of full-thickness RCTs in professional baseball players is presumably low, available studies suggest that it is a debilitating injury with a poor prognosis for return to high-level athletics. Mazoué and Andrews9 reviewed the outcomes of 16 professional baseball players (12 pitchers, 4 position players) who underwent mini-open repair of full-thickness RCTs that involved more than 90% of the rotator cuff. Fifteen patients underwent mini-open rotator cuff repair using suture anchors in the anatomical footprint along with bone tunnels established near the lateral margin of the greater tuberosity to create a 2-level anatomical repair. One patient was treated with a mini-open repair using suture anchors in the greater tuberosity with a side-side repair of a longitudinal split within the rotator cuff. In the evaluation of outcomes by player position, only 1 pitcher (8%) returned to a competitive level of pitching at a mean follow-up of 67 months. On review of 2 position players with a full-thickness RCT in the dominant shoulder, only 1 (50%) returned to Major League play at a mean follow-up of 62.5 months. The remaining 2 position players underwent surgical repair of the nondominant shoulder, and, not surprisingly, both returned to their previous level of athletic activity without any difficulty. These results should be examined carefully, as the associated pathology in this high-demand cohort should not be discounted. Eleven (almost 92%) of the 12 pitchers had undergone at least 1 previous procedure on the shoulder. Furthermore, at time of full-thickness rotator cuff repair, 9 (75%) of the 12 pitchers were treated for concomitant intra-articular pathology, including SLAP tears, capsular attenuation, and/or labral fraying. In our study, 50% of pitchers underwent an associated labral procedure. Although labral débridement did not have a significant effect on return to play, the 1 pitcher who underwent SLAP repair was not able to return to preinjury level of play.
Tibone and colleagues8 reviewed postoperative outcomes in 45 athletes with rotator cuff pathology. Within their series, 5 professional baseball pitchers with full-thickness tears were treated with open subacromial decompression and rotator cuff repair. Two baseball pitchers with RCTs larger than 2 cm underwent open transosseous footprint repair in which the cuff was reinserted using bone tunnels created within the greater tuberosity. At long-term follow-up, only 2 (40%) of the 5 pitchers returned to competitive pitching. Interestingly, both pitchers who underwent transosseous footprint fixation were unable to return to professional baseball.
Overhead athletes require a delicate balance of shoulder mobility and stability to meet the high functional demands of their sports. Significant debate continues as to whether innate alterations in glenohumeral mobility preselect individuals for overhead sports, or if these changes are acquired through adaptations in supporting soft-tissue and osseous structures. Sethi and colleagues14 used an instrumented manual laxity examination to compare anterior-posterior laxity in asymptomatic professional and Division I college baseball players. The authors noted asymmetric anterior-posterior translation (>3 mm) between the throwing shoulder and the nondominant shoulder in 12 (60%) of 20 professional pitchers and 10 (59%) of 17 college pitchers. Although the authors did not correlate translational differences with corresponding shoulder pathology, the observed asymmetry supported the idea that these athletes may experience adaptive glenohumeral changes with repetitive throwing. The association between adaptive changes and shoulder biomechanics has been studied. Burkhart and Lo15 used a cadaveric model to describe the cam effect of the proximal humerus and the biomechanical consequences of a relative reduction in this effect after pathologic changes within the glenohumeral joint (constriction of posteroinferior capsule). They noted that a posterosuperior shift in the glenohumeral contact point in the throwing position can result in anterior capsular redundancy that may contribute to microinstability of the shoulder. This relative laxity increases external rotation, resulting in increased torsional and shear forces at the rotator cuff insertion.16 Ultimately, these abnormal forces may predispose overhead athletes to rotator cuff injury.
Given the available literature, it is clear that full-thickness RCTs are potentially career-ending injuries for professional baseball players. The question arises as to why the results are so poor. Ultimately, the high incidence of concomitant intra-articular pathology associated with full-thickness RCTs underscores the severity of soft-tissue damage sustained with repetitive overhead throwing. Mazoué and Andrews9 proposed the presence of associated labral and capsular pathology as a potential explanation for poor outcomes of surgical repair. Given the myriad of additional pathology observed in each patient, it is difficult to ascertain the precise impact of these injuries on postoperative outcome. However, early diagnosis and aggressive surgical intervention are clearly necessary to prevent accumulative injury. Regarding surgical intervention, both Tibone and colleagues8 and Mazoué and Andrews9 reported use of an open surgical repair technique in which the tendon was repaired to the anatomical footprint. Certainly, the benefits of an all-arthroscopic technique include optimal visualization of the RCT, less perioperative morbidity, and minimal soft-tissue injury. With our arthroscopic technique, the rotator cuff was fixed immediately lateral to the anatomical footprint, thereby leaving the medial aspect of the footprint uncovered. Functionally, the goal of this procedure is to restore the integrity of the rotator cuff without compromising glenohumeral mobility acquired through soft-tissue adaptation. Investigation of the insertional anatomy of the rotator cuff has demonstrated that the supraspinatus tendon inserts about 0.9 mm from the edge of the articular surface, and the infraspinatus insertional footprint tapers away from the articular surface to form the bare area as it extends inferiorly on the greater tuberosity.10 We think preexisting adaptations in glenohumeral anatomy are important for peak performance in this unique population, and even small alterations in the repair location can have deleterious effects on throwing mechanics. Lateralized repair of the cuff precludes potential medialization of the cuff insertion and may facilitate preservation of soft-tissue adaptations that these athletes rely on to achieve extraordinary glenohumeral motion.
Interestingly, with this technique we noted a higher rate of return to MLB play in pitchers over age 30 years. Although several individual factors (eg, player talent level, work ethics, compliance with rehabilitation) may play a role in this finding, it is possible that older, more mature patients may be more willing to assume diminished roles to continue to play. Jones and colleagues17 recently reported similar findings in older MLB pitchers after revision ulnar collateral ligament reconstruction.
This study had several limitations. First, the patient cohort was small (a result of the nature and relatively infrequent incidence of the clinical problem). Second, clinical information was collected retrospectively, which limited our ability to determine precise differences between preoperative and postoperative glenohumeral ROM with this technique. Third, the cohort included patients who demonstrated additional intra-articular (labral) pathology. Although associated pathology is common in this high-demand athletic population, it is clear that advanced pathology (eg, SLAP tears) may affect clinical outcomes, as in our study. Despite these limitations, our study is the largest review of professional baseball players treated for full-thickness rotator cuff injuries with an arthroscopic technique. Overall, the results of this study are promising and call for further clinical and biomechanical evaluation.
Conclusion
Surgical management of rotator cuff injuries in professional baseball players remains an extremely difficult problem. Current studies of full-thickness RCTs highlight these athletes’ poor functional outcomes. These unfavorable results prompted us to alter our surgical technique. Initial outcomes have been encouraging, and extended follow-up in this cohort of patients will provide a more definitive assessment of the success of this technique.
1. Dillman CJ, Fleisig GS, Andrews JR. Biomechanics of pitching with emphasis upon shoulder kinematics. J Orthop Sports Phys Ther. 1993;18(2):402-408.
2. Andrews JR, Broussard TS, Carson WG. Arthroscopy of the shoulder in the management of partial tears of the rotator cuff: a preliminary report. Arthroscopy. 1985;1(2):117-122.
3. Paley KJ, Jobe FW, Pink MM, Kvitne RS, ElAttrache NS. Arthroscopic findings in the overhead throwing athlete: evidence for posterior internal impingement of the rotator cuff. Arthroscopy. 2000;16(1):35-40.
4. Nakagawa S, Yoneda M, Hayashida K, Wakitani S, Okamura K. Greater tuberosity notch: an important indicator of articular-side partial rotator cuff tears in the shoulders of throwing athletes. Am J Sports Med. 2001;29(6):762-770.
5. Walch G, Boileau P, Noel E, Donell ST. Impingement of the deep surface of the supraspinatus tendon on the posterosuperior glenoid rim: an arthroscopic study. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 1992;1(5):238-245.
6. Halbrecht JL, Tirman P, Atkin D. Internal impingement of the shoulder: comparison of findings between the throwing and nonthrowing shoulders of college baseball players. Arthroscopy. 1999;15(3):253-258.
7. Reynolds SB, Dugas JR, Cain EL, McMichael CS, Andrews JR. Debridement of small partial-thickness rotator cuff tears in elite overhead throwers. Clin Orthop Relat Res. 2008;466(3):614-621.
8. Tibone JE, Elrod B, Jobe FW, et al. Surgical treatment of tears of the rotator cuff in athletes. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 1986;68(6):887-891.
9. Mazoué C, Andrews JR. Repair of full-thickness rotator cuff tears in professional baseball players. Am J Sports Med. 2006;34():182-189.
10. Curtis AS, Burbank KM, Tierney JJ, Scheller AD, Curran AR. The insertional footprint of the rotator cuff: an anatomic study. Arthroscopy. 2006;22(6):603-609.
11. Liu J, Hughes RE, O’Driscoll SW, An K. Biomechanical effect of medial advancement of the supraspinatus tendon. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 1998;80(6):853-859.
12. Lo IK, Burkhart SS. Double row arthroscopic rotator cuff repair: re-establishing the footprint of the rotator cuff. Arthroscopy. 2003;19(9):1035-1042.
13. Borsa PA, Laudner KG, Sauers EL. Mobility and stability adaptations in the shoulder of the overhead athlete: a theoretical and evidence-based perspective. Sports Med. 2008;38(1):17-36.
14. Sethi PM, Tibone JE, Lee TQ. Quantitative assessment of glenohumeral translation in baseball players: a comparison of pitchers versus nonpitching athletes. Am J Sports Med. 2004;32(7):1711-1715.
15. Burkhart SS, Lo IK. The cam effect of the proximal humerus: its role in the production of relative capsular redundancy of the shoulder. Arthroscopy. 2007;23(3):241-246.
16. Burkhart SS, Morgan CD, Kibler WB. The disabled throwing shoulder: spectrum of pathology. Part I: pathoanatomy and biomechanics. Arthroscopy. 2003;19(4):404-420.
17. Jones KJ, Conte S, Patterson N, ElAttrache NS, Dines JS. Functional outcomes following revision ulnar collateral ligament reconstruction in Major League Baseball pitchers. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2013;22(5):642-646.
Rotator cuff injuries can be a source of debilitating pain and dysfunction in athletes at all levels, occasionally precluding return to competitive sport. Overhead athletes place extraordinary physiologic demands on the shoulder, as humeral angular velocities of 7000° to 8000° per second and rotational torques higher than 70 Nm have been measured during the baseball pitch.1 Repetitive supraphysiologic loading of the rotator cuff throughout the coordinated phases of throwing can result in a characteristic spectrum of shoulder pathology in overhead throwers. Several studies have demonstrated partial-thickness articular-sided rotator cuff tears (RCTs) in the area of the posterior supraspinatus and anterior infraspinatus tendons.2-4 Although the precise mechanism remains unclear, plausible explanations for the pathogenesis of these injuries include eccentric tensile and shear forces that lead to tendon failure with repetitive throwing, as well as internal impingement (mechanical impingement of the aforementioned tendons against the posterosuperior glenoid at 90° of shoulder abduction and maximum external rotation).5,6
Whereas partial-thickness articular-sided RCTs have been described in overhead athletes with rotator cuff pathology, full-thickness tears are encountered less often.7,8 Accordingly, there is a paucity of literature on clinical outcomes in professional baseball players with these injuries. To our knowledge, only 2 studies have investigated functional outcomes of open surgical repair of full-thickness tears in this population, and the outcomes have been uniformly poor.8,9
An anatomical description of rotator cuff anatomy has demonstrated a consistent pattern of supraspinatus and infraspinatus tendon insertion relative to the articular surface, biceps groove, and the bare area of the humerus.10 Using gross and microscopic analyses, the authors noted that the supraspinatus tendon inserted immediately adjacent to the articular margin, and the infraspinatus and teres minor tapered laterally away from the margin to form the bare area. Detailed knowledge of the insertional anatomy of the rotator cuff is important, as surgical repair should recreate the broad footprint to restore normal biomechanics and increase the surface area available for healing.11,12 Medial advancement of the rotator cuff insertion during surgical repair can have deleterious biomechanical effects on glenohumeral motion.11
Given the unfavorable results found after routine open repair of full-thickness tears, we altered our approach to these injuries and adopted an arthroscopic technique in which the tendon is repaired immediately lateral to the anatomical footprint. Research studies have demonstrated that chronic stress from repetitive throwing can lead to attenuation of soft-tissue restraints, and we think preservation of these adaptive changes after surgical repair may be important for these athletes to maintain extraordinary glenohumeral rotation and achieve high throwing velocities.13 We conducted a study to describe the lateralized repair technique for full-thickness RCTs and to report functional outcomes in Major League Baseball (MLB) pitchers treated with this procedure at minimum 2-year follow-up. We hypothesized that use of this novel technique would result in a higher rate of return to preinjury level of play in comparison with open rotator cuff repair in comparable cohorts, as reported in other studies.8,9
Materials and Methods
After obtaining Institutional Review Board approval for this study, we performed a retrospective chart review of MLB players treated by Dr. Altchek. We identified all professional baseball players who received a diagnosis of full-thickness RCT after preoperative magnetic resonance imaging with subsequent confirmation during surgery. Any patient who underwent arthroscopic repair using the lateralized footprint technique was included in the study. Demographic and preoperative injury information was collected from the chart, and final follow-up data were collected at the last available clinic visit. From available team records, we also obtained return-to-play data and objective pitching statistics: seasons played, games played, innings pitched, strikeouts per 9 innings, walks per 9 innings, and earned run average.
Surgical Technique
We routinely perform arthroscopic rotator cuff repairs with the patient under regional anesthesia in the beach-chair position. The operative extremity is placed in a Spider Limb Positioner (Smith & Nephew) to facilitate easy manipulation of the arm throughout the procedure. A standard posterior portal is established, and then an anterior portal is placed in the superolateral aspect of the rotator interval directly anterior to the leading edge of the supraspinatus tendon. A lateral portal created 2 to 3 cm distal to the anterolateral margin of the acromion may be used as an additional working portal. A thorough diagnostic arthroscopy is performed to evaluate the glenohumeral joint for any concomitant intra-articular pathology. Particular attention is directed to inspection of the superior labrum, biceps tendon, and capsuloligamentous structures, as injuries to these structures are often associated with rotator cuff pathology in overhead athletes.
Once presence of an RCT is confirmed, a thorough subacromial bursectomy is performed to help with visualization and inspection of the injury. The tissue is provisionally grasped and mobilized to measure the amount of available tendon excursion. In this unique population, the vast majority of injuries are diagnosed in an expeditious manner, thereby precluding the presence of significant retraction, poor tissue quality, and inadequate mobilization of the tendons. The greater tuberosity is identified, and the area immediately adjacent to the articular margin is abraded with a mechanical shaver to enhance healing potential. For supraspinatus tears, an anchor is placed immediately lateral to the articular margin in the region of the anterior attachment of the rotator cable (Figure 1). The posterior anchor is placed about 10 to 15 mm lateral to the articular margin to reattach the infraspinatus tendon (Figure 2). When the medial row sutures are tied down, anatomical placement of these anchors effectively re-creates the bare area described by Curtis and colleagues10 (Figure 3). In most cases, the medial row sutures are left intact and fixed laterally with a knotless anchor to provide a transosseous equivalent (double-row) repair.
Results
We identified 6 MLB pitchers who underwent arthroscopic rotator cuff repair using the aforementioned technique over an 8-year period. Each patient presented with complaints of debilitating shoulder pain and decreased pitching performance, including loss of throwing accuracy and velocity. There were 4 right-hand–dominant pitchers and 2 left-hand–dominant pitchers; rotator cuff pathology was observed in the dominant pitching arm in each case. Three players were classified as starting pitchers; the other 3 pitched in a relief role. Mean age of all pitchers at time of surgery was 29.8 years (range, 25-37 years). According to records, 2 patients (33%) underwent previous rotator cuff débridement for partial-thickness RCTs before surgical intervention at our institution. Operative information on the depth of the partial-thickness tears observed during the previous procedures was not available for review. At time of rotator cuff repair, 3 patients (50%) underwent concomitant procedures, including superior labrum anterior-posterior (SLAP) lesion repair (1 patient) and posterior labrum débridement (2 patients). A double-row fixation construct was achieved in each case. Review of operative records revealed a mean tear size of 2.1 cm (range, 1.5-3.0 cm) measured anterior to posterior, and all tears involved the supraspinatus and/or infraspinatus tendons. Postoperative rehabilitation included immobilization in a sling for 4 weeks. Hand, wrist, and elbow range-of-motion (ROM) exercises were started immediately to help reduce inflammation. Passive ROM exercises in the plane of the scapula were begun 4 weeks after surgery. Isometric scapular stabilization exercises were also incorporated at that time. Active-assisted ROM exercises were started at about 6 weeks, and isometric strengthening exercises were started at week 8 with progression to eccentric strengthening and weight training at about 3 months. Most pitchers were allowed to begin an interval throwing program at 24 weeks. There were no significant differences in the therapy programs for pitchers who underwent concomitant labral procedures, but the patient who underwent SLAP repair was limited to 30° of external rotation and 90° of forward flexion, with avoidance of active biceps contractions, for the first 6 weeks of rehabilitation.
By mean follow-up of 66.7 months (range, 23.2-94.6 months), 5 pitchers (83%) returned to their preinjury level of competition for at least 1 full season. One player pitched at Minor League Class AA level for about 1 season but was forced to retire because of persistent symptoms related to the shoulder. This pitcher underwent simultaneous rotator cuff and SLAP lesion repair. Of the 5 pitchers who resumed MLB play, none returned to their preoperative pitching productivity; mean number of innings pitched decreased from 1806.5 to 183.7. Three (60%) of these 5 pitchers experienced a slight reduction in performance as measured by earned run average. Interestingly, both players over age 30 years at time of surgery, versus 3 of the 4 pitchers under age 30 years, returned to their preoperative level of competition for at least 1 season. The Table summarizes MLB player data and objective pitching statistics. There were no perioperative complications related to this arthroscopic technique, and there were no glenohumeral ROM deficits at final follow-up.
Discussion
Although the incidence of full-thickness RCTs in professional baseball players is presumably low, available studies suggest that it is a debilitating injury with a poor prognosis for return to high-level athletics. Mazoué and Andrews9 reviewed the outcomes of 16 professional baseball players (12 pitchers, 4 position players) who underwent mini-open repair of full-thickness RCTs that involved more than 90% of the rotator cuff. Fifteen patients underwent mini-open rotator cuff repair using suture anchors in the anatomical footprint along with bone tunnels established near the lateral margin of the greater tuberosity to create a 2-level anatomical repair. One patient was treated with a mini-open repair using suture anchors in the greater tuberosity with a side-side repair of a longitudinal split within the rotator cuff. In the evaluation of outcomes by player position, only 1 pitcher (8%) returned to a competitive level of pitching at a mean follow-up of 67 months. On review of 2 position players with a full-thickness RCT in the dominant shoulder, only 1 (50%) returned to Major League play at a mean follow-up of 62.5 months. The remaining 2 position players underwent surgical repair of the nondominant shoulder, and, not surprisingly, both returned to their previous level of athletic activity without any difficulty. These results should be examined carefully, as the associated pathology in this high-demand cohort should not be discounted. Eleven (almost 92%) of the 12 pitchers had undergone at least 1 previous procedure on the shoulder. Furthermore, at time of full-thickness rotator cuff repair, 9 (75%) of the 12 pitchers were treated for concomitant intra-articular pathology, including SLAP tears, capsular attenuation, and/or labral fraying. In our study, 50% of pitchers underwent an associated labral procedure. Although labral débridement did not have a significant effect on return to play, the 1 pitcher who underwent SLAP repair was not able to return to preinjury level of play.
Tibone and colleagues8 reviewed postoperative outcomes in 45 athletes with rotator cuff pathology. Within their series, 5 professional baseball pitchers with full-thickness tears were treated with open subacromial decompression and rotator cuff repair. Two baseball pitchers with RCTs larger than 2 cm underwent open transosseous footprint repair in which the cuff was reinserted using bone tunnels created within the greater tuberosity. At long-term follow-up, only 2 (40%) of the 5 pitchers returned to competitive pitching. Interestingly, both pitchers who underwent transosseous footprint fixation were unable to return to professional baseball.
Overhead athletes require a delicate balance of shoulder mobility and stability to meet the high functional demands of their sports. Significant debate continues as to whether innate alterations in glenohumeral mobility preselect individuals for overhead sports, or if these changes are acquired through adaptations in supporting soft-tissue and osseous structures. Sethi and colleagues14 used an instrumented manual laxity examination to compare anterior-posterior laxity in asymptomatic professional and Division I college baseball players. The authors noted asymmetric anterior-posterior translation (>3 mm) between the throwing shoulder and the nondominant shoulder in 12 (60%) of 20 professional pitchers and 10 (59%) of 17 college pitchers. Although the authors did not correlate translational differences with corresponding shoulder pathology, the observed asymmetry supported the idea that these athletes may experience adaptive glenohumeral changes with repetitive throwing. The association between adaptive changes and shoulder biomechanics has been studied. Burkhart and Lo15 used a cadaveric model to describe the cam effect of the proximal humerus and the biomechanical consequences of a relative reduction in this effect after pathologic changes within the glenohumeral joint (constriction of posteroinferior capsule). They noted that a posterosuperior shift in the glenohumeral contact point in the throwing position can result in anterior capsular redundancy that may contribute to microinstability of the shoulder. This relative laxity increases external rotation, resulting in increased torsional and shear forces at the rotator cuff insertion.16 Ultimately, these abnormal forces may predispose overhead athletes to rotator cuff injury.
Given the available literature, it is clear that full-thickness RCTs are potentially career-ending injuries for professional baseball players. The question arises as to why the results are so poor. Ultimately, the high incidence of concomitant intra-articular pathology associated with full-thickness RCTs underscores the severity of soft-tissue damage sustained with repetitive overhead throwing. Mazoué and Andrews9 proposed the presence of associated labral and capsular pathology as a potential explanation for poor outcomes of surgical repair. Given the myriad of additional pathology observed in each patient, it is difficult to ascertain the precise impact of these injuries on postoperative outcome. However, early diagnosis and aggressive surgical intervention are clearly necessary to prevent accumulative injury. Regarding surgical intervention, both Tibone and colleagues8 and Mazoué and Andrews9 reported use of an open surgical repair technique in which the tendon was repaired to the anatomical footprint. Certainly, the benefits of an all-arthroscopic technique include optimal visualization of the RCT, less perioperative morbidity, and minimal soft-tissue injury. With our arthroscopic technique, the rotator cuff was fixed immediately lateral to the anatomical footprint, thereby leaving the medial aspect of the footprint uncovered. Functionally, the goal of this procedure is to restore the integrity of the rotator cuff without compromising glenohumeral mobility acquired through soft-tissue adaptation. Investigation of the insertional anatomy of the rotator cuff has demonstrated that the supraspinatus tendon inserts about 0.9 mm from the edge of the articular surface, and the infraspinatus insertional footprint tapers away from the articular surface to form the bare area as it extends inferiorly on the greater tuberosity.10 We think preexisting adaptations in glenohumeral anatomy are important for peak performance in this unique population, and even small alterations in the repair location can have deleterious effects on throwing mechanics. Lateralized repair of the cuff precludes potential medialization of the cuff insertion and may facilitate preservation of soft-tissue adaptations that these athletes rely on to achieve extraordinary glenohumeral motion.
Interestingly, with this technique we noted a higher rate of return to MLB play in pitchers over age 30 years. Although several individual factors (eg, player talent level, work ethics, compliance with rehabilitation) may play a role in this finding, it is possible that older, more mature patients may be more willing to assume diminished roles to continue to play. Jones and colleagues17 recently reported similar findings in older MLB pitchers after revision ulnar collateral ligament reconstruction.
This study had several limitations. First, the patient cohort was small (a result of the nature and relatively infrequent incidence of the clinical problem). Second, clinical information was collected retrospectively, which limited our ability to determine precise differences between preoperative and postoperative glenohumeral ROM with this technique. Third, the cohort included patients who demonstrated additional intra-articular (labral) pathology. Although associated pathology is common in this high-demand athletic population, it is clear that advanced pathology (eg, SLAP tears) may affect clinical outcomes, as in our study. Despite these limitations, our study is the largest review of professional baseball players treated for full-thickness rotator cuff injuries with an arthroscopic technique. Overall, the results of this study are promising and call for further clinical and biomechanical evaluation.
Conclusion
Surgical management of rotator cuff injuries in professional baseball players remains an extremely difficult problem. Current studies of full-thickness RCTs highlight these athletes’ poor functional outcomes. These unfavorable results prompted us to alter our surgical technique. Initial outcomes have been encouraging, and extended follow-up in this cohort of patients will provide a more definitive assessment of the success of this technique.
Rotator cuff injuries can be a source of debilitating pain and dysfunction in athletes at all levels, occasionally precluding return to competitive sport. Overhead athletes place extraordinary physiologic demands on the shoulder, as humeral angular velocities of 7000° to 8000° per second and rotational torques higher than 70 Nm have been measured during the baseball pitch.1 Repetitive supraphysiologic loading of the rotator cuff throughout the coordinated phases of throwing can result in a characteristic spectrum of shoulder pathology in overhead throwers. Several studies have demonstrated partial-thickness articular-sided rotator cuff tears (RCTs) in the area of the posterior supraspinatus and anterior infraspinatus tendons.2-4 Although the precise mechanism remains unclear, plausible explanations for the pathogenesis of these injuries include eccentric tensile and shear forces that lead to tendon failure with repetitive throwing, as well as internal impingement (mechanical impingement of the aforementioned tendons against the posterosuperior glenoid at 90° of shoulder abduction and maximum external rotation).5,6
Whereas partial-thickness articular-sided RCTs have been described in overhead athletes with rotator cuff pathology, full-thickness tears are encountered less often.7,8 Accordingly, there is a paucity of literature on clinical outcomes in professional baseball players with these injuries. To our knowledge, only 2 studies have investigated functional outcomes of open surgical repair of full-thickness tears in this population, and the outcomes have been uniformly poor.8,9
An anatomical description of rotator cuff anatomy has demonstrated a consistent pattern of supraspinatus and infraspinatus tendon insertion relative to the articular surface, biceps groove, and the bare area of the humerus.10 Using gross and microscopic analyses, the authors noted that the supraspinatus tendon inserted immediately adjacent to the articular margin, and the infraspinatus and teres minor tapered laterally away from the margin to form the bare area. Detailed knowledge of the insertional anatomy of the rotator cuff is important, as surgical repair should recreate the broad footprint to restore normal biomechanics and increase the surface area available for healing.11,12 Medial advancement of the rotator cuff insertion during surgical repair can have deleterious biomechanical effects on glenohumeral motion.11
Given the unfavorable results found after routine open repair of full-thickness tears, we altered our approach to these injuries and adopted an arthroscopic technique in which the tendon is repaired immediately lateral to the anatomical footprint. Research studies have demonstrated that chronic stress from repetitive throwing can lead to attenuation of soft-tissue restraints, and we think preservation of these adaptive changes after surgical repair may be important for these athletes to maintain extraordinary glenohumeral rotation and achieve high throwing velocities.13 We conducted a study to describe the lateralized repair technique for full-thickness RCTs and to report functional outcomes in Major League Baseball (MLB) pitchers treated with this procedure at minimum 2-year follow-up. We hypothesized that use of this novel technique would result in a higher rate of return to preinjury level of play in comparison with open rotator cuff repair in comparable cohorts, as reported in other studies.8,9
Materials and Methods
After obtaining Institutional Review Board approval for this study, we performed a retrospective chart review of MLB players treated by Dr. Altchek. We identified all professional baseball players who received a diagnosis of full-thickness RCT after preoperative magnetic resonance imaging with subsequent confirmation during surgery. Any patient who underwent arthroscopic repair using the lateralized footprint technique was included in the study. Demographic and preoperative injury information was collected from the chart, and final follow-up data were collected at the last available clinic visit. From available team records, we also obtained return-to-play data and objective pitching statistics: seasons played, games played, innings pitched, strikeouts per 9 innings, walks per 9 innings, and earned run average.
Surgical Technique
We routinely perform arthroscopic rotator cuff repairs with the patient under regional anesthesia in the beach-chair position. The operative extremity is placed in a Spider Limb Positioner (Smith & Nephew) to facilitate easy manipulation of the arm throughout the procedure. A standard posterior portal is established, and then an anterior portal is placed in the superolateral aspect of the rotator interval directly anterior to the leading edge of the supraspinatus tendon. A lateral portal created 2 to 3 cm distal to the anterolateral margin of the acromion may be used as an additional working portal. A thorough diagnostic arthroscopy is performed to evaluate the glenohumeral joint for any concomitant intra-articular pathology. Particular attention is directed to inspection of the superior labrum, biceps tendon, and capsuloligamentous structures, as injuries to these structures are often associated with rotator cuff pathology in overhead athletes.
Once presence of an RCT is confirmed, a thorough subacromial bursectomy is performed to help with visualization and inspection of the injury. The tissue is provisionally grasped and mobilized to measure the amount of available tendon excursion. In this unique population, the vast majority of injuries are diagnosed in an expeditious manner, thereby precluding the presence of significant retraction, poor tissue quality, and inadequate mobilization of the tendons. The greater tuberosity is identified, and the area immediately adjacent to the articular margin is abraded with a mechanical shaver to enhance healing potential. For supraspinatus tears, an anchor is placed immediately lateral to the articular margin in the region of the anterior attachment of the rotator cable (Figure 1). The posterior anchor is placed about 10 to 15 mm lateral to the articular margin to reattach the infraspinatus tendon (Figure 2). When the medial row sutures are tied down, anatomical placement of these anchors effectively re-creates the bare area described by Curtis and colleagues10 (Figure 3). In most cases, the medial row sutures are left intact and fixed laterally with a knotless anchor to provide a transosseous equivalent (double-row) repair.
Results
We identified 6 MLB pitchers who underwent arthroscopic rotator cuff repair using the aforementioned technique over an 8-year period. Each patient presented with complaints of debilitating shoulder pain and decreased pitching performance, including loss of throwing accuracy and velocity. There were 4 right-hand–dominant pitchers and 2 left-hand–dominant pitchers; rotator cuff pathology was observed in the dominant pitching arm in each case. Three players were classified as starting pitchers; the other 3 pitched in a relief role. Mean age of all pitchers at time of surgery was 29.8 years (range, 25-37 years). According to records, 2 patients (33%) underwent previous rotator cuff débridement for partial-thickness RCTs before surgical intervention at our institution. Operative information on the depth of the partial-thickness tears observed during the previous procedures was not available for review. At time of rotator cuff repair, 3 patients (50%) underwent concomitant procedures, including superior labrum anterior-posterior (SLAP) lesion repair (1 patient) and posterior labrum débridement (2 patients). A double-row fixation construct was achieved in each case. Review of operative records revealed a mean tear size of 2.1 cm (range, 1.5-3.0 cm) measured anterior to posterior, and all tears involved the supraspinatus and/or infraspinatus tendons. Postoperative rehabilitation included immobilization in a sling for 4 weeks. Hand, wrist, and elbow range-of-motion (ROM) exercises were started immediately to help reduce inflammation. Passive ROM exercises in the plane of the scapula were begun 4 weeks after surgery. Isometric scapular stabilization exercises were also incorporated at that time. Active-assisted ROM exercises were started at about 6 weeks, and isometric strengthening exercises were started at week 8 with progression to eccentric strengthening and weight training at about 3 months. Most pitchers were allowed to begin an interval throwing program at 24 weeks. There were no significant differences in the therapy programs for pitchers who underwent concomitant labral procedures, but the patient who underwent SLAP repair was limited to 30° of external rotation and 90° of forward flexion, with avoidance of active biceps contractions, for the first 6 weeks of rehabilitation.
By mean follow-up of 66.7 months (range, 23.2-94.6 months), 5 pitchers (83%) returned to their preinjury level of competition for at least 1 full season. One player pitched at Minor League Class AA level for about 1 season but was forced to retire because of persistent symptoms related to the shoulder. This pitcher underwent simultaneous rotator cuff and SLAP lesion repair. Of the 5 pitchers who resumed MLB play, none returned to their preoperative pitching productivity; mean number of innings pitched decreased from 1806.5 to 183.7. Three (60%) of these 5 pitchers experienced a slight reduction in performance as measured by earned run average. Interestingly, both players over age 30 years at time of surgery, versus 3 of the 4 pitchers under age 30 years, returned to their preoperative level of competition for at least 1 season. The Table summarizes MLB player data and objective pitching statistics. There were no perioperative complications related to this arthroscopic technique, and there were no glenohumeral ROM deficits at final follow-up.
Discussion
Although the incidence of full-thickness RCTs in professional baseball players is presumably low, available studies suggest that it is a debilitating injury with a poor prognosis for return to high-level athletics. Mazoué and Andrews9 reviewed the outcomes of 16 professional baseball players (12 pitchers, 4 position players) who underwent mini-open repair of full-thickness RCTs that involved more than 90% of the rotator cuff. Fifteen patients underwent mini-open rotator cuff repair using suture anchors in the anatomical footprint along with bone tunnels established near the lateral margin of the greater tuberosity to create a 2-level anatomical repair. One patient was treated with a mini-open repair using suture anchors in the greater tuberosity with a side-side repair of a longitudinal split within the rotator cuff. In the evaluation of outcomes by player position, only 1 pitcher (8%) returned to a competitive level of pitching at a mean follow-up of 67 months. On review of 2 position players with a full-thickness RCT in the dominant shoulder, only 1 (50%) returned to Major League play at a mean follow-up of 62.5 months. The remaining 2 position players underwent surgical repair of the nondominant shoulder, and, not surprisingly, both returned to their previous level of athletic activity without any difficulty. These results should be examined carefully, as the associated pathology in this high-demand cohort should not be discounted. Eleven (almost 92%) of the 12 pitchers had undergone at least 1 previous procedure on the shoulder. Furthermore, at time of full-thickness rotator cuff repair, 9 (75%) of the 12 pitchers were treated for concomitant intra-articular pathology, including SLAP tears, capsular attenuation, and/or labral fraying. In our study, 50% of pitchers underwent an associated labral procedure. Although labral débridement did not have a significant effect on return to play, the 1 pitcher who underwent SLAP repair was not able to return to preinjury level of play.
Tibone and colleagues8 reviewed postoperative outcomes in 45 athletes with rotator cuff pathology. Within their series, 5 professional baseball pitchers with full-thickness tears were treated with open subacromial decompression and rotator cuff repair. Two baseball pitchers with RCTs larger than 2 cm underwent open transosseous footprint repair in which the cuff was reinserted using bone tunnels created within the greater tuberosity. At long-term follow-up, only 2 (40%) of the 5 pitchers returned to competitive pitching. Interestingly, both pitchers who underwent transosseous footprint fixation were unable to return to professional baseball.
Overhead athletes require a delicate balance of shoulder mobility and stability to meet the high functional demands of their sports. Significant debate continues as to whether innate alterations in glenohumeral mobility preselect individuals for overhead sports, or if these changes are acquired through adaptations in supporting soft-tissue and osseous structures. Sethi and colleagues14 used an instrumented manual laxity examination to compare anterior-posterior laxity in asymptomatic professional and Division I college baseball players. The authors noted asymmetric anterior-posterior translation (>3 mm) between the throwing shoulder and the nondominant shoulder in 12 (60%) of 20 professional pitchers and 10 (59%) of 17 college pitchers. Although the authors did not correlate translational differences with corresponding shoulder pathology, the observed asymmetry supported the idea that these athletes may experience adaptive glenohumeral changes with repetitive throwing. The association between adaptive changes and shoulder biomechanics has been studied. Burkhart and Lo15 used a cadaveric model to describe the cam effect of the proximal humerus and the biomechanical consequences of a relative reduction in this effect after pathologic changes within the glenohumeral joint (constriction of posteroinferior capsule). They noted that a posterosuperior shift in the glenohumeral contact point in the throwing position can result in anterior capsular redundancy that may contribute to microinstability of the shoulder. This relative laxity increases external rotation, resulting in increased torsional and shear forces at the rotator cuff insertion.16 Ultimately, these abnormal forces may predispose overhead athletes to rotator cuff injury.
Given the available literature, it is clear that full-thickness RCTs are potentially career-ending injuries for professional baseball players. The question arises as to why the results are so poor. Ultimately, the high incidence of concomitant intra-articular pathology associated with full-thickness RCTs underscores the severity of soft-tissue damage sustained with repetitive overhead throwing. Mazoué and Andrews9 proposed the presence of associated labral and capsular pathology as a potential explanation for poor outcomes of surgical repair. Given the myriad of additional pathology observed in each patient, it is difficult to ascertain the precise impact of these injuries on postoperative outcome. However, early diagnosis and aggressive surgical intervention are clearly necessary to prevent accumulative injury. Regarding surgical intervention, both Tibone and colleagues8 and Mazoué and Andrews9 reported use of an open surgical repair technique in which the tendon was repaired to the anatomical footprint. Certainly, the benefits of an all-arthroscopic technique include optimal visualization of the RCT, less perioperative morbidity, and minimal soft-tissue injury. With our arthroscopic technique, the rotator cuff was fixed immediately lateral to the anatomical footprint, thereby leaving the medial aspect of the footprint uncovered. Functionally, the goal of this procedure is to restore the integrity of the rotator cuff without compromising glenohumeral mobility acquired through soft-tissue adaptation. Investigation of the insertional anatomy of the rotator cuff has demonstrated that the supraspinatus tendon inserts about 0.9 mm from the edge of the articular surface, and the infraspinatus insertional footprint tapers away from the articular surface to form the bare area as it extends inferiorly on the greater tuberosity.10 We think preexisting adaptations in glenohumeral anatomy are important for peak performance in this unique population, and even small alterations in the repair location can have deleterious effects on throwing mechanics. Lateralized repair of the cuff precludes potential medialization of the cuff insertion and may facilitate preservation of soft-tissue adaptations that these athletes rely on to achieve extraordinary glenohumeral motion.
Interestingly, with this technique we noted a higher rate of return to MLB play in pitchers over age 30 years. Although several individual factors (eg, player talent level, work ethics, compliance with rehabilitation) may play a role in this finding, it is possible that older, more mature patients may be more willing to assume diminished roles to continue to play. Jones and colleagues17 recently reported similar findings in older MLB pitchers after revision ulnar collateral ligament reconstruction.
This study had several limitations. First, the patient cohort was small (a result of the nature and relatively infrequent incidence of the clinical problem). Second, clinical information was collected retrospectively, which limited our ability to determine precise differences between preoperative and postoperative glenohumeral ROM with this technique. Third, the cohort included patients who demonstrated additional intra-articular (labral) pathology. Although associated pathology is common in this high-demand athletic population, it is clear that advanced pathology (eg, SLAP tears) may affect clinical outcomes, as in our study. Despite these limitations, our study is the largest review of professional baseball players treated for full-thickness rotator cuff injuries with an arthroscopic technique. Overall, the results of this study are promising and call for further clinical and biomechanical evaluation.
Conclusion
Surgical management of rotator cuff injuries in professional baseball players remains an extremely difficult problem. Current studies of full-thickness RCTs highlight these athletes’ poor functional outcomes. These unfavorable results prompted us to alter our surgical technique. Initial outcomes have been encouraging, and extended follow-up in this cohort of patients will provide a more definitive assessment of the success of this technique.
1. Dillman CJ, Fleisig GS, Andrews JR. Biomechanics of pitching with emphasis upon shoulder kinematics. J Orthop Sports Phys Ther. 1993;18(2):402-408.
2. Andrews JR, Broussard TS, Carson WG. Arthroscopy of the shoulder in the management of partial tears of the rotator cuff: a preliminary report. Arthroscopy. 1985;1(2):117-122.
3. Paley KJ, Jobe FW, Pink MM, Kvitne RS, ElAttrache NS. Arthroscopic findings in the overhead throwing athlete: evidence for posterior internal impingement of the rotator cuff. Arthroscopy. 2000;16(1):35-40.
4. Nakagawa S, Yoneda M, Hayashida K, Wakitani S, Okamura K. Greater tuberosity notch: an important indicator of articular-side partial rotator cuff tears in the shoulders of throwing athletes. Am J Sports Med. 2001;29(6):762-770.
5. Walch G, Boileau P, Noel E, Donell ST. Impingement of the deep surface of the supraspinatus tendon on the posterosuperior glenoid rim: an arthroscopic study. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 1992;1(5):238-245.
6. Halbrecht JL, Tirman P, Atkin D. Internal impingement of the shoulder: comparison of findings between the throwing and nonthrowing shoulders of college baseball players. Arthroscopy. 1999;15(3):253-258.
7. Reynolds SB, Dugas JR, Cain EL, McMichael CS, Andrews JR. Debridement of small partial-thickness rotator cuff tears in elite overhead throwers. Clin Orthop Relat Res. 2008;466(3):614-621.
8. Tibone JE, Elrod B, Jobe FW, et al. Surgical treatment of tears of the rotator cuff in athletes. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 1986;68(6):887-891.
9. Mazoué C, Andrews JR. Repair of full-thickness rotator cuff tears in professional baseball players. Am J Sports Med. 2006;34():182-189.
10. Curtis AS, Burbank KM, Tierney JJ, Scheller AD, Curran AR. The insertional footprint of the rotator cuff: an anatomic study. Arthroscopy. 2006;22(6):603-609.
11. Liu J, Hughes RE, O’Driscoll SW, An K. Biomechanical effect of medial advancement of the supraspinatus tendon. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 1998;80(6):853-859.
12. Lo IK, Burkhart SS. Double row arthroscopic rotator cuff repair: re-establishing the footprint of the rotator cuff. Arthroscopy. 2003;19(9):1035-1042.
13. Borsa PA, Laudner KG, Sauers EL. Mobility and stability adaptations in the shoulder of the overhead athlete: a theoretical and evidence-based perspective. Sports Med. 2008;38(1):17-36.
14. Sethi PM, Tibone JE, Lee TQ. Quantitative assessment of glenohumeral translation in baseball players: a comparison of pitchers versus nonpitching athletes. Am J Sports Med. 2004;32(7):1711-1715.
15. Burkhart SS, Lo IK. The cam effect of the proximal humerus: its role in the production of relative capsular redundancy of the shoulder. Arthroscopy. 2007;23(3):241-246.
16. Burkhart SS, Morgan CD, Kibler WB. The disabled throwing shoulder: spectrum of pathology. Part I: pathoanatomy and biomechanics. Arthroscopy. 2003;19(4):404-420.
17. Jones KJ, Conte S, Patterson N, ElAttrache NS, Dines JS. Functional outcomes following revision ulnar collateral ligament reconstruction in Major League Baseball pitchers. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2013;22(5):642-646.
1. Dillman CJ, Fleisig GS, Andrews JR. Biomechanics of pitching with emphasis upon shoulder kinematics. J Orthop Sports Phys Ther. 1993;18(2):402-408.
2. Andrews JR, Broussard TS, Carson WG. Arthroscopy of the shoulder in the management of partial tears of the rotator cuff: a preliminary report. Arthroscopy. 1985;1(2):117-122.
3. Paley KJ, Jobe FW, Pink MM, Kvitne RS, ElAttrache NS. Arthroscopic findings in the overhead throwing athlete: evidence for posterior internal impingement of the rotator cuff. Arthroscopy. 2000;16(1):35-40.
4. Nakagawa S, Yoneda M, Hayashida K, Wakitani S, Okamura K. Greater tuberosity notch: an important indicator of articular-side partial rotator cuff tears in the shoulders of throwing athletes. Am J Sports Med. 2001;29(6):762-770.
5. Walch G, Boileau P, Noel E, Donell ST. Impingement of the deep surface of the supraspinatus tendon on the posterosuperior glenoid rim: an arthroscopic study. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 1992;1(5):238-245.
6. Halbrecht JL, Tirman P, Atkin D. Internal impingement of the shoulder: comparison of findings between the throwing and nonthrowing shoulders of college baseball players. Arthroscopy. 1999;15(3):253-258.
7. Reynolds SB, Dugas JR, Cain EL, McMichael CS, Andrews JR. Debridement of small partial-thickness rotator cuff tears in elite overhead throwers. Clin Orthop Relat Res. 2008;466(3):614-621.
8. Tibone JE, Elrod B, Jobe FW, et al. Surgical treatment of tears of the rotator cuff in athletes. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 1986;68(6):887-891.
9. Mazoué C, Andrews JR. Repair of full-thickness rotator cuff tears in professional baseball players. Am J Sports Med. 2006;34():182-189.
10. Curtis AS, Burbank KM, Tierney JJ, Scheller AD, Curran AR. The insertional footprint of the rotator cuff: an anatomic study. Arthroscopy. 2006;22(6):603-609.
11. Liu J, Hughes RE, O’Driscoll SW, An K. Biomechanical effect of medial advancement of the supraspinatus tendon. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 1998;80(6):853-859.
12. Lo IK, Burkhart SS. Double row arthroscopic rotator cuff repair: re-establishing the footprint of the rotator cuff. Arthroscopy. 2003;19(9):1035-1042.
13. Borsa PA, Laudner KG, Sauers EL. Mobility and stability adaptations in the shoulder of the overhead athlete: a theoretical and evidence-based perspective. Sports Med. 2008;38(1):17-36.
14. Sethi PM, Tibone JE, Lee TQ. Quantitative assessment of glenohumeral translation in baseball players: a comparison of pitchers versus nonpitching athletes. Am J Sports Med. 2004;32(7):1711-1715.
15. Burkhart SS, Lo IK. The cam effect of the proximal humerus: its role in the production of relative capsular redundancy of the shoulder. Arthroscopy. 2007;23(3):241-246.
16. Burkhart SS, Morgan CD, Kibler WB. The disabled throwing shoulder: spectrum of pathology. Part I: pathoanatomy and biomechanics. Arthroscopy. 2003;19(4):404-420.
17. Jones KJ, Conte S, Patterson N, ElAttrache NS, Dines JS. Functional outcomes following revision ulnar collateral ligament reconstruction in Major League Baseball pitchers. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2013;22(5):642-646.
Ulnar Collateral Ligament Repair: An Old Idea With a New Wrinkle
Repair of the ulnar collateral ligament (UCL) was first reported by Norwood and colleagues1 in a group of athletes who sustained acute UCL ruptures. Of the 4 athletes in their cohort who underwent direct UCL repair, none were noted to have any residual instability 2 years after the surgery. However, none of these 4 were overhead throwing athletes. Jobe and colleagues2 first published Jobe’s technique of UCL reconstruction in 1986, but it was Conway and colleagus’3 1992 publication describing Jobe’s experience with UCL injury and surgical treatment in throwing athletes that set the early standard for management in that population. Since those landmark studies, there has been a tremendous increase in attention to this near-epidemic clinical problem.
Although these studies were the first to describe the surgical procedure that is now often referred to as “Tommy John surgery,” named after Jobe’s initial patient in 1974, Conway and colleagues3 also reported on Jobe’s early experience with UCL repair. In fact, of the 70 patients reported in the Conway and colleagues’3 article, 14 were treated with repair of the ligament. Only 7 of the 14 (50%) of those who underwent UCL repair were able to return to the same level of play, and only 2 of the 7 (29%) of Major League Baseball (MLB) players who underwent UCL repair were able to return to competition at the MLB level. This compared very poorly with the nearly 75% rate of return to competition in patients who underwent UCL reconstructions in the same cohort. In Azar and colleagues’4 2000 report on Dr. James Andrews’ experience with UCL injury and treatment in male college and professional baseball players, UCL repair again did poorly when compared to UCL reconstruction, with only 5 of the 8 (63%) of UCL repair patients returning to the same level of play compared to 41 of the 51 (81%) of UCL reconstructions using a modification of Jobe’s original technique.
Since the mid-1990s, numerous new techniques have been described and shown to have acceptable and largely successful outcomes in treating UCL injuries.5-9 All of them involve placing or anchoring a spanning piece of tendon graft from the native origin on the medial epicondyle of the humerus to the native insertion on the sublime tubercle of the ulna. These palpable and visible anatomic landmarks are important to the UCL surgeon due to the need to place the graft or repair the torn ligament tissue to its normal anatomic origin and/or insertion.10 Regardless of whether the graft is sewn, docked, tunneled, or anchored, these types of procedures have demonstrated rates of return to competition at the same or higher level of play in the 75% to 92% range.3,4,7,11-13 In the largest published series of 1281 UCL reconstructions by Cain and colleagues7 at American Sports Medicine Institute (Birmingham, AL), the rate of return to play at the same or higher level was 84%, with the average time to return to play of 11.4 months. On the basis of these robust clinical studies and numerous basic science studies demonstrating essentially equivalent strength and function among reconstruction techniques, UCL reconstruction now enjoys an acceptance among clinicians, athletes, athletic trainers, coaches, and team management at all levels of overhead sports.
In comparison to UCL reconstruction, relatively little has been published on UCL repair since 2000. Certainly this is in part due to the success of its clinical descendant. UCL repair did not appear on the pages of peer-reviewed literature until 2006, when Argo and colleagues11 published a report on the outcome of 17 UCL repairs in female athletes using a variety of techniques, including plication, anchor-to-bone, and drill holes. Although there was only 1 pitcher in the group, 16 of the 17 (94%) returned to the same or higher level of competition at an average of only 3 months after surgery.11
Savoie and colleagues13 followed this in 2008 with a report on 60 UCL repairs in overhead athletes. Of the 51 patients in this study in which the ligament was repaired to bone using suture anchors, 93% returned to the same or higher level of play at an average of only 6 months after surgery. Including Jobe’s original group, there have been less than 100 patients ever reported to have had a UCL repair performed. In comparison to the thousands of UCL reconstructions that have been reported over the last 20 years, it is not surprising that UCL repair has not gained great popularity among surgeons and patients. It is also important to remember that suture and anchor technology has come a long way since the 1970s, and our overall knowledge of the injury and its treatments and rehabilitation have grown tremendously since that time.
A New Technique for UCL Repair
Since we began data collection in Birmingham, Alabama in the mid 1990s, our practice has successfully treated thousands of overhead athletes of all types with the modified Jobe technique of UCL reconstruction, using either a palmaris longus tendon or a gracilis tendon graft.7 Until August 2013, this technique was exclusively utilized regardless of the amount and location of pathology encountered at the time of surgery. The range of pathology, from partial undersurface tearing to complete disruption of the ligament tissue, was treated by placing a graft at the anatomic insertion points of the native ligament. While the success of this experience cannot be overlooked, we also realized that we were treating a broad spectrum of pathology and injury with the same operation.
Recognizing the valuable contributions of earlier authors who had attempted UCL repair previously, we asked whether we were doing too much of an operation for all of the various pathology we saw at the time of surgery, and whether the availability of modern anchor and suture technology, vast clinical experience with these injuries and their outcomes, and even biologic additives could be applied to some of these patients in order to achieve an equal or superior outcome in less time. In particular, could such a technique be applied to the ever-increasing number of younger athletes with less pathology, who more frequently suffer end-avulsions and partial tears of their UCL?
These thoughts, along with Savoie and colleagues’13 experience with UCL repair using suture anchors, led us to create a construct that could be used to not only repair the torn native UCL tissue to bone, but also span the anatomic native ligament from its origin to its insertion. The construct includes an ultra-strong collagen coated tape (FiberTape, Arthrex) attached at the anatomic insertions of the ligament using two 3.5-mm nonabsorbable PEEK corkscrew anchors (SwiveLock, Arthrex), and a suture through the eyelet of one of the anchors (Figure 1). Using this construct, the native ligament disruption can be repaired directly to bone using the suture through the eyelet of the anchor, and the remainder of the native ligament is augmented with the spanning biologic enhanced tape (Figures 2A-2C). The construct is created by placing one end of the tape through the eyelet of the first anchor, and then placing one end of a No. zero braided permanent suture through the same eyelet. Both ends of the tape are then placed through the eyelet of the second anchor. The first anchor is inserted into a hole drilled at the apex of the insertion of the torn end of the native ligament. This anchor is placed first in order to allow for direct repair of the native torn ligament using the free suture through the eyelet of the first anchor. The second hole is then drilled at the insertion of the native ligament on the uninjured end of the native ligament. In order to accommodate the volume of tape in the hole created for the second anchor, a slightly oversized drill and tap were created specifically for this technique (Arthrex).
Before attempting this in vivo, a cadaveric study was carried out in order to ensure that the time-zero function of the construct would be at least as good as the standard UCL reconstruction technique we have used for several decades.14 The time-zero gap formation under valgus load was less for the repair/augmentation than for the standard reconstruction with palmaris longus, and the ultimate failure strength of the repair was the same as in the reconstruction group, with all failures through bone in the cadaveric specimens. No anchors pulled out of bone, and the tape did not tear in any specimen.
This basic science study has given us confidence to proceed with the use of this technique in patients. The first patient was treated with this construct in August 2013. The outcomes of our first series of patients were presented on Saturday, March 5 at American Orthopaedic Society for Sports Medicine Specialty Day during the 2016 American Academy of Orthopaedic Surgeons annual meeting in Orlando, FL.
We do not feel that this technique is adequate for the treatment of the UCL that has sustained attritional injury and contains poor quality native ligament tissue. Before we do these procedures, we always discuss with the patient the possibility that full reconstruction may be required, and that the decision to proceed with UCL repair is contingent upon the quality and quantity of the native UCL tissue present at the time of surgery. If the quality of the native tissue is poor (chronic degenerative changes, etc), full reconstruction with autograft tendon is recommended. It is our hope that this technique will afford the UCL surgeon another option for treating end-avulsions and partial thickness injuries, with a more rapid and successful return to normal function and competition.
1. Norwood LA, Shook JA, Andrews JR. Acute medial elbow ruptures. Am J Sports Med. 1981;9(1):16-19.
2. Jobe FW, Stark H, Lombardo SJ. Reconstruction of the ulnar collateral ligament in athletes. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 1986;68(8):1158-1163.
3. Conway JE, Jobe FW, Glousman RE, Pink M. Medial instability of the elbow in throwing athletes: treatment by repair or reconstruction of the ulnar collateral ligament. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 1992;74(1):67-83.
4. Azar FM, Andrews JR, Wilk KE, Groh D. Operative treatment of ulnar collateral ligament injuries of the elbow in athletes. Am J Sports Med. 2000;28(1):16-23.
5. Ahmad CS, Lee TQ, ElAttrache NS. Biomechanical evaluation of a new ulnar collateral ligament reconstruction technique with interference screw fixation. Am J Sports Med. 2003;31(3):332-337.
6. Armstrong AD, Dunning CE, Ferreira LM, Faber KJ, Johnson JA, King GJ. A biomechanical comparison of four reconstruction techniques for the medial collateral ligament-deficient elbow. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2005;14(2):207-215.
7. Cain EL, Andrews JR, Dugas JR, et al. Outcome of ulnar collateral ligament reconstruction of the elbow in 1281 athletes: results in 743 athletes with minimum 2-year follow-up. Am J Sports Med. 2010;38(12):2426-2434.
8. Paletta GA, Klepps SJ, Difelice GS, et al. Biomechanical evaluation of 2 techniques for ulnar collateral ligament reconstruction of the elbow. Am J Sports Med. 2006;34(10):1599-1603.
9. Ruland RT, Hogan CJH, Randall CJ, Richards A, Belkoff SM. Biomechanical comparison of ulnar collateral ligament reconstruction techniques. Am J Sports Med. 2008;36(8):1565-1570.
10. Dugas JR, Ostrander RV, Cain EL, Kingsley D, Andrews JR. Anatomy of the anterior bundle of the ulnar collateral ligament. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2007;16(5):657-660.
11. Argo D, Trenhaile SW, Savoie FH, Field LD. Operative treatment of ulnar collateral ligament insufficiency of the elbow in female athletes. Am J Sports Med. 2006;34(3):431-437.
12. Petty DH, Andrews JR, Fleisig GS, Cain EL. Ulnar collateral ligament reconstruction in high school baseball players: clinical results and injury risk factors. Am J Sports Med. 2003;32(5):1158-1164.
13. Savoie FH, Trenhaile SW, Roberts J, Field LD, Ramsey JR. Primary repair of ulnar collateral ligament injuries of the elbow in young athletes: a case series of injuries to the proximal and distal ends of the ligament. Am J Sports Med. 2008;36(6):1066-1072.
14. Dugas JR, Walters BL, Beason DP, Fleisig GS, Chronister JE. Biomechanical comparison of ulnar collateral ligament repair with internal bracing versus modified Jobe reconstruction. Am J Sports Med. 2015. [Epub ahead of print].
Repair of the ulnar collateral ligament (UCL) was first reported by Norwood and colleagues1 in a group of athletes who sustained acute UCL ruptures. Of the 4 athletes in their cohort who underwent direct UCL repair, none were noted to have any residual instability 2 years after the surgery. However, none of these 4 were overhead throwing athletes. Jobe and colleagues2 first published Jobe’s technique of UCL reconstruction in 1986, but it was Conway and colleagus’3 1992 publication describing Jobe’s experience with UCL injury and surgical treatment in throwing athletes that set the early standard for management in that population. Since those landmark studies, there has been a tremendous increase in attention to this near-epidemic clinical problem.
Although these studies were the first to describe the surgical procedure that is now often referred to as “Tommy John surgery,” named after Jobe’s initial patient in 1974, Conway and colleagues3 also reported on Jobe’s early experience with UCL repair. In fact, of the 70 patients reported in the Conway and colleagues’3 article, 14 were treated with repair of the ligament. Only 7 of the 14 (50%) of those who underwent UCL repair were able to return to the same level of play, and only 2 of the 7 (29%) of Major League Baseball (MLB) players who underwent UCL repair were able to return to competition at the MLB level. This compared very poorly with the nearly 75% rate of return to competition in patients who underwent UCL reconstructions in the same cohort. In Azar and colleagues’4 2000 report on Dr. James Andrews’ experience with UCL injury and treatment in male college and professional baseball players, UCL repair again did poorly when compared to UCL reconstruction, with only 5 of the 8 (63%) of UCL repair patients returning to the same level of play compared to 41 of the 51 (81%) of UCL reconstructions using a modification of Jobe’s original technique.
Since the mid-1990s, numerous new techniques have been described and shown to have acceptable and largely successful outcomes in treating UCL injuries.5-9 All of them involve placing or anchoring a spanning piece of tendon graft from the native origin on the medial epicondyle of the humerus to the native insertion on the sublime tubercle of the ulna. These palpable and visible anatomic landmarks are important to the UCL surgeon due to the need to place the graft or repair the torn ligament tissue to its normal anatomic origin and/or insertion.10 Regardless of whether the graft is sewn, docked, tunneled, or anchored, these types of procedures have demonstrated rates of return to competition at the same or higher level of play in the 75% to 92% range.3,4,7,11-13 In the largest published series of 1281 UCL reconstructions by Cain and colleagues7 at American Sports Medicine Institute (Birmingham, AL), the rate of return to play at the same or higher level was 84%, with the average time to return to play of 11.4 months. On the basis of these robust clinical studies and numerous basic science studies demonstrating essentially equivalent strength and function among reconstruction techniques, UCL reconstruction now enjoys an acceptance among clinicians, athletes, athletic trainers, coaches, and team management at all levels of overhead sports.
In comparison to UCL reconstruction, relatively little has been published on UCL repair since 2000. Certainly this is in part due to the success of its clinical descendant. UCL repair did not appear on the pages of peer-reviewed literature until 2006, when Argo and colleagues11 published a report on the outcome of 17 UCL repairs in female athletes using a variety of techniques, including plication, anchor-to-bone, and drill holes. Although there was only 1 pitcher in the group, 16 of the 17 (94%) returned to the same or higher level of competition at an average of only 3 months after surgery.11
Savoie and colleagues13 followed this in 2008 with a report on 60 UCL repairs in overhead athletes. Of the 51 patients in this study in which the ligament was repaired to bone using suture anchors, 93% returned to the same or higher level of play at an average of only 6 months after surgery. Including Jobe’s original group, there have been less than 100 patients ever reported to have had a UCL repair performed. In comparison to the thousands of UCL reconstructions that have been reported over the last 20 years, it is not surprising that UCL repair has not gained great popularity among surgeons and patients. It is also important to remember that suture and anchor technology has come a long way since the 1970s, and our overall knowledge of the injury and its treatments and rehabilitation have grown tremendously since that time.
A New Technique for UCL Repair
Since we began data collection in Birmingham, Alabama in the mid 1990s, our practice has successfully treated thousands of overhead athletes of all types with the modified Jobe technique of UCL reconstruction, using either a palmaris longus tendon or a gracilis tendon graft.7 Until August 2013, this technique was exclusively utilized regardless of the amount and location of pathology encountered at the time of surgery. The range of pathology, from partial undersurface tearing to complete disruption of the ligament tissue, was treated by placing a graft at the anatomic insertion points of the native ligament. While the success of this experience cannot be overlooked, we also realized that we were treating a broad spectrum of pathology and injury with the same operation.
Recognizing the valuable contributions of earlier authors who had attempted UCL repair previously, we asked whether we were doing too much of an operation for all of the various pathology we saw at the time of surgery, and whether the availability of modern anchor and suture technology, vast clinical experience with these injuries and their outcomes, and even biologic additives could be applied to some of these patients in order to achieve an equal or superior outcome in less time. In particular, could such a technique be applied to the ever-increasing number of younger athletes with less pathology, who more frequently suffer end-avulsions and partial tears of their UCL?
These thoughts, along with Savoie and colleagues’13 experience with UCL repair using suture anchors, led us to create a construct that could be used to not only repair the torn native UCL tissue to bone, but also span the anatomic native ligament from its origin to its insertion. The construct includes an ultra-strong collagen coated tape (FiberTape, Arthrex) attached at the anatomic insertions of the ligament using two 3.5-mm nonabsorbable PEEK corkscrew anchors (SwiveLock, Arthrex), and a suture through the eyelet of one of the anchors (Figure 1). Using this construct, the native ligament disruption can be repaired directly to bone using the suture through the eyelet of the anchor, and the remainder of the native ligament is augmented with the spanning biologic enhanced tape (Figures 2A-2C). The construct is created by placing one end of the tape through the eyelet of the first anchor, and then placing one end of a No. zero braided permanent suture through the same eyelet. Both ends of the tape are then placed through the eyelet of the second anchor. The first anchor is inserted into a hole drilled at the apex of the insertion of the torn end of the native ligament. This anchor is placed first in order to allow for direct repair of the native torn ligament using the free suture through the eyelet of the first anchor. The second hole is then drilled at the insertion of the native ligament on the uninjured end of the native ligament. In order to accommodate the volume of tape in the hole created for the second anchor, a slightly oversized drill and tap were created specifically for this technique (Arthrex).
Before attempting this in vivo, a cadaveric study was carried out in order to ensure that the time-zero function of the construct would be at least as good as the standard UCL reconstruction technique we have used for several decades.14 The time-zero gap formation under valgus load was less for the repair/augmentation than for the standard reconstruction with palmaris longus, and the ultimate failure strength of the repair was the same as in the reconstruction group, with all failures through bone in the cadaveric specimens. No anchors pulled out of bone, and the tape did not tear in any specimen.
This basic science study has given us confidence to proceed with the use of this technique in patients. The first patient was treated with this construct in August 2013. The outcomes of our first series of patients were presented on Saturday, March 5 at American Orthopaedic Society for Sports Medicine Specialty Day during the 2016 American Academy of Orthopaedic Surgeons annual meeting in Orlando, FL.
We do not feel that this technique is adequate for the treatment of the UCL that has sustained attritional injury and contains poor quality native ligament tissue. Before we do these procedures, we always discuss with the patient the possibility that full reconstruction may be required, and that the decision to proceed with UCL repair is contingent upon the quality and quantity of the native UCL tissue present at the time of surgery. If the quality of the native tissue is poor (chronic degenerative changes, etc), full reconstruction with autograft tendon is recommended. It is our hope that this technique will afford the UCL surgeon another option for treating end-avulsions and partial thickness injuries, with a more rapid and successful return to normal function and competition.
Repair of the ulnar collateral ligament (UCL) was first reported by Norwood and colleagues1 in a group of athletes who sustained acute UCL ruptures. Of the 4 athletes in their cohort who underwent direct UCL repair, none were noted to have any residual instability 2 years after the surgery. However, none of these 4 were overhead throwing athletes. Jobe and colleagues2 first published Jobe’s technique of UCL reconstruction in 1986, but it was Conway and colleagus’3 1992 publication describing Jobe’s experience with UCL injury and surgical treatment in throwing athletes that set the early standard for management in that population. Since those landmark studies, there has been a tremendous increase in attention to this near-epidemic clinical problem.
Although these studies were the first to describe the surgical procedure that is now often referred to as “Tommy John surgery,” named after Jobe’s initial patient in 1974, Conway and colleagues3 also reported on Jobe’s early experience with UCL repair. In fact, of the 70 patients reported in the Conway and colleagues’3 article, 14 were treated with repair of the ligament. Only 7 of the 14 (50%) of those who underwent UCL repair were able to return to the same level of play, and only 2 of the 7 (29%) of Major League Baseball (MLB) players who underwent UCL repair were able to return to competition at the MLB level. This compared very poorly with the nearly 75% rate of return to competition in patients who underwent UCL reconstructions in the same cohort. In Azar and colleagues’4 2000 report on Dr. James Andrews’ experience with UCL injury and treatment in male college and professional baseball players, UCL repair again did poorly when compared to UCL reconstruction, with only 5 of the 8 (63%) of UCL repair patients returning to the same level of play compared to 41 of the 51 (81%) of UCL reconstructions using a modification of Jobe’s original technique.
Since the mid-1990s, numerous new techniques have been described and shown to have acceptable and largely successful outcomes in treating UCL injuries.5-9 All of them involve placing or anchoring a spanning piece of tendon graft from the native origin on the medial epicondyle of the humerus to the native insertion on the sublime tubercle of the ulna. These palpable and visible anatomic landmarks are important to the UCL surgeon due to the need to place the graft or repair the torn ligament tissue to its normal anatomic origin and/or insertion.10 Regardless of whether the graft is sewn, docked, tunneled, or anchored, these types of procedures have demonstrated rates of return to competition at the same or higher level of play in the 75% to 92% range.3,4,7,11-13 In the largest published series of 1281 UCL reconstructions by Cain and colleagues7 at American Sports Medicine Institute (Birmingham, AL), the rate of return to play at the same or higher level was 84%, with the average time to return to play of 11.4 months. On the basis of these robust clinical studies and numerous basic science studies demonstrating essentially equivalent strength and function among reconstruction techniques, UCL reconstruction now enjoys an acceptance among clinicians, athletes, athletic trainers, coaches, and team management at all levels of overhead sports.
In comparison to UCL reconstruction, relatively little has been published on UCL repair since 2000. Certainly this is in part due to the success of its clinical descendant. UCL repair did not appear on the pages of peer-reviewed literature until 2006, when Argo and colleagues11 published a report on the outcome of 17 UCL repairs in female athletes using a variety of techniques, including plication, anchor-to-bone, and drill holes. Although there was only 1 pitcher in the group, 16 of the 17 (94%) returned to the same or higher level of competition at an average of only 3 months after surgery.11
Savoie and colleagues13 followed this in 2008 with a report on 60 UCL repairs in overhead athletes. Of the 51 patients in this study in which the ligament was repaired to bone using suture anchors, 93% returned to the same or higher level of play at an average of only 6 months after surgery. Including Jobe’s original group, there have been less than 100 patients ever reported to have had a UCL repair performed. In comparison to the thousands of UCL reconstructions that have been reported over the last 20 years, it is not surprising that UCL repair has not gained great popularity among surgeons and patients. It is also important to remember that suture and anchor technology has come a long way since the 1970s, and our overall knowledge of the injury and its treatments and rehabilitation have grown tremendously since that time.
A New Technique for UCL Repair
Since we began data collection in Birmingham, Alabama in the mid 1990s, our practice has successfully treated thousands of overhead athletes of all types with the modified Jobe technique of UCL reconstruction, using either a palmaris longus tendon or a gracilis tendon graft.7 Until August 2013, this technique was exclusively utilized regardless of the amount and location of pathology encountered at the time of surgery. The range of pathology, from partial undersurface tearing to complete disruption of the ligament tissue, was treated by placing a graft at the anatomic insertion points of the native ligament. While the success of this experience cannot be overlooked, we also realized that we were treating a broad spectrum of pathology and injury with the same operation.
Recognizing the valuable contributions of earlier authors who had attempted UCL repair previously, we asked whether we were doing too much of an operation for all of the various pathology we saw at the time of surgery, and whether the availability of modern anchor and suture technology, vast clinical experience with these injuries and their outcomes, and even biologic additives could be applied to some of these patients in order to achieve an equal or superior outcome in less time. In particular, could such a technique be applied to the ever-increasing number of younger athletes with less pathology, who more frequently suffer end-avulsions and partial tears of their UCL?
These thoughts, along with Savoie and colleagues’13 experience with UCL repair using suture anchors, led us to create a construct that could be used to not only repair the torn native UCL tissue to bone, but also span the anatomic native ligament from its origin to its insertion. The construct includes an ultra-strong collagen coated tape (FiberTape, Arthrex) attached at the anatomic insertions of the ligament using two 3.5-mm nonabsorbable PEEK corkscrew anchors (SwiveLock, Arthrex), and a suture through the eyelet of one of the anchors (Figure 1). Using this construct, the native ligament disruption can be repaired directly to bone using the suture through the eyelet of the anchor, and the remainder of the native ligament is augmented with the spanning biologic enhanced tape (Figures 2A-2C). The construct is created by placing one end of the tape through the eyelet of the first anchor, and then placing one end of a No. zero braided permanent suture through the same eyelet. Both ends of the tape are then placed through the eyelet of the second anchor. The first anchor is inserted into a hole drilled at the apex of the insertion of the torn end of the native ligament. This anchor is placed first in order to allow for direct repair of the native torn ligament using the free suture through the eyelet of the first anchor. The second hole is then drilled at the insertion of the native ligament on the uninjured end of the native ligament. In order to accommodate the volume of tape in the hole created for the second anchor, a slightly oversized drill and tap were created specifically for this technique (Arthrex).
Before attempting this in vivo, a cadaveric study was carried out in order to ensure that the time-zero function of the construct would be at least as good as the standard UCL reconstruction technique we have used for several decades.14 The time-zero gap formation under valgus load was less for the repair/augmentation than for the standard reconstruction with palmaris longus, and the ultimate failure strength of the repair was the same as in the reconstruction group, with all failures through bone in the cadaveric specimens. No anchors pulled out of bone, and the tape did not tear in any specimen.
This basic science study has given us confidence to proceed with the use of this technique in patients. The first patient was treated with this construct in August 2013. The outcomes of our first series of patients were presented on Saturday, March 5 at American Orthopaedic Society for Sports Medicine Specialty Day during the 2016 American Academy of Orthopaedic Surgeons annual meeting in Orlando, FL.
We do not feel that this technique is adequate for the treatment of the UCL that has sustained attritional injury and contains poor quality native ligament tissue. Before we do these procedures, we always discuss with the patient the possibility that full reconstruction may be required, and that the decision to proceed with UCL repair is contingent upon the quality and quantity of the native UCL tissue present at the time of surgery. If the quality of the native tissue is poor (chronic degenerative changes, etc), full reconstruction with autograft tendon is recommended. It is our hope that this technique will afford the UCL surgeon another option for treating end-avulsions and partial thickness injuries, with a more rapid and successful return to normal function and competition.
1. Norwood LA, Shook JA, Andrews JR. Acute medial elbow ruptures. Am J Sports Med. 1981;9(1):16-19.
2. Jobe FW, Stark H, Lombardo SJ. Reconstruction of the ulnar collateral ligament in athletes. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 1986;68(8):1158-1163.
3. Conway JE, Jobe FW, Glousman RE, Pink M. Medial instability of the elbow in throwing athletes: treatment by repair or reconstruction of the ulnar collateral ligament. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 1992;74(1):67-83.
4. Azar FM, Andrews JR, Wilk KE, Groh D. Operative treatment of ulnar collateral ligament injuries of the elbow in athletes. Am J Sports Med. 2000;28(1):16-23.
5. Ahmad CS, Lee TQ, ElAttrache NS. Biomechanical evaluation of a new ulnar collateral ligament reconstruction technique with interference screw fixation. Am J Sports Med. 2003;31(3):332-337.
6. Armstrong AD, Dunning CE, Ferreira LM, Faber KJ, Johnson JA, King GJ. A biomechanical comparison of four reconstruction techniques for the medial collateral ligament-deficient elbow. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2005;14(2):207-215.
7. Cain EL, Andrews JR, Dugas JR, et al. Outcome of ulnar collateral ligament reconstruction of the elbow in 1281 athletes: results in 743 athletes with minimum 2-year follow-up. Am J Sports Med. 2010;38(12):2426-2434.
8. Paletta GA, Klepps SJ, Difelice GS, et al. Biomechanical evaluation of 2 techniques for ulnar collateral ligament reconstruction of the elbow. Am J Sports Med. 2006;34(10):1599-1603.
9. Ruland RT, Hogan CJH, Randall CJ, Richards A, Belkoff SM. Biomechanical comparison of ulnar collateral ligament reconstruction techniques. Am J Sports Med. 2008;36(8):1565-1570.
10. Dugas JR, Ostrander RV, Cain EL, Kingsley D, Andrews JR. Anatomy of the anterior bundle of the ulnar collateral ligament. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2007;16(5):657-660.
11. Argo D, Trenhaile SW, Savoie FH, Field LD. Operative treatment of ulnar collateral ligament insufficiency of the elbow in female athletes. Am J Sports Med. 2006;34(3):431-437.
12. Petty DH, Andrews JR, Fleisig GS, Cain EL. Ulnar collateral ligament reconstruction in high school baseball players: clinical results and injury risk factors. Am J Sports Med. 2003;32(5):1158-1164.
13. Savoie FH, Trenhaile SW, Roberts J, Field LD, Ramsey JR. Primary repair of ulnar collateral ligament injuries of the elbow in young athletes: a case series of injuries to the proximal and distal ends of the ligament. Am J Sports Med. 2008;36(6):1066-1072.
14. Dugas JR, Walters BL, Beason DP, Fleisig GS, Chronister JE. Biomechanical comparison of ulnar collateral ligament repair with internal bracing versus modified Jobe reconstruction. Am J Sports Med. 2015. [Epub ahead of print].
1. Norwood LA, Shook JA, Andrews JR. Acute medial elbow ruptures. Am J Sports Med. 1981;9(1):16-19.
2. Jobe FW, Stark H, Lombardo SJ. Reconstruction of the ulnar collateral ligament in athletes. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 1986;68(8):1158-1163.
3. Conway JE, Jobe FW, Glousman RE, Pink M. Medial instability of the elbow in throwing athletes: treatment by repair or reconstruction of the ulnar collateral ligament. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 1992;74(1):67-83.
4. Azar FM, Andrews JR, Wilk KE, Groh D. Operative treatment of ulnar collateral ligament injuries of the elbow in athletes. Am J Sports Med. 2000;28(1):16-23.
5. Ahmad CS, Lee TQ, ElAttrache NS. Biomechanical evaluation of a new ulnar collateral ligament reconstruction technique with interference screw fixation. Am J Sports Med. 2003;31(3):332-337.
6. Armstrong AD, Dunning CE, Ferreira LM, Faber KJ, Johnson JA, King GJ. A biomechanical comparison of four reconstruction techniques for the medial collateral ligament-deficient elbow. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2005;14(2):207-215.
7. Cain EL, Andrews JR, Dugas JR, et al. Outcome of ulnar collateral ligament reconstruction of the elbow in 1281 athletes: results in 743 athletes with minimum 2-year follow-up. Am J Sports Med. 2010;38(12):2426-2434.
8. Paletta GA, Klepps SJ, Difelice GS, et al. Biomechanical evaluation of 2 techniques for ulnar collateral ligament reconstruction of the elbow. Am J Sports Med. 2006;34(10):1599-1603.
9. Ruland RT, Hogan CJH, Randall CJ, Richards A, Belkoff SM. Biomechanical comparison of ulnar collateral ligament reconstruction techniques. Am J Sports Med. 2008;36(8):1565-1570.
10. Dugas JR, Ostrander RV, Cain EL, Kingsley D, Andrews JR. Anatomy of the anterior bundle of the ulnar collateral ligament. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2007;16(5):657-660.
11. Argo D, Trenhaile SW, Savoie FH, Field LD. Operative treatment of ulnar collateral ligament insufficiency of the elbow in female athletes. Am J Sports Med. 2006;34(3):431-437.
12. Petty DH, Andrews JR, Fleisig GS, Cain EL. Ulnar collateral ligament reconstruction in high school baseball players: clinical results and injury risk factors. Am J Sports Med. 2003;32(5):1158-1164.
13. Savoie FH, Trenhaile SW, Roberts J, Field LD, Ramsey JR. Primary repair of ulnar collateral ligament injuries of the elbow in young athletes: a case series of injuries to the proximal and distal ends of the ligament. Am J Sports Med. 2008;36(6):1066-1072.
14. Dugas JR, Walters BL, Beason DP, Fleisig GS, Chronister JE. Biomechanical comparison of ulnar collateral ligament repair with internal bracing versus modified Jobe reconstruction. Am J Sports Med. 2015. [Epub ahead of print].
The Epidemiology of Hip and Groin Injuries in Professional Baseball Players
Injuries around the hip and groin occurring in professional baseball players can present as muscle strains, avulsions, contusions, hip subluxations or dislocations, femoroacetabular impingement (FAI) causing labral tears or chondral defects, and athletic pubalgia.1-9 Several recent articles have reported on the epidemiology of musculoskeletal injuries in Major League Baseball (MLB) players4,8,10 but with little attention to injuries to the hip and groin, likely because prior studies show only a 6.3% overall incidence for these injuries, much less than the more commonly discussed shoulder or elbow injuries.8 Despite the lower proportion of hip and groin injuries overall, these injuries lead to a relatively long period of disability for the players and often have a high rate of recurrence.4,8,9
The important contribution of hip mechanics and the surrounding muscular function in the kinetic chain during overhead athletic activities, such as a tennis serve or throwing, has recently been discussed.11,12 In sports requiring overhead activities, trunk rotation is a key component to generating force, and hip internal and external rotation is necessary for this trunk rotation to occur.12,13 Alterations in hip morphology causing constrained motion, as seen in FAI, may predispose an overhead throwing athlete to intra-articular injury such as labral tears or chondral injuries, or to a compensatory movement pattern causing an extra-articular soft tissue injury about the hip.12 Decreased hip range of motion may also lead to increased forces across the upper extremity during the throwing motion, which puts the shoulder and elbow at increased risk of injury.12
Increased awareness of hip and groin injuries, advances in diagnostic imaging, and an understanding of the relationship between the throwing motion in baseball and hip mechanics have improved our ability to appropriately identify and treat athletes with injuries of the hip and groin. Several studies on hip and groin injuries in elite athletes treated both operatively and nonoperatively have reported a high rate of return to sport.3,7,14-19 A systematic review on return to sport following hip arthroscopy for intra-articular pathology associated with FAI showed a 95% return to sport rate and a 92% rate of return to pre-injury level of play in a subgroup of professional athletes in 9 studies.20
Despite the large body of literature on upper extremity injuries, there is no study specifically focusing on the epidemiology of hip and groin injuries in MLB or Minor League Baseball (MiLB) players. The incidence of all injuries in professional baseball players has steadily increased over the last 2 decades,8 and the reported incidence of hip and groin injuries will likely increase as well. The current incidence of this injury, the positions most at risk, the mechanism of injury, and the time to return to sport are important to understand given the large number of players who participate in baseball not only at a professional level, but also at an amateur level, where this information may also be applicable. This information could improve our efforts at prevention and rehabilitation of these injuries, and can guide efforts to counsel and train players at high risk of a hip or groin injury. To address this gap in the literature, the purpose of this study was to describe the epidemiology of hip and groin injuries in MLB and MiLB players from 2011 to 2014.
Materials and Methods
Population and Sample
US MLB is comprised of the major and minor leagues. The major leagues are divided into 30 clubs, with 25 active players, for a total of 750 active players. Each club has a 40-man roster consisting of 25 active players and up to 15 additional players who are either not active or optioned to the minor leagues. The minor leagues are comprised of a network of over 200 clubs that are each affiliated with a major league club, and organized by geography and level of play. The minor leagues consist of roughly 7500 players, of whom about 6500 are actively playing at any given time. The entire population of players in the MLB who sustained a hip or groin injury over the study period was eligible for this study.
Data
The MLB’s Health and Injury Tracking System (HITS) is a centralized database that contains the de-identified medical data from the electronic medical record (EMR) system. Data on all injuries are entered into the EMR by each team’s certified athletic trainer. An injury is defined as any physical complaint sustained by a player that affects or limits participation in any aspect of baseball-related activity (eg, game, practice, warm-up, conditioning, weight training). The data extracted from HITS only relates to injuries that resulted in lost game time for a player and that occurred during spring training, regular season, or postseason play; off-season injuries were not included. Injury events that were classified as “season-ending” were not included in the analysis of assessing days missed because many of these players may not have been cleared to play until the beginning of the following season. For each injury, data were collected on the diagnosis, body part, activity, location, and date of injury.
Materials and Methods
Hip and groin injuries were defined as cases having a body region variable classified as “hip/groin” or a Sports Medicine Diagnostic Coding System (SMDCS) that included any “adductor” or “hernia” or “hip pointer” labels. Cases categorized as inguinal and femoral hernia (n = 26) and testicular contusions (n = 87) were excluded. Characteristics about each hip and groin injury were also extracted from HITS. These variables included level of play, player position (activity at the time of injury), field location, injury mechanism, chronicity of the injury, and days missed. Chronicity of the injury was documented as acute, overuse, or undetermined. For level of play, the injury event was categorized as the league in which the game was played when the injury occurred. Players were excluded if they had an unknown level of play or were in the amateur league. The injuries of the hip and groin were further classified as intra-articular and extra-articular. Treatment for each injury was characterized as surgical or nonsurgical, and correlated with days missed for each type of injury.
Statistical Analysis
Data for the 2011-2014 seasons were combined, and results presented for all players and separately for MiLB and MLB. Frequencies and comparative analyses for hip and groin injuries were performed across the aforementioned injury characteristics. The distribution of days missed for the variables considered was often skewed to the right, even after excluding the season-ending injuries; hence, the mean days missed was often larger than the median days missed. Reporting the median would allow for a robust estimate of the expected number of days missed, but would down weight those instances when hip and groin injuries result in much longer missed days, as reflected by the mean. Because of the importance of the days missed measure for professional baseball, both the mean and median are presented. Chi-square tests were used to test the hypothesis of equal proportions between the various categories of hip and groin characteristics, with statistical significance determined at the P = .05 level.
In order to estimate exposure, the average number of players per team per game was calculated based on analysis of regular season game participation via box scores that are publicly available. This average number over a season, multiplied by the number of team games at each professional level of baseball, was used as an estimate of athlete exposures in order to provide rates comparable to those of other injury surveillance systems. Injury rates were reported as injuries per 1000 athlete-exposures (AE) for those hip and groin injuries that occurred during the regular season. It should be noted that the number of regular season hip and groin injuries and the subsequent AE rates are based on injuries that were deemed work-related during the regular season. This does not necessarily only include injuries occurring during the course of a game, but injuries in game preparation as well. Due to the variations in spring training games and fluctuating rosters, an exposure rate could not be calculated for spring training hip and groin injuries.
Data analysis was performed in the R statistical computing Environment (R Core Team 2014). Study procedures were approved by the Johns Hopkins Bloomberg School of Public Health Institutional Review Board.
Results
Overall Summary
A total of 1823 hip and groin injuries occurred from 2011-2014, with 83% occurring in MiLB and 17% occurring in MLB (Table 1). There were 1146 acute injuries, 252 overuse injuries, and 425 injuries of undetermined chronicity. The average age of players experiencing a hip and groin injury in MiLB was 22.9 years compared to 29.7 years in MLB. Of the 1514 hip and groin injuries in MiLB, 76 (5.0%) required surgery and of the 309 hip and groin injuries in MLB, 24 (7.8%) required surgery. Compared to league-wide injury events, hip and groin injuries ranked 6th highest in prevalence in MiLB and 8th highest in prevalence in MLB, accounting for 5.4% and 5.6%, respectively, of the 28,116 MiLB and 5507 MLB injury events that occurred between 2011-2014.
For regular season games, it was estimated that there were 1,197,738 MiLB and 276,608 MLB AE from 2011-2014. The overall hip and groin rate across both MLB and MiLB was 1.2 per 1000 AE, based on the 238 and 1152 regular season hip and groin injuries in MLB and MiLB, respectively. The rate of hip and groin injury was 1.5 times more likely in MiLB than in MLB (P < .0001) (rate of 1.26 per 1000 AE in MiLB and 0.86 per 1000 AE in MLB).
Characteristics of Injuries
Injury activity was based on the position being played at the time of injury, with categories of infield and outfield corresponding to fielding activities (defense), with batting and base runner categories corresponding to activities while on offense (Table 2). The occurrence of hip and groin injuries while players are fielding on defense (MiLB 33.0%, MLB 37.2%, all players 33.8%) was significantly greater compared to injuries while batting and base running on offense (MiLB 24.9%, MLB 21.7%, all players 24.3%) (all P values < .001). There was a high percentage of missing data for the event position variable, which resulted from this field not being available in HITS for 2011. Time lost due to hip and groin injuries was similar across leagues with respect to injury activity, ranging on average between 8 and 18 days.
There were statistically significant differences for MiLB and MLB separately, and combined, in the number of hip and groin injuries by field location (all P values < .0001) (Table 2). For MiLB, MLB, and across both leagues, by injury location, the majority of hip and groin injuries occurred in the infield (MiLB 34.1%, MLB 35.3%, all players 34.3%). As a single location, the pitcher’s mound accounted for a large proportion of hip and groin injuries (MiLB 19.2%, MLB 23.3%, all players 19.9%). Time lost due to hip and groin injuries was similar across leagues with respect to field location, ranging on average between about 10 and 22 days. Among all players, injuries on the pitcher’s mound resulted in the largest mean days missed after injury.
There were statistically significant differences across the mechanisms of injury for MiLB and MLB, as well as both leagues combined (all P values < .0001) (Table 2). The majority of hip and groin injuries were noncontact-related (MiLB 73.7%, MLB 75.7%, all players 74.1%) compared to those resulting from some form of contact (MiLB 11.4%, MLB 12.6%, all players 11.7%) or other mechanisms. Time lost across these mechanisms varied, ranging on average between 4 and 15 days with noncontact-related hip and groin injuries resulting in the largest time lost.
Surgery
The 1823 hip and groin injuries across both leagues were further classified using the SMDCS descriptions as intra-articular (N = 84) or extra-articular (N = 1739) (Table 3). A much larger percentage of hip and groin injuries were extra-articular (MiLB 95.6%, MLB 94.4%, all players 95.4%) compared to those classified as intra-articular (Table 3). The most common extra-articular injuries were strains or contusions of the adductor, iliopsoas, or gluteal muscles, making up 79.1% of this group of injuries. The most common intra-articular injuries were FAI and a labral tear, accounting for 80.9% of these injuries. Only a small percentage of the extra-articular cases required surgery (MiLB 3.4%, MLB 5.8%, all players 3.8%) (Table 4). This finding was in contrast to the larger percentage of intra-articular cases requiring surgery (MiLB 40.3%, MLB 41.2%, all players 40.5%). Time lost varied greatly by surgery status, as well as extra-articular or intra-articular, as would be expected even after excluding season-ending injuries. For both types of injuries, the average time lost was consistently greater for injuries that required surgery versus the ones that did not result in surgery.
Discussion
The incidence of overall injuries in MLB players is increasing.8 Injuries to the hip and groin for professional baseball players continue to be of concern both in the number of injuries and the potential for these injuries to be debilitating or to recur. The correct diagnosis of hip injuries can be challenging in these athletes due to the complex anatomy of the region. However, our understanding of the pathoanatomy of hip and groin injuries, combined with the utilization of improved magnetic resonance imaging (MRI,) has aided in making the correct diagnosis more reliable. Although upper extremity injuries have traditionally been the focus of MLB injury reporting, hip injuries have been shown to cause an average of 23 days missed per player.4 This was similar to the more commonly highlighted elbow and knee injuries in the same study (23 and 27 days, respectively). The purpose of this study was to explore the epidemiology of hip and groin injuries in MLB. The lack of existing data on this issue is important for sports injury research. Exploring these injuries increases the understanding of which players are at risk, and how we can tailor training programs for prevention or rehabilitation programs for those players who suffer these injuries.
In addition to the increased awareness of hip injuries, there has been a recent focus on the contribution of hip range of motion, leg drive, and pelvic rotation to the overall mechanics of overhead activities such as throwing, a tennis serve, or pitching.12 Pelvic rotation and leg drive have been correlated to throwing velocity,21 and therefore if hip range of motion is inhibited by pain or a structural issue such as FAI, there will likely be altered upper extremity mechanics leading to less power and possibly injury.12 Additionally, it has been shown that limited hip range of motion due to FAI is correlated with compensatory lower extremity muscular injuries such as hamstring and adductor strains as well as overload of the lumbar spine and sacroiliac joint.22
In the current study, extra-articular injuries about the hip were the most common, making up 95.4% of the total injuries. Many (79.1%) of these were strains or contusions of the adductor, iliopsoas, or gluteal muscles. This is consistent with other articles reporting hip injuries in athletes.3,9 A study on hip injuries in the National Football League found that strains and contusions comprised 92% of all hip injuries.3 Another report on European professional football found that 72% of hip injuries over a 7-season period were adductor or iliopsoas injuries.9 This prior study also reported that 15% of the hip and groin strains were re-injuries. Intra-articular injuries comprised only 4.6% of the hip injuries in our study. FAI and labral tears were the most common intra-articular diagnosis at 80.9%.
Almost all (96.2%) of the extra-articular hip injuries in this series were able to be treated nonoperatively and caused a mean of 12.4 days missed. Those which required operative treatment caused a mean of 54.6 days missed. For intra-articular injuries, 40.5% were treated surgically and these players missed a mean 122.5 days. Those treated nonsurgically missed an average of 22.2 days. Whether treated surgically or nonsurgically, the mean days missed following an intra-articular injury was approximately twice that of extra-articular injuries. Our findings regarding time or games missed are similar to other reports studying hip injuries in professional athletes.2,3,9 Intra-articular injuries such as FAI, chondral injuries, or labral tears caused between 46 and 64 days missed compared to 3 to 27 days missed for extra-articular injuries in professional soccer players.9 Feeley and colleagues3 found a mean of 5.07 to 33.6 days missed for extra-articular injuries such as strains or contusions, and 63.5 to 126.2 days missed for intra-articular injuries including arthritis, labral tears, subluxations, dislocations, and fractures. A report on National Hockey League players found that intra-articular injuries made up 10.6% of all hip and groin injuries and caused significantly more games missed than extra-articular injuries.2
In both minor and major league players, for all reported positions at the time of hip or groin injury, infield players collectively were more commonly injured than outfielders, batters, or base runners, and fielding was the most common activity being performed at the time of injury. The pitcher’s mound was the most common single location for injuries and these players had the longest time missed following injury. The correlation between hip and groin pathology and upper extremity injuries in overhead athletes has been discussed in previous studies.12,21 Interestingly, we found that the specific location on the field with the highest incidence of hip and groin injuries was the pitcher’s mound. As we follow these players over time, a future correlation between the incidence of hip and groin injuries and the incidence of shoulder and elbow injuries may be noted. A noncontact injury was the most frequent mechanism of injury. This corroborates the finding that muscle strains and contusions made up the majority of injuries in this series. Other series on hip injuries have also found that noncontact mechanisms are common.3
Although this was one of the first studies exploring the epidemiology of hip and groin injury, there are some limitations of this study. The retrospective nature of this study relied upon the reporting of injuries in the MLB database. As such, there may be underreporting of injuries into the official database by players or medical staff for a variety of reasons. Differences in technique for diagnosis and treatment among the medical staff for different teams were not controlled for. Due to the wide range of hip and groin pathology, and the often difficult diagnosis, a specific injury was not always provided. Therefore, the category of “other” hip injury was entered in to the database when symptoms were nonspecific or not all details were provided. Fortunately, this category made up a small percentage of the reported injuries, but does remain a confounding factor in describing the etiology of hip injuries in these players. Our data were taken from professional baseball players only, and so we cannot recommend extrapolation to other sports or nonprofessional baseball athletes.
Despite the inherent limitations of reporting registry data, this study serves as the initial report of the occurrence of hip and groin injuries in professional baseball players, and improves our knowledge of the positions and situations that put players at most risk for these injuries. An understanding of the overall epidemiology of these injuries serves as a platform for more focused research in this area in the future. We can now focus research on specific positions, such as pitchers, that have a high incidence of injury to determine the physiologic and environmental factors which put them at higher risk for injury in general and for more significant injuries with more days missed. This information can help to guide position-specific training programs for injury prevention as well as improve rehabilitation protocols for more efficient recovery and return to sports.
1. Amenabar T, O’Donnell J. Return to sport in Australian football league footballers after hip arthroscopy and midterm outcome. Arthroscopy. 2013;29(7):1188-1194.
2. Epstein DM, McHugh M, Yorio M, Neri B. Intra-articular hip injuries in national hockey league players: a descriptive epidemiological study. Am J Sports Med. 2013;41(2):343-348.
3. Feeley BT, Powell JW, Muller MS, Barnes RP, Warren RF, Kelly BT. Hip injuries and labral tears in the national football league. Am J Sports Med. 2008;36(11):2187-2195.
4. Li X, Zhou H, Williams P, et al. The epidemiology of single season musculoskeletal injuries in professional baseball. Orthop Rev (Pavia). 2013;5(1):e3.
5. Meyers WC, Foley DP, Garrett WE, Lohnes JH, Mandlebaum BR. Management of severe lower abdominal or inguinal pain in high-performance athletes. PAIN (Performing Athletes with Abdominal or Inguinal Neuromuscular Pain Study Group). Am J Sports Med. 2000;28(1):2-8.
6. Moorman CT 3rd, Warren RF, Hershman EB, et al. Traumatic posterior hip subluxation in American football. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2003;85-A(7):1190-1196.
7. Philippon M, Schenker M, Briggs K, Kuppersmith D. Femoroacetabular impingement in 45 professional athletes: associated pathologies and return to sport following arthroscopic decompression. Knee Surg Sports Traumatol Arthrosc. 2007;15(7):908-914.
8. Posner M, Cameron KL, Wolf JM, Belmont PJ Jr, Owens BD. Epidemiology of Major League Baseball injuries. Am J Sports Med. 2011;39(8):1676-1680.
9. Werner J, Hagglund M, Walden M, Ekstrand J. UEFA injury study: a prospective study of hip and groin injuries in professional football over seven consecutive seasons. Br J Sports Med. 2009;43(13):1036-1040.
10. Conte S, Requa RK, Garrick JG. Disability days in major league baseball. Am J Sports Med. 2001;29(4):431-436.
11. Ellenbecker TS, Ellenbecker GA, Roetert EP, Silva RT, Keuter G, Sperling F. Descriptive profile of hip rotation range of motion in elite tennis players and professional baseball pitchers. Am J Sports Med. 2007;35(8):1371-1376.
12. Klingenstein GG, Martin R, Kivlan B, Kelly BT. Hip injuries in the overhead athlete. Clin Orthop Relat Res. 2012;470(6):1579-1585.
13. McCarthy J, Barsoum W, Puri L, Lee JA, Murphy S, Cooke P. The role of hip arthroscopy in the elite athlete. Clin Orthop Relat Res. 2003(406):71-74.
14. Anderson K, Strickland SM, Warren R. Hip and groin injuries in athletes. Am J Sports Med. 2001;29(4):521-533.
15. Boykin RE, Patterson D, Briggs KK, Dee A, Philippon MJ. Results of arthroscopic labral reconstruction of the hip in elite athletes. Am J Sports Med. 2013;41(10):2296-2301.
16. Malviya A, Paliobeis CP, Villar RN. Do professional athletes perform better than recreational athletes after arthroscopy for femoroacetabular impingement? Clin Orthop Relat Res. 2013;471(8):2477-2483.
17. McDonald JE, Herzog MM, Philippon MJ. Performance outcomes in professional hockey players following arthroscopic treatment of FAI and microfracture of the hip. Knee Surg Sports Traumatol Arthrosc. 2014;22(4):915-919.
18. McDonald JE, Herzog MM, Philippon MJ. Return to play after hip arthroscopy with microfracture in elite athletes. Arthroscopy. 2013;29(2):330-335.
19. Philippon MJ, Weiss DR, Kuppersmith DA, Briggs KK, Hay CJ. Arthroscopic labral repair and treatment of femoroacetabular impingement in professional hockey players. Am J Sports Med. 2010;38(1):99-104.
20. Alradwan H, Philippon MJ, Farrokhyar F, et al. Return to preinjury activity levels after surgical management of femoroacetabular impingement in athletes. Arthroscopy. 2012;28(10):1567-1576.
21. Stodden DF, Langendorfer SJ, Fleisig GS, Andrews JR. Kinematic constraints associated with the acquisition of overarm throwing part I: step and trunk actions. Res Q Exerc Sport. 2006;77(4):417-427.
22. Hammoud S, Bedi A, Voos JE, Mauro CS, Kelly BT. The recognition and evaluation of patterns of compensatory injury in patients with mechanical hip pain. Sports Health. 2014;6(2):108-118.
Injuries around the hip and groin occurring in professional baseball players can present as muscle strains, avulsions, contusions, hip subluxations or dislocations, femoroacetabular impingement (FAI) causing labral tears or chondral defects, and athletic pubalgia.1-9 Several recent articles have reported on the epidemiology of musculoskeletal injuries in Major League Baseball (MLB) players4,8,10 but with little attention to injuries to the hip and groin, likely because prior studies show only a 6.3% overall incidence for these injuries, much less than the more commonly discussed shoulder or elbow injuries.8 Despite the lower proportion of hip and groin injuries overall, these injuries lead to a relatively long period of disability for the players and often have a high rate of recurrence.4,8,9
The important contribution of hip mechanics and the surrounding muscular function in the kinetic chain during overhead athletic activities, such as a tennis serve or throwing, has recently been discussed.11,12 In sports requiring overhead activities, trunk rotation is a key component to generating force, and hip internal and external rotation is necessary for this trunk rotation to occur.12,13 Alterations in hip morphology causing constrained motion, as seen in FAI, may predispose an overhead throwing athlete to intra-articular injury such as labral tears or chondral injuries, or to a compensatory movement pattern causing an extra-articular soft tissue injury about the hip.12 Decreased hip range of motion may also lead to increased forces across the upper extremity during the throwing motion, which puts the shoulder and elbow at increased risk of injury.12
Increased awareness of hip and groin injuries, advances in diagnostic imaging, and an understanding of the relationship between the throwing motion in baseball and hip mechanics have improved our ability to appropriately identify and treat athletes with injuries of the hip and groin. Several studies on hip and groin injuries in elite athletes treated both operatively and nonoperatively have reported a high rate of return to sport.3,7,14-19 A systematic review on return to sport following hip arthroscopy for intra-articular pathology associated with FAI showed a 95% return to sport rate and a 92% rate of return to pre-injury level of play in a subgroup of professional athletes in 9 studies.20
Despite the large body of literature on upper extremity injuries, there is no study specifically focusing on the epidemiology of hip and groin injuries in MLB or Minor League Baseball (MiLB) players. The incidence of all injuries in professional baseball players has steadily increased over the last 2 decades,8 and the reported incidence of hip and groin injuries will likely increase as well. The current incidence of this injury, the positions most at risk, the mechanism of injury, and the time to return to sport are important to understand given the large number of players who participate in baseball not only at a professional level, but also at an amateur level, where this information may also be applicable. This information could improve our efforts at prevention and rehabilitation of these injuries, and can guide efforts to counsel and train players at high risk of a hip or groin injury. To address this gap in the literature, the purpose of this study was to describe the epidemiology of hip and groin injuries in MLB and MiLB players from 2011 to 2014.
Materials and Methods
Population and Sample
US MLB is comprised of the major and minor leagues. The major leagues are divided into 30 clubs, with 25 active players, for a total of 750 active players. Each club has a 40-man roster consisting of 25 active players and up to 15 additional players who are either not active or optioned to the minor leagues. The minor leagues are comprised of a network of over 200 clubs that are each affiliated with a major league club, and organized by geography and level of play. The minor leagues consist of roughly 7500 players, of whom about 6500 are actively playing at any given time. The entire population of players in the MLB who sustained a hip or groin injury over the study period was eligible for this study.
Data
The MLB’s Health and Injury Tracking System (HITS) is a centralized database that contains the de-identified medical data from the electronic medical record (EMR) system. Data on all injuries are entered into the EMR by each team’s certified athletic trainer. An injury is defined as any physical complaint sustained by a player that affects or limits participation in any aspect of baseball-related activity (eg, game, practice, warm-up, conditioning, weight training). The data extracted from HITS only relates to injuries that resulted in lost game time for a player and that occurred during spring training, regular season, or postseason play; off-season injuries were not included. Injury events that were classified as “season-ending” were not included in the analysis of assessing days missed because many of these players may not have been cleared to play until the beginning of the following season. For each injury, data were collected on the diagnosis, body part, activity, location, and date of injury.
Materials and Methods
Hip and groin injuries were defined as cases having a body region variable classified as “hip/groin” or a Sports Medicine Diagnostic Coding System (SMDCS) that included any “adductor” or “hernia” or “hip pointer” labels. Cases categorized as inguinal and femoral hernia (n = 26) and testicular contusions (n = 87) were excluded. Characteristics about each hip and groin injury were also extracted from HITS. These variables included level of play, player position (activity at the time of injury), field location, injury mechanism, chronicity of the injury, and days missed. Chronicity of the injury was documented as acute, overuse, or undetermined. For level of play, the injury event was categorized as the league in which the game was played when the injury occurred. Players were excluded if they had an unknown level of play or were in the amateur league. The injuries of the hip and groin were further classified as intra-articular and extra-articular. Treatment for each injury was characterized as surgical or nonsurgical, and correlated with days missed for each type of injury.
Statistical Analysis
Data for the 2011-2014 seasons were combined, and results presented for all players and separately for MiLB and MLB. Frequencies and comparative analyses for hip and groin injuries were performed across the aforementioned injury characteristics. The distribution of days missed for the variables considered was often skewed to the right, even after excluding the season-ending injuries; hence, the mean days missed was often larger than the median days missed. Reporting the median would allow for a robust estimate of the expected number of days missed, but would down weight those instances when hip and groin injuries result in much longer missed days, as reflected by the mean. Because of the importance of the days missed measure for professional baseball, both the mean and median are presented. Chi-square tests were used to test the hypothesis of equal proportions between the various categories of hip and groin characteristics, with statistical significance determined at the P = .05 level.
In order to estimate exposure, the average number of players per team per game was calculated based on analysis of regular season game participation via box scores that are publicly available. This average number over a season, multiplied by the number of team games at each professional level of baseball, was used as an estimate of athlete exposures in order to provide rates comparable to those of other injury surveillance systems. Injury rates were reported as injuries per 1000 athlete-exposures (AE) for those hip and groin injuries that occurred during the regular season. It should be noted that the number of regular season hip and groin injuries and the subsequent AE rates are based on injuries that were deemed work-related during the regular season. This does not necessarily only include injuries occurring during the course of a game, but injuries in game preparation as well. Due to the variations in spring training games and fluctuating rosters, an exposure rate could not be calculated for spring training hip and groin injuries.
Data analysis was performed in the R statistical computing Environment (R Core Team 2014). Study procedures were approved by the Johns Hopkins Bloomberg School of Public Health Institutional Review Board.
Results
Overall Summary
A total of 1823 hip and groin injuries occurred from 2011-2014, with 83% occurring in MiLB and 17% occurring in MLB (Table 1). There were 1146 acute injuries, 252 overuse injuries, and 425 injuries of undetermined chronicity. The average age of players experiencing a hip and groin injury in MiLB was 22.9 years compared to 29.7 years in MLB. Of the 1514 hip and groin injuries in MiLB, 76 (5.0%) required surgery and of the 309 hip and groin injuries in MLB, 24 (7.8%) required surgery. Compared to league-wide injury events, hip and groin injuries ranked 6th highest in prevalence in MiLB and 8th highest in prevalence in MLB, accounting for 5.4% and 5.6%, respectively, of the 28,116 MiLB and 5507 MLB injury events that occurred between 2011-2014.
For regular season games, it was estimated that there were 1,197,738 MiLB and 276,608 MLB AE from 2011-2014. The overall hip and groin rate across both MLB and MiLB was 1.2 per 1000 AE, based on the 238 and 1152 regular season hip and groin injuries in MLB and MiLB, respectively. The rate of hip and groin injury was 1.5 times more likely in MiLB than in MLB (P < .0001) (rate of 1.26 per 1000 AE in MiLB and 0.86 per 1000 AE in MLB).
Characteristics of Injuries
Injury activity was based on the position being played at the time of injury, with categories of infield and outfield corresponding to fielding activities (defense), with batting and base runner categories corresponding to activities while on offense (Table 2). The occurrence of hip and groin injuries while players are fielding on defense (MiLB 33.0%, MLB 37.2%, all players 33.8%) was significantly greater compared to injuries while batting and base running on offense (MiLB 24.9%, MLB 21.7%, all players 24.3%) (all P values < .001). There was a high percentage of missing data for the event position variable, which resulted from this field not being available in HITS for 2011. Time lost due to hip and groin injuries was similar across leagues with respect to injury activity, ranging on average between 8 and 18 days.
There were statistically significant differences for MiLB and MLB separately, and combined, in the number of hip and groin injuries by field location (all P values < .0001) (Table 2). For MiLB, MLB, and across both leagues, by injury location, the majority of hip and groin injuries occurred in the infield (MiLB 34.1%, MLB 35.3%, all players 34.3%). As a single location, the pitcher’s mound accounted for a large proportion of hip and groin injuries (MiLB 19.2%, MLB 23.3%, all players 19.9%). Time lost due to hip and groin injuries was similar across leagues with respect to field location, ranging on average between about 10 and 22 days. Among all players, injuries on the pitcher’s mound resulted in the largest mean days missed after injury.
There were statistically significant differences across the mechanisms of injury for MiLB and MLB, as well as both leagues combined (all P values < .0001) (Table 2). The majority of hip and groin injuries were noncontact-related (MiLB 73.7%, MLB 75.7%, all players 74.1%) compared to those resulting from some form of contact (MiLB 11.4%, MLB 12.6%, all players 11.7%) or other mechanisms. Time lost across these mechanisms varied, ranging on average between 4 and 15 days with noncontact-related hip and groin injuries resulting in the largest time lost.
Surgery
The 1823 hip and groin injuries across both leagues were further classified using the SMDCS descriptions as intra-articular (N = 84) or extra-articular (N = 1739) (Table 3). A much larger percentage of hip and groin injuries were extra-articular (MiLB 95.6%, MLB 94.4%, all players 95.4%) compared to those classified as intra-articular (Table 3). The most common extra-articular injuries were strains or contusions of the adductor, iliopsoas, or gluteal muscles, making up 79.1% of this group of injuries. The most common intra-articular injuries were FAI and a labral tear, accounting for 80.9% of these injuries. Only a small percentage of the extra-articular cases required surgery (MiLB 3.4%, MLB 5.8%, all players 3.8%) (Table 4). This finding was in contrast to the larger percentage of intra-articular cases requiring surgery (MiLB 40.3%, MLB 41.2%, all players 40.5%). Time lost varied greatly by surgery status, as well as extra-articular or intra-articular, as would be expected even after excluding season-ending injuries. For both types of injuries, the average time lost was consistently greater for injuries that required surgery versus the ones that did not result in surgery.
Discussion
The incidence of overall injuries in MLB players is increasing.8 Injuries to the hip and groin for professional baseball players continue to be of concern both in the number of injuries and the potential for these injuries to be debilitating or to recur. The correct diagnosis of hip injuries can be challenging in these athletes due to the complex anatomy of the region. However, our understanding of the pathoanatomy of hip and groin injuries, combined with the utilization of improved magnetic resonance imaging (MRI,) has aided in making the correct diagnosis more reliable. Although upper extremity injuries have traditionally been the focus of MLB injury reporting, hip injuries have been shown to cause an average of 23 days missed per player.4 This was similar to the more commonly highlighted elbow and knee injuries in the same study (23 and 27 days, respectively). The purpose of this study was to explore the epidemiology of hip and groin injuries in MLB. The lack of existing data on this issue is important for sports injury research. Exploring these injuries increases the understanding of which players are at risk, and how we can tailor training programs for prevention or rehabilitation programs for those players who suffer these injuries.
In addition to the increased awareness of hip injuries, there has been a recent focus on the contribution of hip range of motion, leg drive, and pelvic rotation to the overall mechanics of overhead activities such as throwing, a tennis serve, or pitching.12 Pelvic rotation and leg drive have been correlated to throwing velocity,21 and therefore if hip range of motion is inhibited by pain or a structural issue such as FAI, there will likely be altered upper extremity mechanics leading to less power and possibly injury.12 Additionally, it has been shown that limited hip range of motion due to FAI is correlated with compensatory lower extremity muscular injuries such as hamstring and adductor strains as well as overload of the lumbar spine and sacroiliac joint.22
In the current study, extra-articular injuries about the hip were the most common, making up 95.4% of the total injuries. Many (79.1%) of these were strains or contusions of the adductor, iliopsoas, or gluteal muscles. This is consistent with other articles reporting hip injuries in athletes.3,9 A study on hip injuries in the National Football League found that strains and contusions comprised 92% of all hip injuries.3 Another report on European professional football found that 72% of hip injuries over a 7-season period were adductor or iliopsoas injuries.9 This prior study also reported that 15% of the hip and groin strains were re-injuries. Intra-articular injuries comprised only 4.6% of the hip injuries in our study. FAI and labral tears were the most common intra-articular diagnosis at 80.9%.
Almost all (96.2%) of the extra-articular hip injuries in this series were able to be treated nonoperatively and caused a mean of 12.4 days missed. Those which required operative treatment caused a mean of 54.6 days missed. For intra-articular injuries, 40.5% were treated surgically and these players missed a mean 122.5 days. Those treated nonsurgically missed an average of 22.2 days. Whether treated surgically or nonsurgically, the mean days missed following an intra-articular injury was approximately twice that of extra-articular injuries. Our findings regarding time or games missed are similar to other reports studying hip injuries in professional athletes.2,3,9 Intra-articular injuries such as FAI, chondral injuries, or labral tears caused between 46 and 64 days missed compared to 3 to 27 days missed for extra-articular injuries in professional soccer players.9 Feeley and colleagues3 found a mean of 5.07 to 33.6 days missed for extra-articular injuries such as strains or contusions, and 63.5 to 126.2 days missed for intra-articular injuries including arthritis, labral tears, subluxations, dislocations, and fractures. A report on National Hockey League players found that intra-articular injuries made up 10.6% of all hip and groin injuries and caused significantly more games missed than extra-articular injuries.2
In both minor and major league players, for all reported positions at the time of hip or groin injury, infield players collectively were more commonly injured than outfielders, batters, or base runners, and fielding was the most common activity being performed at the time of injury. The pitcher’s mound was the most common single location for injuries and these players had the longest time missed following injury. The correlation between hip and groin pathology and upper extremity injuries in overhead athletes has been discussed in previous studies.12,21 Interestingly, we found that the specific location on the field with the highest incidence of hip and groin injuries was the pitcher’s mound. As we follow these players over time, a future correlation between the incidence of hip and groin injuries and the incidence of shoulder and elbow injuries may be noted. A noncontact injury was the most frequent mechanism of injury. This corroborates the finding that muscle strains and contusions made up the majority of injuries in this series. Other series on hip injuries have also found that noncontact mechanisms are common.3
Although this was one of the first studies exploring the epidemiology of hip and groin injury, there are some limitations of this study. The retrospective nature of this study relied upon the reporting of injuries in the MLB database. As such, there may be underreporting of injuries into the official database by players or medical staff for a variety of reasons. Differences in technique for diagnosis and treatment among the medical staff for different teams were not controlled for. Due to the wide range of hip and groin pathology, and the often difficult diagnosis, a specific injury was not always provided. Therefore, the category of “other” hip injury was entered in to the database when symptoms were nonspecific or not all details were provided. Fortunately, this category made up a small percentage of the reported injuries, but does remain a confounding factor in describing the etiology of hip injuries in these players. Our data were taken from professional baseball players only, and so we cannot recommend extrapolation to other sports or nonprofessional baseball athletes.
Despite the inherent limitations of reporting registry data, this study serves as the initial report of the occurrence of hip and groin injuries in professional baseball players, and improves our knowledge of the positions and situations that put players at most risk for these injuries. An understanding of the overall epidemiology of these injuries serves as a platform for more focused research in this area in the future. We can now focus research on specific positions, such as pitchers, that have a high incidence of injury to determine the physiologic and environmental factors which put them at higher risk for injury in general and for more significant injuries with more days missed. This information can help to guide position-specific training programs for injury prevention as well as improve rehabilitation protocols for more efficient recovery and return to sports.
Injuries around the hip and groin occurring in professional baseball players can present as muscle strains, avulsions, contusions, hip subluxations or dislocations, femoroacetabular impingement (FAI) causing labral tears or chondral defects, and athletic pubalgia.1-9 Several recent articles have reported on the epidemiology of musculoskeletal injuries in Major League Baseball (MLB) players4,8,10 but with little attention to injuries to the hip and groin, likely because prior studies show only a 6.3% overall incidence for these injuries, much less than the more commonly discussed shoulder or elbow injuries.8 Despite the lower proportion of hip and groin injuries overall, these injuries lead to a relatively long period of disability for the players and often have a high rate of recurrence.4,8,9
The important contribution of hip mechanics and the surrounding muscular function in the kinetic chain during overhead athletic activities, such as a tennis serve or throwing, has recently been discussed.11,12 In sports requiring overhead activities, trunk rotation is a key component to generating force, and hip internal and external rotation is necessary for this trunk rotation to occur.12,13 Alterations in hip morphology causing constrained motion, as seen in FAI, may predispose an overhead throwing athlete to intra-articular injury such as labral tears or chondral injuries, or to a compensatory movement pattern causing an extra-articular soft tissue injury about the hip.12 Decreased hip range of motion may also lead to increased forces across the upper extremity during the throwing motion, which puts the shoulder and elbow at increased risk of injury.12
Increased awareness of hip and groin injuries, advances in diagnostic imaging, and an understanding of the relationship between the throwing motion in baseball and hip mechanics have improved our ability to appropriately identify and treat athletes with injuries of the hip and groin. Several studies on hip and groin injuries in elite athletes treated both operatively and nonoperatively have reported a high rate of return to sport.3,7,14-19 A systematic review on return to sport following hip arthroscopy for intra-articular pathology associated with FAI showed a 95% return to sport rate and a 92% rate of return to pre-injury level of play in a subgroup of professional athletes in 9 studies.20
Despite the large body of literature on upper extremity injuries, there is no study specifically focusing on the epidemiology of hip and groin injuries in MLB or Minor League Baseball (MiLB) players. The incidence of all injuries in professional baseball players has steadily increased over the last 2 decades,8 and the reported incidence of hip and groin injuries will likely increase as well. The current incidence of this injury, the positions most at risk, the mechanism of injury, and the time to return to sport are important to understand given the large number of players who participate in baseball not only at a professional level, but also at an amateur level, where this information may also be applicable. This information could improve our efforts at prevention and rehabilitation of these injuries, and can guide efforts to counsel and train players at high risk of a hip or groin injury. To address this gap in the literature, the purpose of this study was to describe the epidemiology of hip and groin injuries in MLB and MiLB players from 2011 to 2014.
Materials and Methods
Population and Sample
US MLB is comprised of the major and minor leagues. The major leagues are divided into 30 clubs, with 25 active players, for a total of 750 active players. Each club has a 40-man roster consisting of 25 active players and up to 15 additional players who are either not active or optioned to the minor leagues. The minor leagues are comprised of a network of over 200 clubs that are each affiliated with a major league club, and organized by geography and level of play. The minor leagues consist of roughly 7500 players, of whom about 6500 are actively playing at any given time. The entire population of players in the MLB who sustained a hip or groin injury over the study period was eligible for this study.
Data
The MLB’s Health and Injury Tracking System (HITS) is a centralized database that contains the de-identified medical data from the electronic medical record (EMR) system. Data on all injuries are entered into the EMR by each team’s certified athletic trainer. An injury is defined as any physical complaint sustained by a player that affects or limits participation in any aspect of baseball-related activity (eg, game, practice, warm-up, conditioning, weight training). The data extracted from HITS only relates to injuries that resulted in lost game time for a player and that occurred during spring training, regular season, or postseason play; off-season injuries were not included. Injury events that were classified as “season-ending” were not included in the analysis of assessing days missed because many of these players may not have been cleared to play until the beginning of the following season. For each injury, data were collected on the diagnosis, body part, activity, location, and date of injury.
Materials and Methods
Hip and groin injuries were defined as cases having a body region variable classified as “hip/groin” or a Sports Medicine Diagnostic Coding System (SMDCS) that included any “adductor” or “hernia” or “hip pointer” labels. Cases categorized as inguinal and femoral hernia (n = 26) and testicular contusions (n = 87) were excluded. Characteristics about each hip and groin injury were also extracted from HITS. These variables included level of play, player position (activity at the time of injury), field location, injury mechanism, chronicity of the injury, and days missed. Chronicity of the injury was documented as acute, overuse, or undetermined. For level of play, the injury event was categorized as the league in which the game was played when the injury occurred. Players were excluded if they had an unknown level of play or were in the amateur league. The injuries of the hip and groin were further classified as intra-articular and extra-articular. Treatment for each injury was characterized as surgical or nonsurgical, and correlated with days missed for each type of injury.
Statistical Analysis
Data for the 2011-2014 seasons were combined, and results presented for all players and separately for MiLB and MLB. Frequencies and comparative analyses for hip and groin injuries were performed across the aforementioned injury characteristics. The distribution of days missed for the variables considered was often skewed to the right, even after excluding the season-ending injuries; hence, the mean days missed was often larger than the median days missed. Reporting the median would allow for a robust estimate of the expected number of days missed, but would down weight those instances when hip and groin injuries result in much longer missed days, as reflected by the mean. Because of the importance of the days missed measure for professional baseball, both the mean and median are presented. Chi-square tests were used to test the hypothesis of equal proportions between the various categories of hip and groin characteristics, with statistical significance determined at the P = .05 level.
In order to estimate exposure, the average number of players per team per game was calculated based on analysis of regular season game participation via box scores that are publicly available. This average number over a season, multiplied by the number of team games at each professional level of baseball, was used as an estimate of athlete exposures in order to provide rates comparable to those of other injury surveillance systems. Injury rates were reported as injuries per 1000 athlete-exposures (AE) for those hip and groin injuries that occurred during the regular season. It should be noted that the number of regular season hip and groin injuries and the subsequent AE rates are based on injuries that were deemed work-related during the regular season. This does not necessarily only include injuries occurring during the course of a game, but injuries in game preparation as well. Due to the variations in spring training games and fluctuating rosters, an exposure rate could not be calculated for spring training hip and groin injuries.
Data analysis was performed in the R statistical computing Environment (R Core Team 2014). Study procedures were approved by the Johns Hopkins Bloomberg School of Public Health Institutional Review Board.
Results
Overall Summary
A total of 1823 hip and groin injuries occurred from 2011-2014, with 83% occurring in MiLB and 17% occurring in MLB (Table 1). There were 1146 acute injuries, 252 overuse injuries, and 425 injuries of undetermined chronicity. The average age of players experiencing a hip and groin injury in MiLB was 22.9 years compared to 29.7 years in MLB. Of the 1514 hip and groin injuries in MiLB, 76 (5.0%) required surgery and of the 309 hip and groin injuries in MLB, 24 (7.8%) required surgery. Compared to league-wide injury events, hip and groin injuries ranked 6th highest in prevalence in MiLB and 8th highest in prevalence in MLB, accounting for 5.4% and 5.6%, respectively, of the 28,116 MiLB and 5507 MLB injury events that occurred between 2011-2014.
For regular season games, it was estimated that there were 1,197,738 MiLB and 276,608 MLB AE from 2011-2014. The overall hip and groin rate across both MLB and MiLB was 1.2 per 1000 AE, based on the 238 and 1152 regular season hip and groin injuries in MLB and MiLB, respectively. The rate of hip and groin injury was 1.5 times more likely in MiLB than in MLB (P < .0001) (rate of 1.26 per 1000 AE in MiLB and 0.86 per 1000 AE in MLB).
Characteristics of Injuries
Injury activity was based on the position being played at the time of injury, with categories of infield and outfield corresponding to fielding activities (defense), with batting and base runner categories corresponding to activities while on offense (Table 2). The occurrence of hip and groin injuries while players are fielding on defense (MiLB 33.0%, MLB 37.2%, all players 33.8%) was significantly greater compared to injuries while batting and base running on offense (MiLB 24.9%, MLB 21.7%, all players 24.3%) (all P values < .001). There was a high percentage of missing data for the event position variable, which resulted from this field not being available in HITS for 2011. Time lost due to hip and groin injuries was similar across leagues with respect to injury activity, ranging on average between 8 and 18 days.
There were statistically significant differences for MiLB and MLB separately, and combined, in the number of hip and groin injuries by field location (all P values < .0001) (Table 2). For MiLB, MLB, and across both leagues, by injury location, the majority of hip and groin injuries occurred in the infield (MiLB 34.1%, MLB 35.3%, all players 34.3%). As a single location, the pitcher’s mound accounted for a large proportion of hip and groin injuries (MiLB 19.2%, MLB 23.3%, all players 19.9%). Time lost due to hip and groin injuries was similar across leagues with respect to field location, ranging on average between about 10 and 22 days. Among all players, injuries on the pitcher’s mound resulted in the largest mean days missed after injury.
There were statistically significant differences across the mechanisms of injury for MiLB and MLB, as well as both leagues combined (all P values < .0001) (Table 2). The majority of hip and groin injuries were noncontact-related (MiLB 73.7%, MLB 75.7%, all players 74.1%) compared to those resulting from some form of contact (MiLB 11.4%, MLB 12.6%, all players 11.7%) or other mechanisms. Time lost across these mechanisms varied, ranging on average between 4 and 15 days with noncontact-related hip and groin injuries resulting in the largest time lost.
Surgery
The 1823 hip and groin injuries across both leagues were further classified using the SMDCS descriptions as intra-articular (N = 84) or extra-articular (N = 1739) (Table 3). A much larger percentage of hip and groin injuries were extra-articular (MiLB 95.6%, MLB 94.4%, all players 95.4%) compared to those classified as intra-articular (Table 3). The most common extra-articular injuries were strains or contusions of the adductor, iliopsoas, or gluteal muscles, making up 79.1% of this group of injuries. The most common intra-articular injuries were FAI and a labral tear, accounting for 80.9% of these injuries. Only a small percentage of the extra-articular cases required surgery (MiLB 3.4%, MLB 5.8%, all players 3.8%) (Table 4). This finding was in contrast to the larger percentage of intra-articular cases requiring surgery (MiLB 40.3%, MLB 41.2%, all players 40.5%). Time lost varied greatly by surgery status, as well as extra-articular or intra-articular, as would be expected even after excluding season-ending injuries. For both types of injuries, the average time lost was consistently greater for injuries that required surgery versus the ones that did not result in surgery.
Discussion
The incidence of overall injuries in MLB players is increasing.8 Injuries to the hip and groin for professional baseball players continue to be of concern both in the number of injuries and the potential for these injuries to be debilitating or to recur. The correct diagnosis of hip injuries can be challenging in these athletes due to the complex anatomy of the region. However, our understanding of the pathoanatomy of hip and groin injuries, combined with the utilization of improved magnetic resonance imaging (MRI,) has aided in making the correct diagnosis more reliable. Although upper extremity injuries have traditionally been the focus of MLB injury reporting, hip injuries have been shown to cause an average of 23 days missed per player.4 This was similar to the more commonly highlighted elbow and knee injuries in the same study (23 and 27 days, respectively). The purpose of this study was to explore the epidemiology of hip and groin injuries in MLB. The lack of existing data on this issue is important for sports injury research. Exploring these injuries increases the understanding of which players are at risk, and how we can tailor training programs for prevention or rehabilitation programs for those players who suffer these injuries.
In addition to the increased awareness of hip injuries, there has been a recent focus on the contribution of hip range of motion, leg drive, and pelvic rotation to the overall mechanics of overhead activities such as throwing, a tennis serve, or pitching.12 Pelvic rotation and leg drive have been correlated to throwing velocity,21 and therefore if hip range of motion is inhibited by pain or a structural issue such as FAI, there will likely be altered upper extremity mechanics leading to less power and possibly injury.12 Additionally, it has been shown that limited hip range of motion due to FAI is correlated with compensatory lower extremity muscular injuries such as hamstring and adductor strains as well as overload of the lumbar spine and sacroiliac joint.22
In the current study, extra-articular injuries about the hip were the most common, making up 95.4% of the total injuries. Many (79.1%) of these were strains or contusions of the adductor, iliopsoas, or gluteal muscles. This is consistent with other articles reporting hip injuries in athletes.3,9 A study on hip injuries in the National Football League found that strains and contusions comprised 92% of all hip injuries.3 Another report on European professional football found that 72% of hip injuries over a 7-season period were adductor or iliopsoas injuries.9 This prior study also reported that 15% of the hip and groin strains were re-injuries. Intra-articular injuries comprised only 4.6% of the hip injuries in our study. FAI and labral tears were the most common intra-articular diagnosis at 80.9%.
Almost all (96.2%) of the extra-articular hip injuries in this series were able to be treated nonoperatively and caused a mean of 12.4 days missed. Those which required operative treatment caused a mean of 54.6 days missed. For intra-articular injuries, 40.5% were treated surgically and these players missed a mean 122.5 days. Those treated nonsurgically missed an average of 22.2 days. Whether treated surgically or nonsurgically, the mean days missed following an intra-articular injury was approximately twice that of extra-articular injuries. Our findings regarding time or games missed are similar to other reports studying hip injuries in professional athletes.2,3,9 Intra-articular injuries such as FAI, chondral injuries, or labral tears caused between 46 and 64 days missed compared to 3 to 27 days missed for extra-articular injuries in professional soccer players.9 Feeley and colleagues3 found a mean of 5.07 to 33.6 days missed for extra-articular injuries such as strains or contusions, and 63.5 to 126.2 days missed for intra-articular injuries including arthritis, labral tears, subluxations, dislocations, and fractures. A report on National Hockey League players found that intra-articular injuries made up 10.6% of all hip and groin injuries and caused significantly more games missed than extra-articular injuries.2
In both minor and major league players, for all reported positions at the time of hip or groin injury, infield players collectively were more commonly injured than outfielders, batters, or base runners, and fielding was the most common activity being performed at the time of injury. The pitcher’s mound was the most common single location for injuries and these players had the longest time missed following injury. The correlation between hip and groin pathology and upper extremity injuries in overhead athletes has been discussed in previous studies.12,21 Interestingly, we found that the specific location on the field with the highest incidence of hip and groin injuries was the pitcher’s mound. As we follow these players over time, a future correlation between the incidence of hip and groin injuries and the incidence of shoulder and elbow injuries may be noted. A noncontact injury was the most frequent mechanism of injury. This corroborates the finding that muscle strains and contusions made up the majority of injuries in this series. Other series on hip injuries have also found that noncontact mechanisms are common.3
Although this was one of the first studies exploring the epidemiology of hip and groin injury, there are some limitations of this study. The retrospective nature of this study relied upon the reporting of injuries in the MLB database. As such, there may be underreporting of injuries into the official database by players or medical staff for a variety of reasons. Differences in technique for diagnosis and treatment among the medical staff for different teams were not controlled for. Due to the wide range of hip and groin pathology, and the often difficult diagnosis, a specific injury was not always provided. Therefore, the category of “other” hip injury was entered in to the database when symptoms were nonspecific or not all details were provided. Fortunately, this category made up a small percentage of the reported injuries, but does remain a confounding factor in describing the etiology of hip injuries in these players. Our data were taken from professional baseball players only, and so we cannot recommend extrapolation to other sports or nonprofessional baseball athletes.
Despite the inherent limitations of reporting registry data, this study serves as the initial report of the occurrence of hip and groin injuries in professional baseball players, and improves our knowledge of the positions and situations that put players at most risk for these injuries. An understanding of the overall epidemiology of these injuries serves as a platform for more focused research in this area in the future. We can now focus research on specific positions, such as pitchers, that have a high incidence of injury to determine the physiologic and environmental factors which put them at higher risk for injury in general and for more significant injuries with more days missed. This information can help to guide position-specific training programs for injury prevention as well as improve rehabilitation protocols for more efficient recovery and return to sports.
1. Amenabar T, O’Donnell J. Return to sport in Australian football league footballers after hip arthroscopy and midterm outcome. Arthroscopy. 2013;29(7):1188-1194.
2. Epstein DM, McHugh M, Yorio M, Neri B. Intra-articular hip injuries in national hockey league players: a descriptive epidemiological study. Am J Sports Med. 2013;41(2):343-348.
3. Feeley BT, Powell JW, Muller MS, Barnes RP, Warren RF, Kelly BT. Hip injuries and labral tears in the national football league. Am J Sports Med. 2008;36(11):2187-2195.
4. Li X, Zhou H, Williams P, et al. The epidemiology of single season musculoskeletal injuries in professional baseball. Orthop Rev (Pavia). 2013;5(1):e3.
5. Meyers WC, Foley DP, Garrett WE, Lohnes JH, Mandlebaum BR. Management of severe lower abdominal or inguinal pain in high-performance athletes. PAIN (Performing Athletes with Abdominal or Inguinal Neuromuscular Pain Study Group). Am J Sports Med. 2000;28(1):2-8.
6. Moorman CT 3rd, Warren RF, Hershman EB, et al. Traumatic posterior hip subluxation in American football. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2003;85-A(7):1190-1196.
7. Philippon M, Schenker M, Briggs K, Kuppersmith D. Femoroacetabular impingement in 45 professional athletes: associated pathologies and return to sport following arthroscopic decompression. Knee Surg Sports Traumatol Arthrosc. 2007;15(7):908-914.
8. Posner M, Cameron KL, Wolf JM, Belmont PJ Jr, Owens BD. Epidemiology of Major League Baseball injuries. Am J Sports Med. 2011;39(8):1676-1680.
9. Werner J, Hagglund M, Walden M, Ekstrand J. UEFA injury study: a prospective study of hip and groin injuries in professional football over seven consecutive seasons. Br J Sports Med. 2009;43(13):1036-1040.
10. Conte S, Requa RK, Garrick JG. Disability days in major league baseball. Am J Sports Med. 2001;29(4):431-436.
11. Ellenbecker TS, Ellenbecker GA, Roetert EP, Silva RT, Keuter G, Sperling F. Descriptive profile of hip rotation range of motion in elite tennis players and professional baseball pitchers. Am J Sports Med. 2007;35(8):1371-1376.
12. Klingenstein GG, Martin R, Kivlan B, Kelly BT. Hip injuries in the overhead athlete. Clin Orthop Relat Res. 2012;470(6):1579-1585.
13. McCarthy J, Barsoum W, Puri L, Lee JA, Murphy S, Cooke P. The role of hip arthroscopy in the elite athlete. Clin Orthop Relat Res. 2003(406):71-74.
14. Anderson K, Strickland SM, Warren R. Hip and groin injuries in athletes. Am J Sports Med. 2001;29(4):521-533.
15. Boykin RE, Patterson D, Briggs KK, Dee A, Philippon MJ. Results of arthroscopic labral reconstruction of the hip in elite athletes. Am J Sports Med. 2013;41(10):2296-2301.
16. Malviya A, Paliobeis CP, Villar RN. Do professional athletes perform better than recreational athletes after arthroscopy for femoroacetabular impingement? Clin Orthop Relat Res. 2013;471(8):2477-2483.
17. McDonald JE, Herzog MM, Philippon MJ. Performance outcomes in professional hockey players following arthroscopic treatment of FAI and microfracture of the hip. Knee Surg Sports Traumatol Arthrosc. 2014;22(4):915-919.
18. McDonald JE, Herzog MM, Philippon MJ. Return to play after hip arthroscopy with microfracture in elite athletes. Arthroscopy. 2013;29(2):330-335.
19. Philippon MJ, Weiss DR, Kuppersmith DA, Briggs KK, Hay CJ. Arthroscopic labral repair and treatment of femoroacetabular impingement in professional hockey players. Am J Sports Med. 2010;38(1):99-104.
20. Alradwan H, Philippon MJ, Farrokhyar F, et al. Return to preinjury activity levels after surgical management of femoroacetabular impingement in athletes. Arthroscopy. 2012;28(10):1567-1576.
21. Stodden DF, Langendorfer SJ, Fleisig GS, Andrews JR. Kinematic constraints associated with the acquisition of overarm throwing part I: step and trunk actions. Res Q Exerc Sport. 2006;77(4):417-427.
22. Hammoud S, Bedi A, Voos JE, Mauro CS, Kelly BT. The recognition and evaluation of patterns of compensatory injury in patients with mechanical hip pain. Sports Health. 2014;6(2):108-118.
1. Amenabar T, O’Donnell J. Return to sport in Australian football league footballers after hip arthroscopy and midterm outcome. Arthroscopy. 2013;29(7):1188-1194.
2. Epstein DM, McHugh M, Yorio M, Neri B. Intra-articular hip injuries in national hockey league players: a descriptive epidemiological study. Am J Sports Med. 2013;41(2):343-348.
3. Feeley BT, Powell JW, Muller MS, Barnes RP, Warren RF, Kelly BT. Hip injuries and labral tears in the national football league. Am J Sports Med. 2008;36(11):2187-2195.
4. Li X, Zhou H, Williams P, et al. The epidemiology of single season musculoskeletal injuries in professional baseball. Orthop Rev (Pavia). 2013;5(1):e3.
5. Meyers WC, Foley DP, Garrett WE, Lohnes JH, Mandlebaum BR. Management of severe lower abdominal or inguinal pain in high-performance athletes. PAIN (Performing Athletes with Abdominal or Inguinal Neuromuscular Pain Study Group). Am J Sports Med. 2000;28(1):2-8.
6. Moorman CT 3rd, Warren RF, Hershman EB, et al. Traumatic posterior hip subluxation in American football. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2003;85-A(7):1190-1196.
7. Philippon M, Schenker M, Briggs K, Kuppersmith D. Femoroacetabular impingement in 45 professional athletes: associated pathologies and return to sport following arthroscopic decompression. Knee Surg Sports Traumatol Arthrosc. 2007;15(7):908-914.
8. Posner M, Cameron KL, Wolf JM, Belmont PJ Jr, Owens BD. Epidemiology of Major League Baseball injuries. Am J Sports Med. 2011;39(8):1676-1680.
9. Werner J, Hagglund M, Walden M, Ekstrand J. UEFA injury study: a prospective study of hip and groin injuries in professional football over seven consecutive seasons. Br J Sports Med. 2009;43(13):1036-1040.
10. Conte S, Requa RK, Garrick JG. Disability days in major league baseball. Am J Sports Med. 2001;29(4):431-436.
11. Ellenbecker TS, Ellenbecker GA, Roetert EP, Silva RT, Keuter G, Sperling F. Descriptive profile of hip rotation range of motion in elite tennis players and professional baseball pitchers. Am J Sports Med. 2007;35(8):1371-1376.
12. Klingenstein GG, Martin R, Kivlan B, Kelly BT. Hip injuries in the overhead athlete. Clin Orthop Relat Res. 2012;470(6):1579-1585.
13. McCarthy J, Barsoum W, Puri L, Lee JA, Murphy S, Cooke P. The role of hip arthroscopy in the elite athlete. Clin Orthop Relat Res. 2003(406):71-74.
14. Anderson K, Strickland SM, Warren R. Hip and groin injuries in athletes. Am J Sports Med. 2001;29(4):521-533.
15. Boykin RE, Patterson D, Briggs KK, Dee A, Philippon MJ. Results of arthroscopic labral reconstruction of the hip in elite athletes. Am J Sports Med. 2013;41(10):2296-2301.
16. Malviya A, Paliobeis CP, Villar RN. Do professional athletes perform better than recreational athletes after arthroscopy for femoroacetabular impingement? Clin Orthop Relat Res. 2013;471(8):2477-2483.
17. McDonald JE, Herzog MM, Philippon MJ. Performance outcomes in professional hockey players following arthroscopic treatment of FAI and microfracture of the hip. Knee Surg Sports Traumatol Arthrosc. 2014;22(4):915-919.
18. McDonald JE, Herzog MM, Philippon MJ. Return to play after hip arthroscopy with microfracture in elite athletes. Arthroscopy. 2013;29(2):330-335.
19. Philippon MJ, Weiss DR, Kuppersmith DA, Briggs KK, Hay CJ. Arthroscopic labral repair and treatment of femoroacetabular impingement in professional hockey players. Am J Sports Med. 2010;38(1):99-104.
20. Alradwan H, Philippon MJ, Farrokhyar F, et al. Return to preinjury activity levels after surgical management of femoroacetabular impingement in athletes. Arthroscopy. 2012;28(10):1567-1576.
21. Stodden DF, Langendorfer SJ, Fleisig GS, Andrews JR. Kinematic constraints associated with the acquisition of overarm throwing part I: step and trunk actions. Res Q Exerc Sport. 2006;77(4):417-427.
22. Hammoud S, Bedi A, Voos JE, Mauro CS, Kelly BT. The recognition and evaluation of patterns of compensatory injury in patients with mechanical hip pain. Sports Health. 2014;6(2):108-118.